COUNTRYWIDE CREDIT INDUSTRIES INC
10-Q, 1998-07-15
MORTGAGE BANKERS & LOAN CORRESPONDENTS
Previous: CONOLOG CORP, PRE 14A, 1998-07-15
Next: DANA CORP, S-8 POS, 1998-07-15



                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                              Washington, DC 20549


                                    FORM 10-Q

                                   (Mark One)

[  X  ]        QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d)
                    OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended May 31, 1998

                                                  OR

[      ]       TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR
                    15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from _________________  to  __________________________

Commission File Number:         1-8422



                       COUNTRYWIDE CREDIT INDUSTRIES, INC.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

         DELAWARE                                            13-2641992
- -------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------
(State or other jurisdiction of                                (IRS Employer
 incorporation or organization)                             Identification No.)

4500 Park Granada, Calabasas, California                  91302
- ------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------
(Address of principal executive offices)            (Zip Code)

                                 (818) 225-3000
     -----------------------------------------------------------------------
              (Registrant's telephone number, including area code)


         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.
                                                   Yes       X      No
                                                         --------       --------

         Indicate  the  number of  shares  outstanding  of each of the  issuer's
classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.


                   Class                            Outstanding at July 13, 1998
                   -----                            ----------------------------
        Common Stock $.05 par value                           111,050,012


<PAGE>



                                                  
                                                    PART I
                                             FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Item 1.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                           COUNTRYWIDE CREDIT INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                                                  (UNAUDITED)
                                         (Dollar amounts in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                             A S S E T S
                                                                            May 31,              February 28,
                                                                              1998                   1998
                                                                       ------------------     -------------------


<S>                                                                      <C>                     <C>         
Cash                                                                     $     24,805            $     10,707
Mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities held for sale                 6,013,739               5,292,191
Property, equipment and leasehold improvements, at cost - net of
   accumulated depreciation and amortization                                  240,084                 226,330
Mortgage servicing rights, net                                              3,877,680               3,612,010
Other assets                                                                3,465,387               3,077,943
                                                                       ------------------     -------------------
       Total assets                                                       $13,621,695             $12,219,181
                                                                       ==================     ===================

Borrower and investor custodial accounts (segregated in special
   accounts - excluded from corporate assets)                              $3,927,488              $3,945,606
                                                                       ==================     ===================

                LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Notes payable                                                              $8,351,621              $7,475,221
Drafts payable issued in connection with mortgage loan closings               835,914                 764,285
Accounts payable, accrued liabilities and other                               788,419                 518,648
Deferred income taxes                                                         934,265                 873,084
                                                                       ------------------     -------------------
       Total liabilities                                                   10,910,219               9,631,238

Commitments and contingencies                                                       -                      -

Company-obligated  mandatorily redeemable capital trust pass-through  securities
   of subsidiary trusts holding solely Company
   guaranteed related subordinated debt                                       500,000                 500,000

Shareholders' equity
Preferred stock - authorized, 1,500,000 shares of $0.05 par value;
   issued and outstanding, none                                                     -                      -
Common stock - authorized, 240,000,000 shares of $0.05 par
   value; issued and outstanding, 110,608,792 shares at       May
31, 1998 and 109,205,579 shares at February 28, 1998                            5,530                   5,460
Additional paid-in capital                                                  1,082,921               1,049,365
Accumulated other comprehensive income                                         11,662                   3,697
Retained earnings                                                           1,111,363               1,029,421
                                                                       ------------------     -------------------
       Total shareholders' equity                                           2,211,476               2,087,943
                                                                       ------------------     -------------------
       Total liabilities and shareholders' equity                         $13,621,695             $12,219,181
                                                                       ==================     ===================


Borrower and investor custodial accounts                                   $3,927,488              $3,945,606
                                                                       ==================     ===================

     The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part of these statements.
</TABLE>


<PAGE>



                                                  
              COUNTRYWIDE CREDIT INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
                                   (UNAUDITED)
            (Dollar amounts in thousands, except earnings per share)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       Three Months
                                                                                       Ended May 31,
<S>                                                                               <C>               <C> 
                                                                                  1998              1997
                                                                              --------------    -------------
Revenues
   Loan origination fees                                                          $ 138,770          $ 53,499
   Gain on sale of loans, net of commitment fees                                    159,027            90,235
                                                                              --------------    -------------
     Loan production revenue                                                        297,797           143,734

   Interest earned                                                                  179,952            82,180
   Interest charges                                                                (168,420)          (81,834)
                                                                              --------------    -------------
     Net interest income                                                             11,532               346

   Loan servicing income                                                            242,691           214,315
   Amortization and impairment/recovery of
     mortgage servicing rights                                                     (149,342)          (25,956)
   Servicing hedge benefit (expense)                                                    631           (44,743)
                                                                              --------------    -------------
     Net loan administration income                                                  93,980           143,616

   Commissions, fees and other income                                                46,956            30,949
                                                                              --------------    -------------
         Total revenues                                                             450,265           318,645

Expenses
   Salaries and related expenses                                                    146,487            88,041
   Occupancy and other office expenses                                               62,677            38,066
   Guarantee fees                                                                    44,667            42,576
   Marketing expenses                                                                14,515            10,320
   Other operating expenses                                                          33,142            24,939
                                                                              --------------    -------------
         Total expenses                                                             301,488           203,942
                                                                              --------------    -------------

Earnings before income taxes                                                        148,777           114,703
   Provision for income taxes                                                        58,023            44,734
                                                                              --------------    -------------

NET EARNINGS                                                                       $ 90,754          $ 69,969
                                                                              ==============    =============

Earnings per share
   Basic                                                                           $0.82            $0.66
   Diluted                                                                         $0.78            $0.64


</TABLE>






    The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part of these statements.


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

              COUNTRYWIDE CREDIT INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                   (UNAUDITED)
                          (Dollar amounts in thousands)

                                                                                                   Three Months
                                                                                                    Ended May 31,
<S>                                                                                          <C>                 <C> 
                                                                                             1998                1997
                                                                                        ----------------    ---------------
Cash flows from operating activities:
   Net earnings                                                                           $   90,754          $   69,969
      Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash
       provided (used) by operating activities:
      Gain on sale of available-for-sale securities                                            (2,387)                 -
     Amortization and impairment/recovery of mortgage
servicing rights                                                                              149,342              25,956
     Depreciation and other amortization                                                       12,996              11,224
     Deferred income taxes                                                                     58,023              44,734

     Origination and purchase of loans held for sale                                      (20,876,079)         (9,360,306)
     Principal repayments and sale of loans                                                20,154,531           7,359,509
                                                                                        ----------------    ---------------
         Increase in mortgage loans and mortgage-backed
       securities held for sale                                                              (721,548)         (2,000,797)

     Increase in other assets                                                                (385,113)            (28,088)
     Increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities                                     269,771              13,548
                                                                                        ----------------    ---------------
       Net cash used by operating activities                                                 (528,162)         (1,863,454)
                                                                                        ----------------    ---------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
   Additions to mortgage servicing rights                                                    (415,012)           (220,512)
   Purchase of property, equipment and leasehold
     improvements - net                                                                       (23,022)            (13,497)
   Proceeds from sale of available-for-sale securities                                          8,619                  -
                                                                                        ----------------    ---------------
       Net cash used by investing activities                                                 (429,415)           (234,009)
                                                                                        ----------------    ---------------
Cash flows from financing activities:
   Net (decrease) increase in warehouse debt and other
     short-term borrowings                                                                    601,662           1,920,516
   Issuance of long-term debt                                                                 394,315             215,000
   Repayment of long-term debt                                                                (47,948)            (44,665)
   Issuance of common stock                                                                    32,458              19,140
   Cash dividends paid                                                                         (8,812)             (8,498)
                                                                                        ----------------    ---------------
       Net cash provided by financing activities                                              971,675           2,101,493
                                                                                        ----------------    ---------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash                                                                14,098               4,030
Cash at beginning of period                                                                    10,707              18,269
                                                                                        ================    ===============
Cash at end of period                                                                     $    24,805         $    22,299
                                                                                        ================    ===============
Supplemental cash flow information:
   Cash used to pay interest                                                              $   145,206         $    66,160
   Cash used to pay income taxes                                                          $       675         $         2
Noncash financing activities:
   Unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities,
     net of tax                                                                           $     7,965         $    (9,173)


</TABLE>





      The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part of these statements.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


              COUNTRYWIDE CREDIT INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
                                   (UNAUDITED)
                          (Dollar amounts in thousands)


                                                                                                  Three Months
                                                                                                  Ended May 31,
<S>                                                                                           <C>             <C> 
                                                                                              1998            1997
                                                                                         ---------------   --------------

NET EARNINGS                                                                                  $90,754           $69,969

Other comprehensive income, net of taxes:
    Unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale securities:
       Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising  during the                                    9,421            (9,173)
period
       Less: reclassification adjustment for gains included in
net                  earnings                                                                  (1,456)                -
                                                                                         ---------------   --------------
Other comprehensive income                                                                      7,965            (9,173)
                                                                                         ---------------   --------------
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME                                                                          $98,719           $60,796
                                                                                         ===============   ==============


</TABLE>













    The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part of these statements.


<PAGE>


              COUNTRYWIDE CREDIT INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (UNAUDITED)

                                                   
NOTE A - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

    The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements have been prepared in
accordance with generally accepted  accounting  principles for interim financial
information and with the  instructions to Form 10-Q and Rule 10-01 of Regulation
S-X.  Accordingly,  they do not include  all of the  information  and  footnotes
required by generally  accepted  accounting  principles  for complete  financial
statements. In the opinion of management,  all adjustments (consisting of normal
recurring  adjustments)  considered  necessary for a fair presentation have been
included.  Operating  results  for  the  quarter  ended  May  31,  1998  are not
necessarily  indicative  of the results that may be expected for the fiscal year
ending  February 28, 1999. For further  information,  refer to the  consolidated
financial statements and footnotes thereto included in the annual report on Form
10-K  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  February  28,  1998 of  Countrywide  Credit
Industries, Inc. (the "Company").

Certain  amounts  reflected in the  consolidated  financial  statements  for the
periods ended May 31, 1997 have been reclassified to conform to the presentation
for the three-month period ended May 31, 1998.

NOTE B - MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

    The activity in mortgage servicing rights was as follows.

   --------------------------------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------
                                                                          Quarter Ended
                                                                             May 31,
                                                                        ----------------
      (Dollar amounts in thousands)                                           1998
   --------------------------------------------- -- ---------------- -- ---------------- ----
      Mortgage Servicing Rights
<S>                                                                       <C>       
         Balance at beginning of period                                   $3,653,318
         Additions                                                           415,012
         Scheduled amortization                                             (132,903)
         Hedge losses (gains) applied                                        (15,449)
                                                                        ----------------
         Balance before valuation reserve
                 at end of period                                          3,919,978
                                                                        ----------------

      Reserve for Impairment of Mortgage Servicing Rights
         Balance at beginning of period                                      (41,308)
         Reductions (additions)                                                 (990)
                                                                        ----------------
         Balance at end of period                                            (42,298)
                                                                        ================
         Mortgage Servicing Rights, net                                   $3,877,680
                                                                        ================

   --------------------------------------------- -- ---------------- -- ---------------- ----

</TABLE>

<PAGE>


             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
                                   (UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

NOTE C - OTHER ASSETS

    Other assets consisted of the following.

   ---------------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
                                                                                May 31,              February 28,
                                                                         -----------------     ----------------
       (Dollar amounts in thousands)                                              1998                  1998
   ------------------------------------------------------------------ -- ----------------- --- ---------------- ---
<S>                                                                           <C>                   <C>       
       Servicing hedge instruments                                            $  937,645            $  801,335
       Trading securities                                                        544,967               255,216
       Mortgage-backed securities retained in securitization                     479,443               466,259
       Rewarehoused FHA and VA loans                                             343,124               426,407
       Servicing related advances                                                223,359               231,437
       Receivables related to broker-dealer activities                           207,036               148,976
       Loans held for investment                                                 135,845               115,713
       Equity securities                                                          93,579                96,152
       Accrued interest                                                           73,892                84,601
       Other                                                                     426,497               451,847
                                                                         -----------------     ----------------
                                                                              $3,465,387            $3,077,943
                                                                         =================     ================


</TABLE>
  
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

NOTE D - AVAILABLE FOR SALE SECURITIES

    Amortized  cost and fair  value of  available  for sale  securities  were as
follows.

   -------------------------------- ---------------- - ------------------------------------ -- ---------------- ---
                                                                  May 31, 1998
                                    ---------------- - ------------------------------------ -- ----------------
                                                            Gross               Gross
                                      Amortized           Unrealized         Unrealized             Fair
   (Dollar amounts in thousands)         Cost               Gains              Losses               Value
   -------------------------------- ---------------- - ----------------- - ---------------- -- ---------------- ---

<S>                                      <C>                 <C>                <C>                 <C>     
        CMOs                             $199,209            $16,905            ($13,686)           $202,428
        Equity Securities                  77,680             15,899                   -              93,579
                                    ================   =================   ================    ================
                                         $276,889            $32,804            ($13,686)           $296,007
                                    ================   =================   ================    ================


   -------------------------------- ---------------- - ------------------------------------ -- ---------------- ---
                                                                February 28, 1998
                                    ---------------- - ------------------------------------ -- ----------------
                                                            Gross               Gross
                                      Amortized           Unrealized         Unrealized             Fair
   (Dollar amounts in thousands)         Cost               Gains              Losses               Value
   -------------------------------- ---------------- - ----------------- - ---------------- -- ---------------- ---

        CMOs                             $204,234                  -            ($12,411)           $191,823
        Equity Securities                   7,315             18,471                   -              25,786
                                    ================   =================   ================    ================
                                         $211,549            $18,471            ($12,411)           $217,609
                                    ================   =================   ================    ================

   -------------------------------- ---------------- - ----------------- - ---------------- -- ---------------- ---

</TABLE>


<PAGE>


NOTE E - NOTES PAYABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

    Notes payable consisted of the following.

   ---------------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
                                                                             May 31,              February 28,
                                                                         -----------------     ----------------
       (Dollar amounts in thousands)                                           1998                    1998
   ------------------------------------------------------------------ -- ----------------- --- ---------------- ---
<S>                                                                           <C>                   <C>       
       Commercial paper                                                       $2,879,354            $2,119,330
       Medium-term notes, Series A, B, C, D, E and F                           4,484,500             4,137,185
       Repurchase agreements                                                     586,135               181,121
       Subordinated notes                                                        200,000               200,000
       Unsecured notes payable                                                   199,995               835,000
       Other notes payable                                                         1,637                 2,585
                                                                         =================     ================
                                                                              $8,351,621            $7,475,221
                                                                         =================     ================

   ------------------------------------------------------------------ -- ----------------- --- ---------------- ---
</TABLE>

Revolving Credit Facility and Commercial Paper

    As of May 31, 1998,  Countrywide  Home Loans,  Inc.  ("CHL"),  the Company's
mortgage banking subsidiary, had an unsecured credit agreement (revolving credit
facility) with forty-five commercial banks permitting CHL to borrow an aggregate
maximum amount of $4.0 billion.  This revolving  credit  facility  consists of a
five year facility of $3.0 billion which expires on September 24, 2002 and a one
year facility of $1.0 billion  which expires on September 24, 1998.  The purpose
of the revolving credit facility is to provide  liquidity back-up for CHL's $4.0
billion  commercial  paper  program.  The facility  contains  various  financial
covenants and restrictions,  certain of which limit the amount of dividends that
can be paid by the Company or CHL. As consideration  for the facility,  CHL pays
annual  commitment fees of $3.8 million.  On April 15, 1998, CHL entered into an
additional one year unsecured credit agreement  (revolving credit facility) with
sixteen of the forty-five banks  referenced above for total  commitments of $1.3
billion which expires April 14, 1999.  This facility  contains terms  consistent
with the $4.0 billion  revolving  credit facility and as  consideration  for the
facility,  CHL pays annual  commitment fees of $1.5 million.  This facility will
serve as additional  liquidity  backup to CHL's  commercial  paper  program.  No
amount was outstanding under either revolving credit facility at May 31, 1998.

    The  interest  rate on direct  borrowings  is based on a variety of sources,
including the prime rate and the London  Interbank  Offered Rates  ("LIBOR") for
U.S.  dollar  deposits.  This  interest  rate varies,  depending on CHL's credit
ratings.  The weighted average borrowing rate on commercial paper borrowings for
the quarter ended May 31, 1998 was 5.59%. The weighted average borrowing rate on
commercial paper outstanding as of May 31, 1998 was 5.63%.


<PAGE>


NOTE E - NOTES PAYABLE  (Continued)

Medium-Term Notes

    As of May 31,  1998,  outstanding  medium-term  notes  issued  by CHL  under
various shelf  registrations  filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission
were as follows.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Dollar amounts in thousands)
                              Outstanding Balance               Interest Rate              Maturity Date
                                                           -----------------------  ----------------------------
                ------------------------------------------
                Floating-Rate   Fixed-Rate       Total        From         To           From           To
                ------------------------------------------ -----------  ----------  ------------- --------------


<S>             <C>             <C>             <C>           <C>          <C>            <C>            <C> 
      Series A  $        -      $   228,500     $  228,500    6.86%        8.79%     Jun. 1998      Mar. 2002
              
      Series B           -          351,000        351,000    6.08%        6.98%     Jul. 1999      Aug. 2005
                                            

      Series C        208,000       197,000        405,000    5.27%        8.43%     Apr. 1999      Mar. 2004
                                             

      Series D        115,000       402,000        517,000    5.88%        6.88%     Aug. 1998      Oct. 2006
                                             

      Series E        310,000       673,000        983,000    5.75%        7.45%     Feb. 2000      Oct. 2008
                                             

      Series F        656,000     1,344,000      2,000,000    5.59%        7.00%     Oct. 1999       May 2013
                ------------------------------------------

     Total      $ 1,289,000     $ 3,195,500  $ 4,484,500
                ==========================================
</TABLE>


    As of May  31,  1998,  all of the  outstanding  fixed-rate  notes  had  been
effectively  converted  through  interest rate swap agreements to  floating-rate
notes.  The weighted  average  borrowing rate on medium-term note borrowings for
the quarter  ended May 31, 1998,  including the effect of the interest rate swap
agreements, was 6.07%.

Repurchase Agreements

    As of May 31,  1998,  the  Company  had entered  into  short-term  financing
arrangements to sell MBS under  agreements to repurchase.  The weighted  average
borrowing  rate for the  quarter  ended May 31,  1998 was  5.61%.  The  weighted
average borrowing rate on repurchase  agreements  outstanding as of May 31, 1998
was  5.65%.  The  repurchase  agreements  were  collateralized  by MBS.  All MBS
underlying repurchase agreements are held in safekeeping by broker-dealers,  and
all agreements are to repurchase the same or substantially identical MBS.


Subordinated Notes

    The 8.25%  subordinated  notes are due July 15,  2002.  Interest  is payable
semi-annually  on each  January 15 and July 15. The  subordinated  notes are not
redeemable   prior  to  maturity  and  are  not  subject  to  any  sinking  fund
requirements.


NOTE E - NOTES PAYABLE  (Continued)

Pre-Sale Funding Facilities

    As of May 31, 1998, CHL had uncommitted revolving credit facilities with the
Federal National Mortgage  Association  ("Fannie Mae") and the Federal Home Loan
Mortgage  Corporation  ("Freddie  Mac").  The credit  facilities  are secured by
conforming  mortgage  loans which are in the  process of being  pooled into MBS.
Interest rates are based on LIBOR, federal funds and/or the prevailing rates for
MBS  repurchase  agreements.  The weighted  average  borrowing rate for all such
facilities for the quarter ended May 31, 1998 was 5.71%. As of May 31, 1998, the
Company had no outstanding borrowings under any of these facilities.

NOTE F - FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

    The following  summarizes the notional amounts of Servicing Hedge derivative
contracts.

- ------------------------------------- ------------------- -------------------- ------------------- ---------------------
(Dollar amounts in millions)               Balance,                                                      Balance,
                                       February 28, 1998                          Dispositions/           May 31,
                                                               Additions           Expirations             1998
- ------------------------------------- ------------------- -------------------- ------------------- ---------------------

<S>                                         <C>                   <C>              <C>                   <C>    
Interest Rate Floors                        $33,000               6,500            (  3,000)             $36,500
Long Call Options on
  Interest Rate Futures                     $79,400               7,520             (19,720)             $67,200
Long Put Options on
  Interest Rate Futures                    $  9,800                 350                    -             $10,150
Interest Rate Futures                      $  5,000                   -                    -            $  5,000
Capped Swaps                               $  1,000                   -                    -            $  1,000
Interest Rate Swaps                        $  3,900               2,000                    -            $  5,900
Interest Rate Cap                          $  4,500                   -                    -            $  4,500
Swaptions                                  $  1,850               6,000                    -            $  7,850
Options on Callable
  Pass-through Certificates                $  2,561                 800                    -            $  3,361


- ------------------------------------- ------------------- -------------------- ------------------- ---------------------
</TABLE>

NOTE G - LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

    On  September  29,  1997,  the United  States  District  Court  adopted  the
recommendation  of a magistrate  denying class  certification in a lawsuit which
was filed  against  CHL and a  mortgage  broker  by Jeff and  Kathy  Briggs as a
purported  class  action.  The effect of the ruling is that the lawsuit will not
proceed as a class  action and will be limited to the Briggs'  own  claims.  The
Briggs are seeking  reconsideration  of the Court's  ruling.  The suit  entitled
Briggs v.  Countywide,  et. al and filed in the Northern  Division of the United
States  District  Court for the Middle  District  of  Alabama,  alleges  that in
connection with residential mortgage loan closings, CHL made certain payments to
mortgage brokers in violation of the Real Estate  Settlement  Procedures Act and
induced  mortgage  brokers to breach  their  alleged  fiduciary  duties to their
customers.  The plaintiffs seek  unspecified  compensatory  and punitive damages
plus,  as to certain  claims,  treble  damages.  In early 1998,  two  additional
purported  class  action  lawsuits  were  filed  making   essentially  the  same
allegations about broker compensation as were made in Briggs. William C. Elliott
et. al v.  Countrywide  Home Loans,  Inc.  was filed on February 18, 1998 in the
United States District Court for Northern  District of Mississippi and Joseph W.
Gann, Sr., et. al v. America's  Wholesale  Lender was filed on February 14, 1998
in the United States District Court for the Middle District of Alabama.


<PAGE>


NOTE G - LEGAL PROCEEDINGS (Continued)

CHL's  management  believes that its  compensation  programs to mortgage brokers
comply with applicable laws and long standing industry practice, and that it has
meritorious  defenses to these actions. CHL intends to defend vigorously against
these actions and believes that the ultimate  resolution of such claims will not
have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position or results of
operations.

    The Company and certain  subsidiaries  are  defendants  in various  lawsuits
involving  matters  generally  incidental  to  their  business.  Although  it is
difficult to predict the ultimate outcome of these cases,  management  believes,
based  on  discussions  with  counsel,  that  any  ultimate  liability  will not
materially affect the consolidated  financial  position or results of operations
of the Company and its subsidiaries.

NOTE H - SUMMARIZED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF SUBSIDIARY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

    Summarized financial information for Countrywide Home Loans, Inc. was as follows.

   -- ----------------------------------------- ---- ------------------------------------------------- ---------
                                                                                          
                                                                 May 31,                 February 28,
                                                             --------------             --------------
      (Dollar amounts in thousands)                               1998                       1998
   -- ---------------------------------------------- ------- -------------- ----------- -------------- ---------
      Balance Sheets:

       Mortgage loans and mortgage-backed
<S>                                                           <C>                        <C>        
           securities held for sale                           $ 6,013,739                $ 5,292,191
        Other assets                                            7,102,704                  6,216,382
                                                             ==============             ==============
           Total assets                                       $13,116,443                $11,508,573
                                                             ==============             ==============

        Short- and long-term debt                             $ 9,703,014                $ 8,747,794
        Other liabilities                                       1,334,158                  1,027,884
        Equity                                                  2,079,271                  1,732,895
                                                             ==============             ==============
          Total liabilities and equity                        $13,116,443                $11,508,573
                                                             ==============             ==============


   -- ---------------------------------------------- ------- -------------- ----------- -------------- ---------
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

   --- ----------------------------------------- --- -------------------------------------------------- --------
       (Dollar amounts in thousands)                                Three Months Ended May 31,
                                                             --------------- ---------- ---------------
                                                                  1998                       1997
   --- --------------------------------------------- ------- --------------- ---------- --------------- --------
       Statements of Earnings:

<S>                                                             <C>                        <C>     
         Revenues                                               $382,167                   $282,487
         Expenses                                                261,114                    184,518
         Provision for income taxes                               47,211                     37,892
                                                             ===============            ===============
           Net earnings                                         $ 73,842                   $ 60,077
                                                             ===============            ===============

   --- --------------------------------------------- ------- --------------- ---------- --------------- --------
</TABLE>

NOTE I - IMPLEMENTATION OF NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

    In June 1998, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 133,
Accounting for Derivative  Instruments  and Hedging  Activities  (SFAS No. 133).
SFAS No. 133  establishes  accounting  and reporting  standards  for  derivative
instruments  and hedging  activities.  It requires that an entity  recognize all
derivatives  as either  assets or  liabilities  in the  statement  of  financial
position and measure those instruments at fair value. If certain  conditions are
met, a derivative may be specifically  designated as (a) a hedge of the exposure
to  changes  in  the  fair  value  of a  recognized  asset  or  liability  or an
unrecognized firm commitment, (b) a hedge of the exposure to variable cash flows
of a forecasted transaction,  or (c) a hedge of the foreign currency exposure of
a net investment in a foreign  operation,  an unrecognized  firm commitment,  an
available-for-sale  security,  or  a   foreign-currency-denominated   forecasted
transaction.  This statement becomes effective in fiscal year ended February 28,
2001.  The  Company  has not  yet  determined  the  impact  on the  Consolidated
Financial Statements upon adoption of this Standard.


<PAGE>


NOTE J - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On June 3, 1998 CHL issued $400  million of Floating  Rate Notes due 2003 listed
on the  Luxembourg  Stock  Exchange (the "Euro  Notes").  On July 13, 1998,  CHL
entered into a commitment  to sell to qualified  purchasers  an  additional  $10
million of Euro Notes which are  Floating  Rate Notes due July 1999 to be listed
on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange.  The Euro Notes are fully and  unconditionally
guaranteed  by the Company and are to be issued  under the Euro Medium Term Note
program established by CHL. The maximum aggregate principal amount of Euro Notes
outstanding at any one time under the program will not exceed $2.0 billion.  The
Euro Notes will not be registered  under the  Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the  "Securities  Act") and as such, they may not be offered or sold within the
United  States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S.  persons  except in
accordance  with  an  exemption  from  the  registration   requirements  of  the
Securities Act.

    On June 30, 1998, the Company filed a shelf registration  statement with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission  ("SEC") which provides for the issuance of
common  stock,  preferred  stock and debt  securities  with an aggregate  public
offering  price of up to $2.0  billion..  The Company  intends to allocate up to
$1.5 billion of the  securities  issued under this shelf as Series G Medium-Term
Notes.  The Company intends to use the proceeds from the sale of the medium-term
notes  for  general  corporate   purposes,   which  may  include  retirement  of
indebtedness of the Company, financing mortgage loan inventory and investment in
servicing  rights  through  the  current   production  of  loans  and  the  bulk
acquisition of contracts to service loans.

NOTE K - EARNINGS PER SHARE

On February  28, 1998,  the Company  adopted  Statement of Financial  Accounting
Standards  No.  128,  Earnings  per Share,  ("SFAS No.  128")  which  supersedes
Accounting  Principles  Board  Opinion  No. 15, of the same  name.  SFAS No. 128
simplifies the standards for computing earnings per share ("EPS") and makes them
comparable to international standards.  SFAS No. 128 was effective for financial
statements  issued for periods  ending after  December  15,  1997,  with earlier
application not permitted. Upon adoption, all prior EPS data was restated.

    Basic EPS is  determined  using net income  divided by the weighted  average
shares  outstanding  during the period.  Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net
income  by the  weighted  average  shares  outstanding,  assuming  all  dilutive
potential common shares were issued.

    The  following  table  presents  basic and diluted EPS for the three  months
ended May 31, 1998 and 1997, computed under the provisions of SFAS No. 128.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- ------------------------ -- -- ----- ------------------------------------ -- ----- ----
                                             Three Months Ended May 31,
                         -- -- ----- ------------------------------------ -- ----- ----
                                     1998                             1997
                         --------- --------- ---------   ---------- --------- ---------
(Dollar amounts in                           Per-Share                        Per-Share
thousands, except per    Net                  Amount     Net                   Amount
share data)              Earnings   Shares               Earnings    Shares
- ------------------------           --------- ---------              --------- ---------
                         =========                       ==========
Net earnings              $90,754                          $69,969
                         =========                       ==========

Basic EPS
Net earnings available
<S>                       <C>       <C>         <C>        <C>       <C>         <C>  
to common shareholders    $90,754   110,127     $0.82      $69,969   106,257     $0.66

Effect of dilutive
stock options               -         6,416                  -         3,000
                         --------- ---------             ---------- ---------

Diluted EPS
Net earnings available
to common shareholders    $90,754   116,543     $0.78      $69,969   109,257     $0.64
                         ========= ========= =========   ========== ========= ---------

- ------------------------ --------- --------- --------- - ---------- --------- ---------


</TABLE>


<PAGE>


ITEM 2.          MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                       CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS



FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    The  Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform  Act of 1995  provides  a "safe
harbor" for certain  forward-looking  statements.  This Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q may contain forward-looking  statements which reflect the Company's current
views  with  respect  to  future   events  and  financial   performance.   These
forward-looking  statements  are  subject  to certain  risks and  uncertainties,
including  those  identified  below,  which could cause actual results to differ
materially from historical  results or those  anticipated.  The words "believe,"
"expect,"  "anticipate,"  "intend,"  "estimate,"  "should" and other expressions
which indicate  future events and trends  identify  forward-looking  statements.
Readers  are  cautioned  not to place undue  reliance  on these  forward-looking
statements,  which  speak only as of their  dates.  The  Company  undertakes  no
obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements,  whether
as a result of new  information,  future  events  or  otherwise.  The  following
factors could cause actual results to differ materially from historical  results
or those  anticipated:  (1) the level of demand for  mortgage  credit,  which is
affected by such external  factors as the level of interest rates,  the strength
of the various segments of the economy and demographics of the Company's lending
markets;  (2) the  direction of interest  rates;  (3) the  relationship  between
mortgage  interest rates and the cost of funds; (4) federal and state regulation
of the Company's  mortgage banking  operations;  and (5) competition  within the
mortgage banking industry.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Quarter Ended May 31, 1998 Compared to Quarter Ended May 31, 1997

    Revenues for the quarter ended May 31, 1998  increased 41% to $450.3 million
from $318.6 million for the quarter ended May 31, 1997.  Net earnings  increased
30% to $90.8  million for the quarter  ended May 31, 1998 from $70.0 million for
the quarter  ended May 31,  1997.  The increase in revenues and net earnings for
the quarter  ended May 31, 1998  compared to the quarter  ended May 31, 1997 was
primarily  attributable  to higher loan  production  volume and greater sales of
home equity loans and  sub-prime  loans for the quarter  ended May 31, 1998.  An
increase in the size of the Company's servicing portfolio and an increase in the
income of the non-mortgage banking subsidiaries also contributed to the increase
in revenues and net earnings for the quarter  ended May 31, 1998 compared to the
quarter ended May 31, 1997.  These positive  factors were partially offset by an
increase in  amortization of the servicing asset and an increase in expenses for
the quarter ended May 31, 1998 over the quarter ended May 31, 1997.

    The total volume of loans  produced  increased 123% to $20.9 billion for the
quarter ended May 31, 1998 from $9.4 billion for the quarter ended May 31, 1997.
The increase in loan  production  was primarily due to generally  lower interest
rates that  prevailed  during the  quarter  ended May 31,  1998  compared to the
quarter  ended  May 31,  1997,  as well as to the  continuing  expansion  of the
Company's Consumer Markets and Wholesale Lending Divisions. Refinancings totaled
$11.9 billion, or 57% of total fundings,  for the quarter ended May 31, 1998, as
compared to $2.8 billion,  or 30% of total  fundings,  for the quarter ended May
31, 1997.  Fixed-rate  mortgage loan production totaled $19.4 billion, or 93% of
total fundings, for the quarter ended May 31, 1998, as compared to $6.4 billion,
or 68% of total fundings, for the quarter ended May 31, 1997.


<PAGE>


                               MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANLAYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                                CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



    Total loan volume in the Company's production Divisions is summarized below.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- ------------------------------------- --------------------------------- --------

       (Dollar amounts in millions)              Three Months Ended May 31,
- ---------------------------------- ------------------------------------ --------

                                                 1998                   1997
                                            -------------          -------------

<S>                                              <C>                    <C>   
    Consumer Markets Division                    $6,001                 $2,347
    Wholesale Lending Division                    7,462                  2,662
    Correspondent Lending Division                7,287                  4,351
      Full Spectrum Lending, Inc.                   126                      -
                                            =============          =============

    Total Loan Volume                           $20,876                 $9,360
                                            =============          =============

- -------------------------------------------- ------------- -------- ------------
</TABLE>

    The  factors  which  affect  the  relative  volume of  production  among the
Company's Divisions include the price competitiveness of each Division's product
offerings,  the level of mortgage lending activity in each Division's market and
the success of each Division's sales and marketing efforts.

    Included in the Company's  total volume of loans produced is $452 million of
home  equity  loans  funded in the quarter  ended May 31, 1998 and $295  million
funded in the quarter ended May 31, 1997.  Sub-prime loan  production,  which is
also included in the Company's total production  volume, was $521 million in the
quarter ended May 31, 1998 and $282 million in the quarter ended May 31, 1997.

    At May 31,  1998 and 1997,  the  Company's  pipeline of loans in process was
$14.6 billion and $5.2 billion, respectively. Historically, approximately 43% to
77% of the  pipeline  of loans in process has funded.  In  addition,  at May 31,
1998,  the Company had  committed  to make loans in the amount of $1.5  billion,
subject to property  identification and approval of the loans (the "LOCK 'N SHOP
(R) Pipeline"). At May 31, 1997, the LOCK 'N SHOP Pipeline was $2.1 billion. For
the  quarters  ended May 31,  1998 and 1997,  the Company  received  278,448 and
139,845 new loan  applications,  respectively,  at an average daily rate of $495
million and $222 million,  respectively.  The factors that affect the percentage
of  applications  received  and funded  during a given time  period  include the
movement and direction of interest rates, the average length of loan commitments
issued,  the  creditworthiness  of applicants,  the production  Divisions'  loan
processing efficiency and loan pricing decisions.

    Loan  origination  fees  increased  during the quarter ended May 31, 1998 as
compared to the quarter ended May 31, 1997 due to higher production and a change
in the  Divisional  mix. The Consumer  Markets and Wholesale  Lending  Divisions
(which,  due to their higher cost structure,  charge higher origination fees per
dollar loaned) comprised a greater percentage of total production in the quarter
ended May 31, 1998 than in the quarter ended May 31, 1997. Gain on sale of loans
improved in the quarter  ended May 31, 1998 as compared to the quarter ended May
31, 1997  primarily due to higher loan  production  volume and  increased  sales
during the quarter ended May 31, 1998 of higher-margin home equity and sub-prime
loans. The sale of home equity loans contributed $17.5 million and $13.2 million
to  gain  on sale of  loans  in the  quarters  ended  May  31,  1998  and  1997,
respectively. Sub-prime loans contributed $16.4 million and $14.8 million to the
gain  on  sale  of  loans  for  the  quarters  ended  May  31,  1998  and  1997,
respectively. In general, loan origination fees and gain (loss) on sale of loans
are affected by numerous factors  including the volume and mix of loans produced
and sold,  loan pricing  decisions,  interest  rate  volatility  and the general
direction of interest rates.


<PAGE>


    Net interest income (interest earned net of interest  charges)  increased to
$11.5  million  for the  quarter  ended May 31,  1998 from $0.3  million for the
quarter ended May 31, 1997.  Net interest  income is  principally a function of:
(i) net interest income earned from the Company's mortgage loan inventory ($30.0
million  and  $13.8  million  for the  quarters  ended  May 31,  1998 and  1997,
respectively);  (ii) interest  expense  related to the  Company's  investment in
servicing rights ($85.8 million and $44.7 million for the quarters ended May 31,
1998 and 1997, respectively) and (iii) interest income earned from the custodial
balances  associated with the Company's  servicing  portfolio ($64.6 million and
$29.5 million for the quarters ended May 31, 1998 and 1997,  respectively).  The
Company earns interest on, and incurs interest expense to carry,  mortgage loans
held in  inventory.  The increase in net interest  income from the mortgage loan
inventory was primarily  attributable to higher production  levels. The increase
in interest  expense on the investment in servicing  rights  resulted  primarily
from a larger servicing portfolio and an increase in the payments of interest to
certain investors  pursuant to customary  servicing  arrangements with regard to
paid-off  loans in excess of the interest  earned on these loans  through  their
respective payoff dates ("Interest Costs Incurred on Payoffs").  The increase in
net  interest  income  earned  from the  custodial  balances  was  related to an
increase in the average  custodial  balances  (caused by growth of the servicing
portfolio and an increase in the amount of  prepayments)  partially  offset by a
decrease in the earnings  rate on custodial  balances from the quarter ended May
31, 1997 to the quarter ended May 31, 1998.

    During  the  quarter  ended May 31,  1998,  loan  administration  income was
positively affected by the continued growth of the loan servicing portfolio.  At
May 31, 1998,  the Company  serviced  $191.6  billion of loans  (including  $8.3
billion of loans  subserviced for others) compared to $163.5 billion  (including
$4.5 billion of loans  subserviced  for others) at May 31, 1997, a 17% increase.
The growth in the Company's servicing portfolio during the quarter ended May 31,
1998 was the  result  of loan  production  volume  and the  acquisition  of bulk
servicing  rights,  partially  offset by  prepayments,  partial  prepayments and
scheduled  amortization of mortgage loans. The weighted average interest rate of
the mortgage loans in the Company's servicing portfolio at May 31, 1998 and 1997
was 7.7% and  7.8%,  respectively.  It is the  Company's  strategy  to build and
retain its servicing  portfolio because of the returns the Company can earn from
such  investment  and because  the Company  believes  that  servicing  income is
counter-cyclical  to loan production  income.  See "Prospective  Trends - Market
Factors."

    During the quarter ended May 31 1998, the  prepayment  rate of the Company's
servicing  portfolio was 28% compared to 11% for the quarter ended May 31, 1997.
In general,  the prepayment rate is affected by the level of refinance activity,
which in turn is driven by the relative level of mortgage  interest  rates,  and
activity in the home purchase  market.  The increase in the prepayment rate from
the quarter  ended May 31, 1997 to the quarter  ended May 31, 1998 was primarily
attributable  to the increase in  refinance  activity  caused by lower  interest
rates  during the quarter  ended May 31, 1998 than during the quarter  ended May
31, 1997.

    The  primary  means used by the  Company to reduce  the  sensitivity  of its
earnings to changes in interest rates is through a strong production  capability
and a growing  servicing  portfolio.  In  addition,  to  mitigate  the effect on
earnings of  impairment  that may result from  increased  current and  projected
future  prepayment  activity,   the  Company  acquires  financial   instruments,
including derivative  contracts,  that increase in aggregate value when interest
rates decline (the  "Servicing  Hedge").  These  financial  instruments  include
options on interest rate futures and MBS,  interest rate futures,  interest rate
floors, interest rate swaps (with the Company's maximum payment capped) ("Capped
Swaps"),  options on  interest  rate swaps  ("Swaptions"),  interest  rate caps,
certain tranches of collateralized  mortgage obligations ("CMOs") and options on
callable pass-through certificates ("options on CPC").

    With the Capped Swaps, the Company receives and pays interest on a specified
notional  amount.  The rate received is fixed;  the rate paid is adjustable,  is
indexed to the London Interbank Offered Rates for U.S.
dollar deposits ("LIBOR") and has a specified maximum or "cap".

    With Swaps, the Company  receives and pays interest on a specified  notional
amount.  The rate received is fixed;  the rate paid is adjustable and is indexed
to LIBOR.

    With  the   Swaptions,   the   Company  has  the  option  to  enter  into  a
receive-fixed, pay-floating interest rate swap at a future date or to settle the
transaction for cash.

    The CMOs, which consist primarily of P/O securities,  have been purchased at
deep discounts to their par values.  As interest rates decrease,  prepayments on
the  collateral  underlying  the CMOs should  increase.  This should result in a
decline in the average lives of the P/O securities and a corresponding  increase
in the  present  values of their  cash  flows.  Conversely,  as  interest  rates
increase,  prepayments  on the collateral  underlying the CMOs should  decrease.
These  changes  should  result in an increase  in the  average  lives of the P/O
securities and a decrease in the present values of their cash flows.

    An  option  on CPC gives  the  holder  the  right to call a  mortgage-backed
security at par and receive the remaining cash flows from the  particular  pool.
This option has a one year lockout, meaning it cannot be exercised until the end
of the first year.  After the lockout  period,  the option can be  exercised  at
anytime.

    The  Servicing  Hedge is designed to protect the value of the  investment in
mortgage  servicing  rights  ("MSRs")  from the effects of increased  prepayment
activity that generally  results from declining  interest  rates.  To the extent
that interest rates increase, the value of the MSRs increases while the value of
the hedge  instruments  declines.  With  respect to the floors,  options,  caps,
Swaptions,  options on CPC and CMOs,  the  Company is not exposed to loss beyond
its initial outlay to acquire the hedge  instruments.  The Company's exposure to
loss on futures is  related to changes in the  Eurodollar  rate over the life of
the contract.  The Company  estimates that its maximum exposure to loss over the
contractual  term is $16.6 million.  With respect to the Capped Swaps  contracts
entered into by the Company as of May 31, 1998,  the Company  estimates that its
maximum  exposure  to loss  over the  contractual  term is $23.3  million.  With
respect to the Swap  contracts  entered  into by the Company as of May 31, 1998,
the Company  estimates  that its maximum  exposure to loss over the  contractual
term is  $167.8  million.  In the  quarter  ended  May  31,  1998,  the  Company
recognized  a net benefit of $0.6  million  from its  Servicing  Hedge.  The net
benefit included unrealized net gains of $4.6 million and net realized losses of
$4.0  million  from  premium  amortization  and the  sale of  various  financial
instruments  that  comprise the  Servicing  Hedge.  In the quarter ended May 31,
1997,  the Company  recognized a net expense of $44.7 million from its Servicing
Hedge.  The net  expense  included  unrealized  losses of $39.2  million and net
realized losses of $5.5 million from the sale of various  financial  instruments
that comprise the Servicing Hedge.  There can be no assurance that the Servicing
Hedge will generate gains in the future,  or if gains are  generated,  that they
will fully offset impairment of the MSRs.

    The Company recorded  amortization and impairment of its MSRs in the quarter
ended May 31, 1998 totaling $149.3 million (consisting of amortization amounting
to $132.9 million and impairment of $16.4 million), compared to $26.0 million of
amortization  and  impairment  (consisting  of  amortization  amounting to $65.8
million and  recovery of previous  impairment  of $39.8  million) in the quarter
ended May 31,  1997.  The  factors  affecting  the  amount of  amortization  and
impairment or recovery of the MSRs recorded in an accounting  period include the
level  of  prepayments  during  the  period,  the  change  in  estimated  future
prepayments and the amount of Servicing Hedge gains or losses.


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


    Salaries and related  expenses are  summarized  below for the quarters ended
May 31, 1998 and 1997.

   -- --------------------------- -- -- ------ ------------------------------------------------- ----- -- ---- -----
      (Dollar     amounts     in                    Quarter Ended May 31, 1998
      thousands)
                                     -- ------ ------------------------------------------------- ----- -- ---- -----
   -- --------------------------- --
                                     Production           Loan          Corporate                    Other
                                     Activities      Administration   Administration    Activities         Total
   -- --------------------------- -- ------------ -- ------------- -- ------------- -- ------------- -- ------------

<S>                                    <C>             <C>             <C>                 <C>            <C>    
      Base Salaries                    $43,485         $11,960         $20,211             $7,806         $83,462

      Incentive Bonus                   33,539             329           5,122              3,640          42,630

      Payroll Taxes and Benefits        12,062           2,826           4,274              1,233          20,395
                                     ------------    -------------    -------------    -------------    ------------
      Total Salaries and Related
            Expenses                   $89,086         $15,115         $29,607            $12,679        $146,487
                                     ============    =============    =============    =============    ------------

      Average      Number     of         4,597           1,839            1,622               641           8,699
      Employees


   -- --------------------------- -- ------------ -- ------------- -- ------------- -- ------------- -- ------------
</TABLE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<PAGE>


   -- --------------------------- -- -- ------ ------------------------------------------------- ----- -- ---- -----
      (Dollar     amounts     in                    Quarter Ended May 31, 1997
      thousands)
                                     -- ------ ------------------------------------------------- ----- -- ---- -----
   -- --------------------------- --
                                     Production           Loan          Corporate                    Other
                                     Activities      Administration   Administration    Activities         Total
   -- --------------------------- -- ------------ -- ------------- -- ------------- -- ------------- -- ------------

<S>                                    <C>             <C>             <C>                 <C>            <C>    
      Base Salaries                    $28,562         $10,754         $16,057             $5,258         $60,631

      Incentive Bonus                   11,692             267           4,248              2,062          18,269

      Payroll Taxes and Benefits         4,945           2,115           1,558                523           9,141
                                     ------------    -------------    -------------    -------------    ------------
      Total Salaries and Related
            Expenses                   $45,199         $13,136         $21,863            $ 7,843         $88,041
                                     ============    =============    =============    =============    ------------

      Average      Number     of         2,851           1,622            1,291               393           6,157
      Employees

   -- --------------------------- -- ------------ -- ------------- -- ------------- -- ------------- -- ------------
</TABLE>

    The amount of  salaries  increased  during the  quarter  ended May 31,  1998
reflecting  the  Company's  strategy of  expanding  and  enhancing  its Consumer
Markets and Wholesale branch networks,  including new retail sub-prime branches.
In  addition,   a  larger  servicing  portfolio  and  growth  in  the  Company's
non-mortgage  banking  subsidiaries also contributed to the increase.  Incentive
bonuses earned during the quarter ended May 31, 1998 increased  primarily due to
higher production and a change in production mix.

    Occupancy  and other  office  expenses  for the  quarter  ended May 31, 1998
increased to $62.7 million from $38.1 million for the quarter ended May 31, 1997
primarily due to: (i) the  continued  effort by the Company to expand its retail
branch network, particularly outside of California; (ii) higher loan production;
(iii)  a  larger  servicing   portfolio;   and  (iv)  growth  in  the  Company's
non-mortgage banking activities.

    Guarantee fees  represent fees paid to guarantee  timely and full payment of
principal and interest on MBS and whole loans sold to permanent investors and to
transfer  the  credit  risk of the  loans in the  servicing  portfolio.  For the
quarter ended May 31, 1998,  guarantee  fees  increased 5% to $44.7 million from
$42.6 million for the quarter ended May 31, 1997. The increase  resulted from an
increase in the servicing  portfolio,  changes in the mix of permanent investors
and terms negotiated at the time of loan sales.

    Marketing expenses for the quarter ended May 31, 1998 increased 41% to $14.5
million from $10.3  million for the quarter ended May 31, 1997,  reflecting  the
Company's  continued  implementation  of a marketing  plan to increase  consumer
brand awareness of the Company in the residential mortgage market.

    Other  operating  expenses for the quarter ended May 31, 1998 increased from
the quarter  ended May 31, 1997 by $8.2  million,  or 33%. This increase was due
primarily to higher loan  production,  a larger servicing  portfolio,  increased
systems   development   and  growth  in  the  Company's   non-mortgage   banking
subsidiaries  in the quarter ended May 31, 1998 as compared to the quarter ended
May 31, 1997.

Profitability of Loan Production and Servicing Activities

    In the quarter ended May 31, 1998, the Company's  pre-tax  earnings from its
loan  production  activities  (which  include loan  origination  and  purchases,
warehousing and sales) were $136.0  million.  In the quarter ended May 31, 1997,
the Company's  comparable  pre-tax earnings were $45.7 million.  The increase of
$90.3 million was primarily  attributable  to increased  production,  a shift in
production  mix towards  Consumer  Markets and  Wholesale  Divisions and greater
sales of higher-margin  home equity and sub-prime loans at significantly  higher
margins than prime credit quality first  mortgages.  These positive results were
partially offset by higher  production costs. In the quarter ended May 31, 1998,
the Company's  pre-tax loss from its loan  servicing  activities  (which include
administering the loans in the servicing portfolio, selling homeowners and other
insurance,  acting as tax payment  agent,  marketing  foreclosed  properties and
acting as  reinsurer)  was $0.6  million as compared to pre-tax  income of $59.7
million in the quarter  ended May 31, 1997.  The  decrease of $60.3  million was
primarily  attributed to the increased  amortization  of the servicing asset and
Interest Costs Incurred on Payoffs due to declining  interest rates and increase
in prepayments  from May 31, 1997 to May 31, 1998.  These negative  factors were
partially  offset by the increase in servicing  fees,  miscellaneous  income and
interest earned on escrow balances derived by the larger servicing portfolio.

Profitability of Other Activities

    In addition  to loan  production  and loan  servicing,  the  Company  offers
ancillary  products and services  related to its  mortgage  banking  activities.
These include title insurance and escrow services,  home appraisals,  securities
brokerage and servicing  rights  brokerage.  For the quarter ended May 31, 1998,
these  activities  contributed  $13.4  million to the Company's  pre-tax  income
compared to $9.4 million for the quarter  ended May 31, 1997.  This  increase in
pre-tax  income  primarily  results  from  improved  performance  of  the  title
insurance, escrow and capital markets businesses.

QUANTITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK

    The primary  market risk facing the Company is interest  rate risk.  From an
enterprise perspective, the Company manages this risk by striving to balance its
loan   origination   and   loan   servicing   business   segments,   which   are
counter-cyclical in nature. In addition,  the Company utilizes various financial
instruments,  including derivatives contracts,  to manage the interest rate risk
related specifically to its committed pipeline,  mortgage loan inventory and MBS
held for sale, MSRs,  mortgage-backed securities retained in securitizations and
debt  securities.  The overall  objective of the  Company's  interest  rate risk
management  policies is to offset changes in the values of these items resulting
from changes in interest rates.  The Company does not speculate on the direction
of interest rates in its management of interest rate risk.

    As part of its interest rate risk management  process,  the Company performs
various  sensitivity  analyses that quantify the net financial impact of changes
in  interest  rates  on its  interest  rate-sensitive  assets,  liabilities  and
commitments.   These   analyses   incorporate   scenarios   including   selected
hypothetical  (instantaneous)  parallel  shifts  in  the  yield  curve.  Various
modeling  techniques  are  employed  to value  the  financial  instruments.  For
mortgages,  MBS and MBS forward  contracts and CMOs, an  option-adjusted  spread
("OAS")  model is used.  The  primary  assumptions  used in this  model  are the
implied market volatility of interest rates and prepayment  speeds.  For options
and  interest  rate  floors,  an  option-pricing  model  is  used.  The  primary
assumption  used in this model is implied market  volatility of interest  rates.
MSRs and residual  interests are valued using  discounted cash flow models.  The
primary  assumptions used in these models are prepayment  rates,  discount rates
and credit losses.


<PAGE>


    Utilizing the sensitivity  analyses described above, as of the quarter ended
May 31, 1998, the Company estimates that a permanent 0.50% reduction in interest
rates,  all else being  constant,  would result in a $16 million  after-tax loss
related to its trading  securities  and a $18 million  after-tax loss related to
its other  financial  instruments,  for the fiscal year ended February 28, 1999.
The Company  estimates  that this combined  after-tax loss of $34 million is the
largest  such loss that  would  occur  within the range of  reasonably  possible
interest rate changes.  These sensitivity  analyses are limited by the fact that
they are performed at a particular  point in time and do not  incorporate  other
factors  that  would  impact  the  Company's  financial  performance  in  such a
scenario.  Consequently,  the  preceding  estimates  should  not be  viewed as a
forecast.

INFLATION

    Inflation affects the Company in the areas of loan production and servicing.
Interest rates normally  increase  during periods of high inflation and decrease
during periods of low inflation.  Historically, as interest rates increase, loan
production,  particularly  from loan  refinancings,  decreases,  although  in an
environment of gradual interest rate increases,  purchase  activity may actually
be stimulated by an improving  economy or the  anticipation  of increasing  real
estate values.  In such periods of reduced loan production,  production  margins
may decline due to increased  competition  resulting  from  overcapacity  in the
market.  In a higher interest rate environment,  servicing-related  earnings are
enhanced  because  prepayment  rates  tend to slow down  thereby  extending  the
average life of the Company's servicing portfolio and reducing  amortization and
impairment  of the MSRs,  decreasing  Interest  Costs  Incurred  on Payoffs  and
because  the rate of  interest  earned  from  the  custodial  balances  tends to
increase.  Conversely, as interest rates decline, loan production,  particularly
from loan  refinancings,  increases.  However,  during such periods,  prepayment
rates tend to accelerate  (principally on the portion of the portfolio  having a
note rate higher than the then-current  interest rates),  thereby decreasing the
average life of the Company's  servicing  portfolio and adversely  impacting its
servicing-related   earnings   primarily  due  to  increased   amortization  and
impairment of the MSRs, a decreased  rate of interest  earned from the custodial
balances  and  increased  Interest  Costs  Incurred on  Payoffs.  The impacts of
changing interest rates on servicing-related earnings are reduced by performance
of the Servicing Hedge,  which is designed to mitigate the impact on earnings of
impairment that may result from declining interest rates.

SEASONALITY

    The mortgage banking industry is generally subject to seasonal trends. These
trends  reflect  the  general  national  pattern of sales and  resales of homes,
although  refinancings  tend to be less  seasonal  and more  closely  related to
changes in interest rates.  Sales and resales of homes typically peak during the
spring and summer seasons and decline to lower levels from mid-November  through
February.  In addition,  delinquency  rates typically rise in the winter months,
which  results  in higher  servicing  costs.  However,  late  charge  income has
historically been sufficient to offset such incremental expenses.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

    The Company's  principal  financing  needs are the financing of loan funding
activities  and the  investment in servicing  rights.  To meet these needs,  the
Company  currently  utilizes  commercial paper supported by the revolving credit
facility,  medium-term  notes, MBS repurchase  agreements,  subordinated  notes,
pre-sale funding  facilities,  an optional cash purchase feature in the dividend
reinvestment plan,  redeemable  capital trust  pass-through  securities and cash
flow from  operations.  In addition,  in the past the Company has utilized whole
loan  repurchase   agreements,   servicing-secured   bank  facilities,   private
placements of unsecured notes and other  financings,  direct borrowings from the
revolving credit facility and public offerings of common and preferred stock.

    Certain of the debt  obligations of the Company and Countrywide  Home Loans,
Inc.  ("CHL")  contain  various  provisions  that may affect the  ability of the
Company and CHL to pay dividends and remain in compliance with such obligations.
These provisions include  requirements  concerning net worth,  current ratio and
other financial  covenants.  These provisions have not had, and are not expected
to  have,  an  adverse  impact  on the  ability  of the  Company  and CHL to pay
dividends.

    The  Company   continues  to   investigate   and  pursue   alternative   and
supplementary  methods to finance its operations  through the public and private
capital  markets.   These  may  include  such  methods  as  mortgage  loan  sale
transactions  designed to expand the Company's financial capacity and reduce its
cost of capital and the securitization of servicing income cash flows.

    In connection with its derivative contracts,  the Company may be required to
deposit cash or certain  government  securities  or obtain  letters of credit to
meet  margin   requirements.   The  Company   considers  such  potential  margin
requirements in its overall liquidity management.

    In the course of the  Company's  mortgage  banking  operations,  the Company
sells to investors the mortgage  loans it originates and purchases but generally
retains  the right to  service  the  loans,  thereby  increasing  the  Company's
investment in loan  servicing  rights.  The Company views the sale of loans on a
servicing-retained   basis  in  part  as  an  investment  vehicle.   Significant
unanticipated  prepayments  in the Company's  servicing  portfolio  could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's future operating results and liquidity.

Cash Flows

    Operating  Activities  In the  quarter  ended May 31,  1998,  the  Company's
operating  activities  used cash of  approximately  $0.5 billion on a short-term
basis  primarily to support the increase in its mortgage  loans and MBS held for
sale.  Mortgage  loans  and MBS  held  for  sale  are  generally  financed  with
short-term  borrowings.  In the quarter ended May 31, 1997, operating activities
used  approximately  $1.9 billion on a short-term basis primarily to support the
increase in its mortgage loans and MBS held for sale.

    Investing  Activities The primary investing activity for which cash was used
by the Company  was the  investment  in  servicing.  Net cash used by  investing
activities  was $0.4 billion for the quarter ended May 31, 1998 and $0.2 billion
for the quarter ended May 31, 1997.

    Financing  Activities Net cash provided by financing  activities amounted to
$1.0 billion for the quarter ended May 31, 1998.  Net cash provided by financing
activities  amounted to $2.1  billion for the quarter  ended May 31,  1997.  The
increase in cash flow from financing  activities was primarily the result of net
short-term and long-term debt issuance or repayment by the Company.

PROSPECTIVE TRENDS

Applications and Pipeline of Loans in Process

    For  the  month  ended  June  30,  1998,  the  Company   received  new  loan
applications  at an average daily rate of $505 million and at June 30, 1998, the
Company's  pipeline of loans in process was $14.7  billion.  This  compares to a
daily  application  rate in the month end June 30,  1997 of $232  million  and a
pipeline of loans in process at June 30, 1997 of $5.3  billion.  The size of the
pipeline  is  generally  an  indication  of the  level of  future  fundings,  as
historically  43% to 77% of the  pipeline  of loans in process  has  funded.  In
addition,  the  Company's  LOCK `N SHOP(R)  Pipeline  at June 30,  1998 was $1.4
billion and at June 30, 1997 was $1.5  billion.  Future  application  levels and
loan fundings are dependent on numerous  factors,  including the level of demand
for  mortgage  credit,  the  extent  of price  competition  in the  market,  the
direction of interest rates, seasonal factors and general economic conditions.


<PAGE>



Market Factors

    Loan  production  increased  123% from quarter ended May 31, 1997 to quarter
ended May 31, 1998. This increase was primarily due to several  factors.  First,
mortgage  interest rates generally  decreased in the quarter ended May 31, 1998.
Second,  sub-prime  and home  equity loan  fundings,  which are  generally  less
sensitive  to  interest  rate  fluctuations  than  prime  credit  quality  first
mortgages,  increased  from the quarter  ended May 31, 1997 to the quarter ended
May 31, 1998.  Further,  home purchase  market  activity was stronger during the
quarter ended May 31, 1998 than in the quarter ended May 31, 1997.

    The prepayment  rate in the servicing  portfolio  increased from 11% for the
quarter  ended May 31,  1997 to 28% for the  quarter  ended May 31,  1998 due to
lower interest rates in the quarter ended May 31, 1998 than in the quarter ended
May 31, 1997.

    The Company's primary  competitors are commercial banks,  savings and loans,
mortgage  banking  subsidiaries  of  diversified  companies,  as well  as  other
mortgage  bankers.  Over the past three  years,  certain  commercial  banks have
expanded  their  mortgage  banking  operations  through  acquisition of formerly
independent  mortgage banking companies or through internal growth.  The Company
believes that these  transactions  and activities have not had a material impact
on the Company or on the degree of competitive pricing in the market.

    The Company's  California  mortgage loan  production  (measured by principal
balance)  constituted 26% of its total  production  during the quarter ended May
31,  1998 and 24%  during  the  quarter  ended  May 31,  1997.  The  Company  is
continuing its efforts to expand its production  capacity outside of California.
Some regions in which the Company  operates  have  experienced  slower  economic
growth,  and real estate financing activity in these regions has been negatively
impacted.  As a result, home lending activity for single-  (one-to-four)  family
residences  in these regions may also have  experienced  slower  growth.  To the
extent that any  geographic  region's  mortgage  loan  production  constitutes a
significant portion of the Company's production,  there can be no assurance that
the  Company's  operations  will  not  be  adversely  affected  if  that  region
experiences slow or negative economic growth resulting in decreased  residential
real estate lending  activity,  or market  factors  further impact the Company's
competitive position in that region.

    The delinquency rate in the Company-owned  servicing  portfolio decreased to
3.38% at May 31, 1998 from 3.53% at May 31, 1997.  The  proportion of government
and high  loan-to-value  conventional  loans,  which tend to  experience  higher
delinquency rates than low loan-to-value  conventional loans, was 47% and 49% of
the portfolio at May 31, 1998 and May 31, 1997,  respectively.  In addition, the
weighted  average age of the  portfolio is 30 months at May 31, 1998, up from 29
months  at May 31,  1997.  Delinquency  rates  tend to  increase  as loans  age,
generally  reaching a peak at three to five years of age.  However,  because the
loans in the portfolio  are  generally  serviced on a  non-recourse  basis,  the
Company's exposure to credit loss resulting from increased  delinquency rates is
substantially limited. Further, related late charge income has historically been
sufficient to offset incremental  servicing expenses resulting from an increased
delinquency rate.

    The percentage of loans in the Company's owned servicing  portfolio that are
in  foreclosure  decreased  to 0.39% at May 31,  1998 from 0.70% at May 31, 1997
primarily  due to the  sale of $644  million  of  defaulted  mortgage  loans  on
February 27, 1998. Generally, the Company is not exposed to credit risk. Because
the Company  services  substantially  all  conventional  loans on a non-recourse
basis,  foreclosure  losses are generally the  responsibility of the investor or
insurer and not the Company.  The Company retains credit risk on the home equity
and sub-prime loans it sells in the form of pools backing  securities.  As such,
through  retention of a  subordinated  interest in the trust,  the Company bears
primary  responsibility  for credit  losses on the loans.  At May 31, 1998,  the
Company  had  investments  in  such  subordinated  interests  amounting  to $253
million,  which  represents  the  maximum  exposure  to  credit  losses  on  the
securitized  home equity and sub-prime loans.  While the Company  generally does
not retain credit risk with respect to the prime credit  quality first  mortgage
loans it sells,  it does have  potential  liability  under  representations  and
warranties  made to  purchasers  and  insurers  of the loans.  In the event of a
breach of the  representations  and  warranties,  the Company may be required to
repurchase a mortgage loan and any  subsequent  loss on the mortgage loan may be
borne by the Company.  Similarly,  government loans serviced by the Company (28%
of the Company's servicing portfolio at May 31, 1998) are insured by the Federal
Housing Administration or partially guaranteed against loss by the Department of
Veterans  Administration.  The Company is exposed to credit losses to the extent
that the partial guarantee provided by the Department of Veterans Administration
is inadequate to cover the total credit losses incurred.

Servicing Hedge

    As  previously  discussed,  the  Company's  Servicing  Hedge is  designed to
protect  the value of its  investment  in  servicing  rights from the effects of
increased  prepayment  activity that generally  results from declining  interest
rates. In periods of increasing interest rates, the value of the Servicing Hedge
generally  declines and the value of MSRs generally  increases.  There can be no
assurance that, in periods of increasing  interest rates,  the increase in value
of the MSRs will offset the amount of Servicing Hedge expense;  or in periods of
declining  interest  rates,  that the  Company's  Servicing  Hedge will generate
gains, or if gains are generated,  that they will fully offset impairment of the
MSRs.

Implementation of New Accounting Standards

    In June 1998, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 133,
Accounting for Derivative  Instruments  and Hedging  Activities  (SFAS No. 133).
SFAS No. 133  establishes  accounting  and reporting  standards  for  derivative
instruments  and hedging  activities.  It requires that an entity  recognize all
derivatives  as either  assets or  liabilities  in the  statement  of  financial
position and measure those instruments at fair value. If certain  conditions are
met, a derivative may be specifically  designated as (a) a hedge of the exposure
to  changes  in  the  fair  value  of a  recognized  asset  or  liability  or an
unrecognized firm commitment, (b) a hedge of the exposure to variable cash flows
of a forecasted transaction,  or (c) a hedge of the foreign currency exposure of
a net investment in a foreign  operation,  an unrecognized  firm commitment,  an
available-for-sale  security,  or  a   foreign-currency-denominated   forecasted
transaction. This statement is effective for all fiscal quarters of fiscal years
beginning  after June 15, 1999.  The Company has not yet  determined  the impact
upon adoption of this Standard.

Year 2000 Compliance

    The Company  has made and will  continue to make  investments  to  identify,
modify or replace any computer  systems which are not Year 2000 compliant and to
address other issues  associated with the change of the millennium.  These costs
are being  expensed by the Company during the period in which they are incurred.
The  financial  impact  to the  Company  of  implementing  the  systems  changes
necessary to become Year 2000  compliant has not been and is not  anticipated to
be material to its  financial  position  or results of  operations  in any given
year. However, the Company's expectations about future costs associated with the
Year 2000 are subject to  uncertainties  that could cause the actual  results to
differ materially from the Company's expectations.  Factors that could influence
the amount and timing of future  costs  include  the  success of the  Company in
identifying  systems and programs that are not Year 2000  compliant,  the nature
and amount of  programming  required to upgrade or replace  each of the affected
programs,  the availability,  rate and magnitude of related labor and consulting
costs and the success of the Company's business partners, vendors and clients in
addressing the Year 2000 issue.


<PAGE>




                                          PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

Item 5.     Other Information

        Any proposal that a stockholder  wishes to present for  consideration at
the 1999 Annual Meeting of Stockholders must be received by the Company no later
than February 9, 1999 for inclusion in the 1999 Notice of Annual Meeting,  Proxy
Statement  and Proxy.  Any other  proposal  that a  stockholder  wishes to bring
before the 1999  Annual  Meeting of  Stockholders  must also be  received by the
Company no later than  February  9, 1999.  All  proposals  must  comply with the
applicable requirements or conditions established by the Securities and Exchange
Commission  and Article II, Section 13 of the Company's  Bylaws,  which requires
among other things,  certain  information to be provided in connection  with the
submission  of  stockholder  proposals.  All  proposals  must be directed to the
Secretary of the Company at 4500 Park Granada, MSN CH-19, Calabasas,  California
91302.

Item 6.   Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K

(a)     Exhibits

4.15 Trust Deed dated 1st May,  1998 among CHL, the Company and Bankers  Trustee
     Company Limited, as Trustee for Euro Medium Notes of CHL.

10.5.1  Supplemental  Form  of  Countrywide  Credit  Industries,  Inc.  Deferred
        Compensation Agreement for Non-Employee Directors.

10.8.1 Revolving  Credit  Agreement dated as of the 15th day of April,  1998, by
and among  Countrywide Home Loans,  Inc., Royal Bank of Canada,  The Bank of New
York, Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, Credit Lyonnais,  San Francisco
Branch and the Lenders Party Thereto.

10.11.4  Fourth Amendment to the 1987 Stock Option Plan as Amended and Restated.

10.20.8    Eighth Amendment to the 1991 Stock Option Plan.

10.21.3    Third Amendment to the 1992 Stock Option Plan.

10.22.4    Fourth Amendment to the Amended and Restated 1993 Stock Option Plan.

11.1       Statement Regarding Computation of Per Share Earnings.

12.1       Computation of the Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.

27 Financial Data Schedules  (included only with the electronic  filing with the
   SEC).

(b)   Reports on Form 8-K.  None.







<PAGE>











         Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
         the  Registrant  has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf
         by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.



                                      COUNTRYWIDE CREDIT INDUSTRIES, INC.
                                                 (Registrant)






          DATE:     July 14, 1998
                                          --------------------------------------
                                                  Stanford L. Kurland
                                               Senior Managing Director and
                                                  Chief Operating Officer




          DATE:     July 14, 1998
                                          --------------------------------------
                                                      Carlos M. Garcia
                                             Managing Director; Chief Financial
                                            Officer and Chief Accounting Officer
                                               (Principal Financial Officer and
                                                  Principal Accounting Officer)



<PAGE>









         Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
         the  Registrant  has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf
         by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.



                                      COUNTRYWIDE CREDIT INDUSTRIES, INC.
                                                 (Registrant)






         DATE:     July 14, 1998                    /s/ Stanford L. Kurland
                                               -------------------------------
                                               Senior Managing Director and
                                                   Chief Operating Officer




          DATE:     July 14, 1998                   /s/ Carlos M. Garcia
                                               --------------------------------
                                             Managing Director; Chief Financial
                                            Officer and Chief Accounting Officer
                                               (Principal Financial Officer and
                                                 Principal Accounting Officer)


<PAGE>







                                                





                                                 EXHIBIT INDEX





Exhibit Number        Document Description

4.15 Trust Deed dated 1st May,  1998 among CHL, the Company and Bankers  Trustee
     Company Limited, as Trustee for Euro Medium Notes of CHL.

10.5.1  Supplemental  Form  of  Countrywide  Credit  Industries,  Inc.  Deferred
Compensation Agreement for Non-Employee Directors.

10.8.1 Revolving  Credit  Agreement dated as of the 15th day of April,  1998, by
and among  Countrywide Home Loans,  Inc., Royal Bank of Canada,  The Bank of New
York, Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, Credit Lyonnais,  San Francisco
Branch and the Lenders Party Thereto.

10.11.4  Fourth Amendment to the 1987 Stock Option Plan as Amended and Restated.

10.20.8   Eighth Amendment to the 1991 Stock Option Plan.

10.21.3   Third Amendment to the 1992 Stock Option Plan.

10.22.4   Fourth Amendment to the Amended and Restated 1993 Stock Option Plan.

11.1      Statement Regarding Computation of Per Share Earnings.

12.1      Computation of the Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.

27 Financial Data Schedules  (included only with the electronic  filing with the
   SEC).


<PAGE>





THIS TRUST DEED is made on 1st May, 1998 BETWEEN:

(1)      COUNTRYWIDE  HOME LOANS,  INC.,  a company  incorporated  with  limited
         liability in the State of New York,  whose principal  office is at 4500
         Park Granada,  Calabasas,  California  91302,  United States of America
         (the "Issuer");

(2)      COUNTRYWIDE  CREDIT  INDUSTRIES,  INC.,  a  company  incorporated  with
         limited  liability in the State of Delaware,  whose principal office is
         at 4500 Park Granada aforesaid (the "Guarantor"); and

(3)      BANKERS TRUSTEE COMPANY LIMITED,  a company  incorporated  with limited
         liability in England and Wales,  whose registered office is at 1 Appold
         Street,  Broadgate,  London EC2A 2HE,  England  (the  "Trustee",  which
         expression shall, wherever the context so admits,  include such company
         and all other  persons or  companies  for the time being the trustee or
         trustees  of  these  presents)  as  trustee  for the  Noteholders,  the
         Receiptholders and the Couponholders (each as defined below).

WHEREAS:

(1)      By a resolution  of the Board of Directors of the Issuer  passed on 1st
         April,  1998 the Issuer has  resolved  to  establish a Euro Medium Term
         Note Programme pursuant to which the Issuer may from time to time issue
         Notes  as  set  out  herein.  Notes  up  to a  maximum  nominal  amount
         (calculated in accordance  with Clause 3(5) of the Programme  Agreement
         (as defined below)) from time to time outstanding of U.S.$2,000,000,000
         (subject  to increase as  provided  in the  Programme  Agreement)  (the
         "Programme Limit") may be issued pursuant to the said Programme.

(2)      By a resolution  of the Board of Directors of the  Guarantor  passed on
         24th March,  1998 the  Guarantor  has resolved to  guarantee  all Notes
         issued under the said Programme and to enter into certain  covenants as
         set out in this Trust Deed.

(3)      The  Trustee  has agreed to act as trustee  of these  presents  for the
         benefit of the Noteholders,  the  Receiptholders  and the Couponholders
         upon and subject to the terms and conditions of these presents.

NOW THIS TRUST DEED WITNESSES AND IT IS AGREED AND DECLARED as follows:


1.  DEFINITIONS
(A)      IN these  presents  unless  there is anything in the subject or context
         inconsistent   therewith  the  following  expressions  shall  have  the
         following meanings:

         "Agency  Agreement" means the agreement dated 1st May, 1998, as amended
         and/or  supplemented  and/or  restated  from time to time,  pursuant to
         which the Issuer and the  Guarantor  have  appointed  the Agent and the
         other  Paying  Agents in relation to all or any Series of the Notes and
         any other  agreement  for the time  being in force  appointing  another
         Agent or  further  or other  Paying  Agents in  relation  to all or any
         Series of the Notes, or in connection  with their duties,  the terms of
         which have previously been approved in writing by the Trustee, together
         with any  agreement  for the time being in force  amending or modifying
         with the prior  written  approval of the  Trustee any of the  aforesaid
         agreements;

         "Agent" means,  in relation to all or any Series of the Notes,  Bankers
         Trust  Company  at its  office  at 1 Appold  Street,  London  EC2A 2HE,
         England,  or, if applicable,  any Successor  agent in relation  thereto
         which  shall  become  such  pursuant  to the  provisions  of the Agency
         Agreement;

"Appointee"  means  any  attorney,  manager,  agent,  delegate  or other  person
appointed by the Trustee under these presents;

         "Auditors"  means the  auditors for the time being of the Issuer or, as
         the case may be, the  Guarantor  or, in the event of their being unable
         or  unwilling  promptly  to  carry  out any  action  requested  of them
         pursuant  to the  provisions  of these  presents,  such  other  firm of
         accountants  as may be  nominated  or  approved  by the Trustee for the
         purposes of these presents;

         "Calculation  Agent"  means,  in  relation  to all or any Series of the
         Notes,  the person  appointed as such from time to time pursuant to the
         provisions  of the Agency  Agreement or, if  applicable,  any Successor
         calculation  agent in relation thereto which shall become such pursuant
         to the provisions of the Agency Agreement;

         "Cedel Bank" means Cedel Bank, societe anonyme;

         "Conditions"  means, in relation to the Notes of any Series,  the terms
         and conditions  endorsed on or  incorporated by reference into the Note
         or Notes  constituting such Series,  such terms and conditions being in
         or  substantially  in the form set out in the First Schedule or in such
         other  form,  having  regard  to the terms of issue of the Notes of the
         relevant  Series,  as may be agreed between the Issuer,  the Agent, the
         Trustee and the relevant  Dealer(s) as modified and supplemented by the
         Pricing  Supplement  applicable to the Notes of the relevant Series, in
         each  case  as from  time  to time  modified  in  accordance  with  the
         provisions of these presents;

"Couponholders"  means the several persons who are for the time being holders of
the Coupons and includes, where applicable, the Talonholders;

         "Coupon" means an interest  coupon  appertaining  to a Definitive  Note
         (other than a Zero Coupon Note), such coupon being:

         (i)      if  appertaining  to  a  Fixed  Rate  Note,  in  the  form  or
                  substantially  in the form  set out in Part V A of the  Second
                  Schedule or in such other form,  having regard to the terms of
                  issue of the Notes of the  relevant  Series,  as may be agreed
                  between the Issuer,  the Agent,  the Trustee and the  relevant
                  Dealer(s); or

         (ii)     if appertaining to a Floating Rate Note or an Indexed Interest
                  Note, in the form or substantially in the form set out in Part
                  V B of the  Second  Schedule  or in such  other  form,  having
                  regard  to the  terms of issue  of the  Notes of the  relevant
                  Series,  as may be agreed between the Issuer,  the Agent,  the
                  Trustee and the relevant Dealer(s); or

         (iii)    if  appertaining to a Definitive Note which is neither a Fixed
                  Rate Note nor a  Floating  Rate Note nor an  Indexed  Interest
                  Note,  in such form as may be agreed  between the Issuer,  the
                  Agent, the Trustee and the relevant Dealer(s),

and  includes,  where  applicable,  the  Talon(s)  appertaining  thereto and any
replacements for Coupons and Talons issued pursuant to Condition 10;

         "Dealers"  means ABN AMRO Bank N.V.,  Banque  Lehman  Brothers,  Banque
         Paribas,  Barclays  de  Zoete  Wedd  Limited,   Countrywide  Securities
         Corporation,  Deutsche  Bank AG London,  Goldman  Sachs  International,
         Lehman Brothers  International  (Europe),  Merrill Lynch International,
         J.P. Morgan Securities Ltd., Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited
         and Salomon Brothers  International  Limited and any other entity which
         the Issuer may appoint as a Dealer and notice of whose  appointment has
         been given to the Agent and the  Trustee  by the  Issuer in  accordance
         with the provisions of the Programme Agreement but excluding any entity
         whose appointment has been terminated in accordance with the provisions
         of the  Programme  Agreement and notice of which  termination  has been
         given to the Agent and the Trustee by the Issuer in accordance with the
         provisions  of the Programme  Agreement  and  references to a "relevant
         Dealer" or  "relevant  Dealer(s)"  mean,  in relation to any Tranche or
         Series of Notes,  the Dealer or Dealers with whom the Issuer has agreed
         the issue of the Notes of such Tranche or Series and "Dealer" means any
         one of them;

         "Definitive  Note"  means a Note in  definitive  form issued or, as the
         case may  require,  to be issued by the Issuer in  accordance  with the
         provisions of the Programme  Agreement or any other  agreement  between
         the Issuer and the relevant  Dealer(s),  the Agency Agreement and these
         presents in exchange for either a Temporary Global Note or part thereof
         or a Permanent Global Note (all as indicated in the applicable  Pricing
         Supplement),  such  Note  in  definitive  form  being  in the  form  or
         substantially  in the form set out in Part III of the  Second  Schedule
         with such  modifications  (if any) as may be agreed between the Issuer,
         the  Agent,  the  Trustee  and the  relevant  Dealer(s)  and having the
         Conditions  endorsed  thereon or, if permitted  by the  relevant  Stock
         Exchange,  incorporating  the Conditions by reference (where applicable
         to this Trust Deed) as indicated in the applicable  Pricing  Supplement
         and  having  the  relevant  information  supplementing,   replacing  or
         modifying the Conditions appearing in the applicable Pricing Supplement
         endorsed  thereon or attached thereto and (except in the case of a Zero
         Coupon Note in bearer form)  having  Coupons  and,  where  appropriate,
         Receipts and/or Talons attached thereto on issue;

         "Dual  Currency  Note"  means a Note in  respect of which  payments  of
         principal  and/or  interest  are  made or to be made in such  different
         currencies,  and at rates of  exchange  calculated  upon such  basis or
         bases, as the Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s) may agree (as indicated
         in the applicable Pricing Supplement);

   "Early Redemption Amount" has the meaning ascribed thereto in Condition 6(e);

"Euroclear" means Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, Brussels office, as
operator of the Euroclear System;

         "Event of Default" means any of the conditions, events or acts provided
         in Condition 9 to be Events of Default (being events upon the happening
         of which the Notes of any Series  would,  subject only to notice by the
         Trustee as therein provided, become immediately due and repayable);

"Extraordinary  Resolution" has the meaning  ascribed thereto in paragraph 20 of
the Third Schedule;

         "Fixed Rate Note" means a Note on which  interest  is  calculated  at a
         fixed rate  payable  in arrear on a fixed  date or fixed  dates in each
         year and on redemption or on such other dates as may be agreed  between
         the Issuer and the relevant  Dealer(s) (as indicated in the  applicable
         Pricing Supplement);

         "Floating  Rate Note" means a Note on which interest is calculated at a
         floating rate payable one-, two-, three-,  six- or twelve-monthly or in
         respect  of such  other  period  or on such  date(s)  as may be  agreed
         between the Issuer and the  relevant  Dealer(s)  (as  indicated  in the
         applicable Pricing Supplement);

"Global Note" means a Temporary  Global Note and/or a Permanent  Global Note, as
the context may require;

         "Indexed  Interest  Note"  means a Note in  respect of which the amount
         payable in respect of interest is  calculated  by reference to an index
         and/or a formula as the Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s) may agree (as
         indicated in the applicable Pricing Supplement);

"Indexed  Note"  means an Indexed  Interest  Note  and/or an Indexed  Redemption
Amount Note, as applicable;

         "Indexed  Redemption  Amount Note" means a Note in respect of which the
         amount payable in respect of principal is calculated by reference to an
         index  and/or a formula as the Issuer and the  relevant  Dealer(s)  may
         agree (as indicated in the applicable Pricing Supplement);

         "Interest  Commencement  Date" means,  in the case of  interest-bearing
         Notes,  the date specified in the applicable  Pricing  Supplement  from
         (and including) which such Notes bear interest, which may or may not be
         the Issue Date;

"Interest  Payment Date" means, in relation to any Floating Rate Note or Indexed
Interest Note, either:

         (i)      the date  which  falls the  number  of months or other  period
                  specified as the "Specified  Period" in the applicable Pricing
                  Supplement  after the preceding  Interest  Payment Date or the
                  Interest  Commencement Date (in the case of the first Interest
                  Payment Date); or

(ii) such date or dates as are indicated in the applicable Pricing Supplement;
      
   "Issue  Date"  means,  in  respect  of any Note,  the date of issue and
         purchase of such Note pursuant to and in accordance  with the Programme
         Agreement  or any other  agreement  between the Issuer and the relevant
         Dealer(s),  being  in the  case  of  any  Definitive  Note  represented
         initially by a Temporary Global Note the same date as the date of issue
         of the Temporary Global Note which initially represented such Note;

         "Issue Price" means the price,  generally  expressed as a percentage of
         the nominal amount of the Notes, at which the Notes will be issued;

         "Liability"  means any  loss,  damage,  cost,  charge,  claim,  demand,
         expense,  judgment,  action,  proceeding or other liability  whatsoever
         (including,  without limitation,  in respect of taxes, duties,  levies,
         imposts and other charges) and including any value added tax or similar
         tax  charged  or  chargeable  in  respect  thereof  and legal  fees and
         expenses  provided  that such legal fees and  expenses  shall have been
         properly incurred;

         "London Business Day" has the meaning set out in Condition 5(c);
  "Maturity Date" means the date on which a Note is expressed to be redeemable;

         "month" means calendar month;

         "Note" means a note issued pursuant to the Programme and denominated in
         such currency or currencies as may be agreed between the Issuer and the
         relevant Dealer(s) which:

         (i)      has such maturity as may be agreed  between the Issuer and the
                  relevant  Dealer(s),   subject  to  such  minimum  or  maximum
                  maturity  as may be allowed or  required  from time to time by
                  the relevant  central bank (or equivalent body) or any laws or
                  regulations applicable to the Issuer or the relevant currency;
                  and

         (ii)     has such  denomination as may be agreed between the Issuer and
                  the relevant Dealer(s),  subject to such minimum  denomination
                  as may be  allowed  or  required  from  time  to  time  by the
                  relevant  central  bank  (or  equivalent  body) or any laws or
                  regulations applicable to the relevant currency,

         issued  or to be  issued  by  the  Issuer  pursuant  to  the  Programme
         Agreement  or any other  agreement  between the Issuer and the relevant
         Dealer(s),  the Agency  Agreement  and these  presents  and which shall
         initially  be  represented  by, and  comprised  in,  either a Temporary
         Global Note which may (in  accordance  with the terms of such Temporary
         Global Note) be exchanged for  Definitive  Notes or a Permanent  Global
         Note,  which Permanent Global Note may (in accordance with the terms of
         such Permanent  Global Note) in turn be exchanged for Definitive  Notes
         and includes any  replacements  for a Note issued pursuant to Condition
         10;

         "Noteholders"  means the  several  persons  who are for the time  being
         bearers of outstanding  Notes save that, in respect of the Notes of any
         Series,  for so long as such Notes or any part thereof are  represented
         by a Global Note deposited  with a common  depositary for Euroclear and
         Cedel Bank,  each person who is for the time being shown in the records
         of Euroclear or Cedel Bank (other than Cedel Bank,  if Cedel Bank shall
         be an accountholder  of Euroclear and Euroclear,  if Euroclear shall be
         an accountholder  of Cedel Bank) as the holder of a particular  nominal
         amount of the Notes of such Series  shall be deemed to be the holder of
         such  nominal  amount of such  Notes  (and the  holder of the  relevant
         Global Note shall be deemed not to be the  holder) for all  purposes of
         these  presents  other than with respect to the payment of principal or
         interest  on such  nominal  amount of such  Notes,  the rights to which
         shall be vested, as against the Issuer and the Trustee,  solely in such
         common depositary and for which purpose such common depositary shall be
         deemed  to be the  holder  of such  nominal  amount  of such  Notes  in
         accordance  with and subject to its terms and the  provisions  of these
         presents  and the  expressions  "Noteholder",  "holder"  and "holder of
         Notes" and related expressions shall be construed accordingly;

"notice"  means,  in  respect of a notice to be given to  Noteholders,  a notice
validly given pursuant to Condition 13;

         "outstanding" means, in relation to the Notes of all or any Series, all
         the Notes of such Series issued other than:

      (a)      those Notes which have been redeemed pursuant to these presents;

         (b)      those  Notes in  respect of which the date for  redemption  in
                  accordance with the Conditions has occurred and the redemption
                  moneys (including all interest payable thereon) have been duly
                  paid to the Trustee or to the Agent in the manner  provided in
                  the Agency  Agreement  (and where  appropriate  notice to that
                  effect  has  been  given  to  the  relative   Noteholders   in
                  accordance with Condition 13) and remain available for payment
                  against  presentation  of the relevant  Notes and/or  Receipts
                  and/or Coupons;

(c) those Notes which have been  purchased  and  cancelled  in  accordance  with
Conditions 6(h) and 6(i);

         (d)      those Notes which have become void under Condition 8;

         (e)      those  mutilated or defaced Notes which have been  surrendered
                  and cancelled and in respect of which  replacements  have been
                  issued pursuant to Condition 10;

         (f)      (for the purpose only of  ascertaining  the nominal  amount of
                  the Notes  outstanding and without prejudice to the status for
                  any other purpose of the relevant Notes) those Notes which are
                  alleged to have been lost,  stolen or destroyed and in respect
                  of which  replacements  have been issued pursuant to Condition
                  10; and

         (g)      any  Temporary  Global  Note to the extent  that it shall have
                  been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a Permanent Global Note
                  and any Permanent Global Note to the extent that it shall have
                  been exchanged for  Definitive  Notes in each case pursuant to
                  its  provisions,  the  provisions  of these  presents  and the
                  Agency Agreement;

         PROVIDED THAT for each of the following purposes, namely:

(i) the right to attend and vote at any  meeting of the  holders of the Notes of
any Series;

         (ii)     the  determination  of how many and which  Notes of any Series
                  are for the time being  outstanding for the purposes of Clause
                  9(A),  Conditions 9 and 14 and paragraphs 2, 5, 6 and 9 of the
                  Third Schedule;

         (iii)    any discretion, power or authority (whether contained in these
                  presents or vested by  operation  of law) which the Trustee is
                  required,  expressly  or  impliedly,  to  exercise  in  or  by
                  reference to the  interests of the holders of the Notes of any
                  Series; and

         (iv)     the   determination   by  the   Trustee   whether  any  event,
                  circumstance,  matter or thing is, in its opinion,  materially
                  prejudicial  to the  interests  of the holders of the Notes of
                  any Series,

         those  Notes of the  relevant  Series  (if any)  which are for the time
         being held by or on behalf of the Issuer,  the  Guarantor or any of its
         other Subsidiaries, in each case as beneficial owner, shall (unless and
         until ceasing to be so held) be deemed not to remain outstanding;

         "Paying  Agents" means,  in relation to all or any Series of the Notes,
         the several  institutions  (including,  where the context permits,  the
         Agent) at their respective  specified  offices  initially  appointed as
         paying agents in relation to such Notes by the Issuer and the Guarantor
         pursuant to the Agency Agreement and/or,  if applicable,  any Successor
         paying  agents at their  respective  specified  offices  for all or any
         Series of the Notes;

         "Permanent   Global   Note"   means  a  global  note  in  the  form  or
         substantially  in the  form set out in Part II of the  Second  Schedule
         with such  modifications  (if any) as may be agreed between the Issuer,
         the Agent,  the Trustee and the relevant  Dealer(s),  together with the
         copy of the applicable Pricing  Supplement annexed thereto,  comprising
         some or all of the  Notes  of the same  Series,  issued  by the  Issuer
         pursuant to the Programme  Agreement or any other agreement between the
         Issuer  and the  relevant  Dealer(s),  the Agency  Agreement  and these
         presents;

         "Potential  Event of Default" means any condition,  event or act which,
         with the  lapse of time  and/or  the  issue,  making  or  giving of any
         notice,  certification,   declaration,   demand,  determination  and/or
         request  and/or the taking of any similar  action and/or the fulfilment
         of any similar condition, would constitute an Event of Default;

       "Pricing Supplement" has the meaning set out in the Programme Agreement;

"Programme"  means  the Euro  Medium  Term  Note  Programme  established  by, or
otherwise contemplated in, the Programme Agreement;

         "Programme Agreement" means the agreement of even date herewith between
         the Issuer,  the Guarantor and the Dealers named therein concerning the
         purchase of Notes to be issued pursuant to the Programme  together with
         any agreement for the time being in force amending, replacing, novating
         or modifying such agreement;

         "Receipt"  means a  receipt  attached  on  issue to a  Definitive  Note
         redeemable  in  instalments   for  the  payment  of  an  instalment  of
         principal,  such receipt being in the form or substantially in the form
         set out in Part IV of the Second  Schedule or in such other form as may
         be agreed between the Issuer,  the Agent,  the Trustee and the relevant
         Dealer(s) and includes any replacements for Receipts issued pursuant to
         Condition 10;

"Receiptholders" means the several persons who are for the time being holders of
the Receipts;

         "Reference  Banks"  means the  several  banks  initially  appointed  as
         reference banks in relation to the Notes of any relevant Series and/or,
         if applicable, any Successor reference banks in relation to such Notes;

         "Relevant Date" has the meaning set out in Condition 7;

"repay",  "redeem"  and "pay"  shall each  include  both the others and  cognate
expressions shall be construed accordingly;

         "Series" means a Tranche of Notes together with any further  Tranche or
         Tranches of Notes which are (i) expressed to be consolidated and form a
         single  series and (ii)  identical  in all  respects  (including  as to
         listing) except for their respective Issue Dates, Interest Commencement
         Dates and/or Issue  Prices and the  expressions  "Notes of the relevant
         Series",  "holders  of  Notes  of  the  relevant  Series"  and  related
         expressions shall be construed accordingly;

         "Stock Exchange" means the Luxembourg  Stock Exchange,  or any other or
         further stock  exchange(s)  on which any Notes may from time to time be
         listed,  and  references  in  these  presents  to the  "relevant  Stock
         Exchange"  shall,  in relation to any Notes, be references to the Stock
         Exchange on which such Notes are, from time to time, or are intended to
         be, listed;

         "Subsidiary" means any company which is for the time being a subsidiary
         (within the meaning of Section 736 of the  Companies  Act 1985 of Great
         Britain) or a subsidiary undertaking (within the meaning of Section 258
         and Schedule 10A of the Companies Act 1985 of Great Britain);

         "Successor"  means, in relation to the Agent,  the other Paying Agents,
         the Reference Banks and the Calculation Agent, any successor to any one
         or more of them in  relation  to the  Notes  which  shall  become  such
         pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  these  presents  and/or  the  Agency
         Agreement  (as the case may be) and/or  such  other or  further  agent,
         paying agents,  reference  banks or calculation  agent (as the case may
         be) in relation to the Notes as may (with the prior approval of, and on
         terms previously approved by, the Trustee in writing) from time to time
         be  appointed as such,  and/or,  if  applicable,  such other or further
         specified  offices  (in the former  case being  within the same city as
         those  for  which  they are  substituted)  as may from  time to time be
         nominated,  in each case by the Issuer and the Guarantor and (except in
         the case of the initial  appointments and specified  offices made under
         and specified in the  Conditions  and/or the Agency  Agreement,  as the
         case  may be)  notice  of  whose  appointment  or,  as the case may be,
         nomination has been given to the Noteholders;

"Talonholders"  means the several  persons who are for the time being holders of
the Talons;

         "Talons" means the talons (if any) appertaining to, and exchangeable in
         accordance  with the provisions  therein  contained for further Coupons
         appertaining  to, the  Definitive  Notes  (other  than the Zero  Coupon
         Notes),  such talons being in the form or substantially in the form set
         out in Part VI of the Second  Schedule  or in such other form as may be
         agreed  between the  Issuer,  the Agent,  the Trustee and the  relevant
         Dealer(s) and includes any  replacements  for Talons issued pursuant to
         Condition 10;

         "Temporary  Global  Note" means a temporary  global note in the form or
         substantially in the form set out in Part I of the Second Schedule with
         such  modifications  (if any) as may be agreed between the Issuer,  the
         Agent, the Trustee and the relevant  Dealer(s),  together with the copy
         of the applicable Pricing  Supplement annexed thereto,  comprising some
         or all of the Notes of the same Series,  issued by the Issuer  pursuant
         to the Programme  Agreement or any other  agreement  between the Issuer
         and the relevant Dealer(s), the Agency Agreement and these presents;

         "these  presents" means this Trust Deed and the Schedules and any trust
         deed  supplemental  hereto and the  Schedules  (if any) thereto and the
         Notes,  the Receipts,  the Coupons,  the Talons,  the  Conditions  and,
         unless the context otherwise requires, the Pricing Supplements,  all as
         from time to time modified in accordance with the provisions  herein or
         therein contained;

"Tranche"  means all Notes which are identical in all respects  (including as to
listing);

         "Trust  Corporation"  means a corporation  entitled by rules made under
         the Public  Trustee Act 1906 of Great  Britain or entitled  pursuant to
         any other comparable  legislation  applicable to a trustee in any other
         jurisdiction to carry out the functions of a custodian trustee;

         "Zero Coupon Note" means a Note on which no interest is payable;

         words denoting the singular shall include the plural and vice versa;

         words denoting one gender only shall include the other genders; and

         words denoting  persons only shall include firms and  corporations  and
vice versa.

(B)               (i) All  references  in these  presents  to  principal  and/or
                  principal amount and/or interest in respect of the Notes or to
                  any moneys  payable by the Issuer and/or the  Guarantor  under
                  these presents shall,  unless the context otherwise  requires,
                  be construed in accordance with Condition 6(e).

         (ii)     All  references  in  these  presents  to  any  statute  or any
                  provision of any statute  shall be deemed also to refer to any
                  statutory   modification  or   re-enactment   thereof  or  any
                  statutory  instrument,  order or regulation made thereunder or
                  under any such modification or re-enactment.

         (iii)    All  references  in  these  presents  to  guarantees  or to an
                  obligation   being  guaranteed  shall  be  deemed  to  include
                  respectively  references  to  indemnities  or to an  indemnity
                  being given in respect thereof.

         (iv)     All  references  in these  presents to any  action,  remedy or
                  method of  proceeding  for the  enforcement  of the  rights of
                  creditors  shall be  deemed  to  include,  in  respect  of any
                  jurisdiction  other than  England,  references to such action,
                  remedy or  method of  proceeding  for the  enforcement  of the
                  rights  of  creditors   available  or   appropriate   in  such
                  jurisdiction as shall most nearly  approximate to such action,
                  remedy or method of  proceeding  described  or  referred to in
                  these presents.

         (v)      All  references  in these  presents to Euroclear  and/or Cedel
                  Bank shall,  whenever  the  context so  permits,  be deemed to
                  include  references to any additional or alternative  clearing
                  system  as is  approved  by the  Issuer,  the  Agent  and  the
                  Trustee.

         (vi)     Unless the context  otherwise  requires  words or  expressions
                  used in these  presents shall bear the same meanings as in the
                  Companies Act 1985 of Great Britain.

         (vii)    In  this  Trust  Deed   references  to   Schedules,   Clauses,
                  sub-clauses,  paragraphs and sub-paragraphs shall be construed
                  as  references  to the Schedules to this Trust Deed and to the
                  Clauses,  sub-clauses,  paragraphs and  sub-paragraphs of this
                  Trust Deed respectively.

         (viii)   In these presents  tables of contents and Clause  headings are
                  included  for ease of  reference  and  shall  not  affect  the
                  construction of these presents.

(C)      Words and expressions defined in these presents or the Agency Agreement
         or used in the  applicable  Pricing  Supplement  shall  have  the  same
         meanings  where used herein  unless the context  otherwise  requires or
         unless   otherwise   stated  and  provided   that,   in  the  event  of
         inconsistency  between the Agency  Agreement and these presents,  these
         presents shall prevail and, in the event of  inconsistency  between the
         Agency   Agreement  or  these  presents  and  the  applicable   Pricing
         Supplement, the applicable Pricing Supplement shall prevail.

(D)      All  references in these presents to the "relevant  currency"  shall be
         construed as references to the currency in which payments in respect of
         the Notes and/or  Receipts and/or Coupons of the relevant Series are to
         be made as indicated in the  applicable  Pricing  Supplement  or, where
         relevant in the case of Notes denominated or payable in ECU, the chosen
         currency (as defined in Condition 5(c)) in which payments in respect of
         such Notes and/or  Receipts  and/or Coupons are to be made, as the case
         may be.

(E)      All  references  in these  presents to  "listing"  and  "listed"  shall
         include references to "quotation" and "quoted" respectively.


2.  AMOUNT AND ISSUE OF THE NOTES
(A)      Amount of the Notes, Pricing Supplements and Legal Opinions:

         THE Notes will be issued in Series in an aggregate  nominal amount from
         time to time outstanding not exceeding the Programme Limit from time to
         time and for the purpose of determining  such aggregate  nominal amount
         Clause 3(5) of the Programme Agreement shall apply.

         By not later than 3.00 p.m.  (London  time) on the London  Business Day
         preceding  each proposed  Issue Date, the Issuer shall deliver or cause
         to be  delivered  to the  Trustee  a copy  of  the  applicable  Pricing
         Supplement and shall notify the Trustee in writing without delay of the
         relevant  Issue Date and the nominal  amount of the Notes to be issued.
         Upon  the  issue  of  the  relevant  Notes,  such  Notes  shall  become
         constituted by these presents without further formality.

         Before the first issue of Notes  occurring  after each  anniversary  of
         this Trust Deed and on such other  occasions as the Trustee so requests
         (on the basis that the  Trustee  considers  it  necessary  in view of a
         change (or proposed  change) in applicable law affecting the Issuer or,
         as the  case may be,  the  Guarantor,  these  presents,  the  Programme
         Agreement or the Agency  Agreement,  or the Trustee has other grounds),
         the Issuer or, as the case may be, the Guarantor  will procure that (a)
         further legal opinion(s) (relating,  if applicable,  to any such change
         or proposed  change) in such form and with such  content as the Trustee
         may  require  from  the  legal  advisers  specified  in  the  Programme
         Agreement  or such other  legal  advisers  as the  Trustee  may require
         is/are  delivered to the Trustee.  Whenever such a request is made with
         respect to any Notes to be  issued,  the  receipt of such  opinion in a
         form satisfactory to the Trustee shall be a further condition precedent
         to the issue of those Notes.

(B) Covenant to repay principal and to pay interest:

         The Issuer  covenants  with the Trustee  that it will,  as and when the
         Notes of any Series or any of them or any  instalment  of  principal in
         respect  thereof  becomes  due to be redeemed  in  accordance  with the
         Conditions,  unconditionally  pay or  procure  to be  paid to or to the
         order of the Trustee in the relevant currency in immediately  available
         funds the  principal  amount in respect of the Notes of such  Series or
         the amount of such instalment  becoming due for redemption on that date
         and (except in the case of Zero  Coupon  Notes)  shall  (subject to the
         provisions of the  Conditions) in the meantime and until  redemption in
         full of the Notes of such Series (both before and after any judgment or
         other order of a court of competent  jurisdiction)  unconditionally pay
         or  procure to be paid to or to the order of the  Trustee as  aforesaid
         interest  (which shall accrue from day to day) on the nominal amount of
         the  Notes  outstanding  of such  Series  at rates  and/or  in  amounts
         calculated  from time to time in accordance  with, or specified in, and
         on the dates provided for in, the  Conditions  (subject to Clause 2(D))
         PROVIDED THAT:

         (i)      every  payment of  principal  or  interest or other sum due in
                  respect  of the Notes  made to or to the order of the Agent in
                  the  manner  provided  in the  Agency  Agreement  shall  be in
                  satisfaction pro tanto of the relative  covenant by the Issuer
                  in this  Clause  contained  in  relation  to the Notes of such
                  Series  except to the  extent  that  there is a default in the
                  subsequent  payment  thereof in accordance with the Conditions
                  to the relevant  Noteholders,  Receiptholders or Couponholders
                  (as the case may be);

(ii) in the case of any  payment of  principal  made to the Trustee or the Agent
after the due date or on or after  accelerated  maturity  following  an Event of
Default,   interest  shall  (subject,  where  applicable,  as  provided  in  the
Conditions)  continue  to accrue on the  nominal  amount of the  relevant  Notes
(except in the case of Zero Coupon  Notes to which the  provisions  of Condition
6(j) shall  apply) (both before and after any judgment or other order of a court
of competent  jurisdiction)  at the rates aforesaid (or, if higher,  the rate of
interest on judgment debts for the time being provided by English law) up to and
including  the date  which the  Trustee  determines  to be the date on and after
which  payment is to be made in respect  thereof as stated in a notice  given to
the  holders of such Notes  (such date to be not later than seven days after the
day on which the whole of such principal  amount,  together with an amount equal
to the interest  which has accrued and is to accrue  pursuant to this proviso up
to and including that date, has been received by the Trustee or the Agent); and

(iii) in any case where payment of the whole or any part of the principal amount
of any Note is  improperly  withheld or refused  upon due  presentation  thereof
(other than in  circumstances  contemplated by (ii) above) interest shall accrue
on the nominal  amount of such Note  (except in the case of Zero Coupon Notes to
which the provisions of Condition 6(j) shall apply) payment of which has been so
withheld  or refused  (both  before and after any  judgment  or other order of a
court of competent jurisdiction) at the rates aforesaid (or, if higher, the rate
of interest on judgment  debts for the time being  provided by English law) from
the date of such  withholding  or refusal until the date on which,  upon further
presentation  of the  relevant  Note,  payment  of the  full  amount  (including
interest as aforesaid) in the relevant  currency payable in respect of such Note
is made or (if  earlier)  the seventh day after  notice is given to the relevant
Noteholder(s) (whether individually or in accordance with Condition 13) that the
full  amount  (including  interest as  aforesaid)  in the  relevant  currency in
respect of such Note is  available  for  payment,  provided  that,  upon further
presentation thereof being duly made, such payment is made.
      
   The  Trustee  will hold the  benefit of this  covenant on trust for the
         Noteholders,  the  Receiptholders  and the  Couponholders and itself in
         accordance with these presents.

(C) Trustee's requirements regarding Paying Agents:

         At any time after an Event of Default or a  Potential  Event of Default
         shall have  occurred or the Notes of all or any Series shall  otherwise
         have become due and  repayable or the Trustee  shall have  received any
         money  which  it  proposes  to pay  under  Clause  10 to  the  relevant
         Noteholders, Receiptholders and/or Couponholders, the Trustee may:

         (i)      by notice in writing to the Issuer,  the Guarantor,  the Agent
                  and the other  Paying  Agents  require the Agent and the other
                  Paying Agents pursuant to the Agency Agreement:

(a) to act  thereafter  as Agent and other  Paying  Agents  respectively  of the
Trustee in relation to payments to be made by or on behalf of the Trustee  under
the terms of these presents mutatis mutandis on the terms provided in the Agency
Agreement (save that the Trustee's  liability  under any provisions  thereof for
the indemnification,  remuneration and payment of out-of-pocket  expenses of the
Agent and the other  Paying  Agents shall be limited to the amounts for the time
being held by the Trustee on the trusts of these presents  relating to the Notes
of the relevant  Series and available  for such purpose) and  thereafter to hold
all Notes, Receipts and Coupons and all sums, documents and records held by them
in respect of Notes, Receipts and Coupons on behalf of the Trustee; or

(b) to deliver up all Notes,  Receipts and Coupons and all sums,  documents  and
records held by them in respect of Notes, Receipts and Coupons to the Trustee or
as the Trustee  shall direct in such notice  provided  that such notice shall be
deemed not to apply to any  documents or records which the Agent or the relevant
other Paying Agent is obliged not to release by any law or regulation; and

(ii)              by notice in  writing  to the  Issuer  require  it to make all
                  subsequent  payments  in respect of the  Notes,  Receipts  and
                  Coupons to or to the order of the Trustee and not to the Agent
                  and with  effect  from the  issue  of any such  notice  to the
                  Issuer  and until  such  notice is  withdrawn  proviso  (i) to
                  sub-clause  (B) of this  Clause  relating  to the Notes  shall
                  cease to have effect.

(D)      If the  Floating  Rate  Notes or Indexed  Interest  Notes of any Series
         become  immediately due and repayable under Condition 9 the rate and/or
         amount of interest payable in respect of them will be calculated at the
         same intervals as if such Notes had not become due and  repayable,  the
         first of which  will  commence  on the  expiry of the  Interest  Period
         during  which  the  Notes  of the  relevant  Series  become  so due and
         repayable  mutatis  mutandis  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of
         Condition 4(b) except that the rates of interest need not be published.

(E) Currency of payments:

         All payments in respect of, under and in connection with these presents
         and the Notes of any Series to the relevant Noteholders, Receiptholders
         and Couponholders shall be made in the relevant currency.

(F)      Further Notes:

         The Issuer shall be at liberty from time to time (but subject always to
         the  provisions  of  these   presents)   without  the  consent  of  the
         Noteholders,  Receiptholders  or  Couponholders  to  create  and  issue
         further  Notes  ranking  pari passu in all respects (or in all respects
         save for the date from which interest thereon accrues and the amount of
         the first  payment of interest on such  further  Notes) and so that the
         same  shall  be  consolidated   and  form  a  single  series  with  the
         outstanding Notes of a particular Series.

(G)      Separate Series:

         The Notes of each  Series  shall  form a  separate  Series of Notes and
         accordingly,  unless  for  any  purpose  the  Trustee  in its  absolute
         discretion shall otherwise determine, the provisions of this Clause and
         of Clauses 3 to 21 (both inclusive), 22(B) and the Third Schedule shall
         apply mutatis  mutandis  separately and  independently  to the Notes of
         each Series and in such Clauses and Schedule the  expressions  "Notes",
         "Noteholders",      "Receipts",      "Receiptholders",       "Coupons",
         "Couponholders",   "Talons"  and  "Talonholders"   shall  be  construed
         accordingly.


3.  FORMs OF THE NOTES
(A)      Global Notes:

(i)      THE Notes of each Tranche will  initially be represented by a Temporary
         Global Note which shall be  exchangeable  for either  Definitive  Notes
         together with,  where  applicable,  Receipts and (except in the case of
         Zero Coupon Notes) Coupons and, where applicable,  Talons attached or a
         Permanent  Global Note, in each case in accordance  with the provisions
         of such  Temporary  Global Note.  Each  Permanent  Global Note shall be
         exchangeable  for Definitive  Notes together  with,  where  applicable,
         Receipts  and (except in the case of Zero Coupon  Notes)  Coupons  and,
         where applicable, Talons attached, in accordance with the provisions of
         such Permanent Global Note.

         All Global Notes shall be prepared, completed and delivered to a common
         depositary  for  Euroclear  and  Cedel  Bank  in  accordance  with  the
         provisions  of  the  Programme  Agreement  or  to  another  appropriate
         depositary in accordance  with any other  agreement  between the Issuer
         and the relevant  Dealer(s) and, in each case, the Agency Agreement and
         these presents.

         (ii)     Each  Temporary  Global  Note shall be printed or typed in the
                  form or  substantially  in the  form  set out in Part I of the
                  Second Schedule and may be a facsimile.  Each Temporary Global
                  Note  shall  have  annexed  thereto  a copy of the  applicable
                  Pricing   Supplement  and  shall  be  signed  manually  or  in
                  facsimile  by two  persons  duly  authorised  by the Issuer on
                  behalf  of the  Issuer  and  shall be  authenticated  by or on
                  behalf of the Agent.  Each  Temporary  Global Note so executed
                  and  authenticated  shall be a binding and valid obligation of
                  the Issuer and title thereto shall pass by delivery.

         (iii)    Each  Permanent  Global  Note shall be printed or typed in the
                  form or  substantially  in the  form set out in Part II of the
                  Second Schedule and may be a facsimile.  Each Permanent Global
                  Note  shall  have  annexed  thereto  a copy of the  applicable
                  Pricing   Supplement  and  shall  be  signed  manually  or  in
                  facsimile  by two  persons  duly  authorised  by the Issuer on
                  behalf  of the  Issuer  and  shall be  authenticated  by or on
                  behalf of the Agent.  Each  Permanent  Global Note so executed
                  and  authenticated  shall be a binding and valid obligation of
                  the Issuer and title thereto shall pass by delivery.

(B)      Definitive Notes:

(i) The Definitive  Notes, the Receipts,  the Coupons and the Talons shall be to
bearer in the respective  forms or substantially in the respective forms set out
in Parts III, IV, V and VI, respectively, of the Second Schedule. The Definitive
Notes, the Receipts,  the Coupons and the Talons shall be serially numbered and,
if  listed  or  quoted,  shall  be  security  printed  in  accordance  with  the
requirements  (if any) from time to time of the relevant  Stock Exchange and the
relevant  Conditions  shall be  incorporated by reference  (where  applicable to
these  presents) into such  Definitive  Notes if permitted by the relevant Stock
Exchange  (if any),  or, if not so  permitted,  the  Definitive  Notes  shall be
endorsed with or have attached thereto the relevant  Conditions,  and, in either
such case, the Definitive  Notes shall have endorsed thereon or attached thereto
a copy  of  the  applicable  Pricing  Supplement  (or  the  relevant  provisions
thereof).  Title to the  Definitive  Notes,  the  Receipts,  the Coupons and the
Talons  shall  pass by  delivery.  (ii) The  Definitive  Notes  shall be  signed
manually or in facsimile by two persons duly  authorised by the Issuer on behalf
of the  Issuer  and shall be  authenticated  by or on behalf of the  Agent.  The
Definitive Notes so executed and  authenticated,  and the Receipts,  the Coupons
and Talons,  upon execution and authentication of the relevant Definitive Notes,
shall be binding and valid obligations of the Issuer. The Receipts,  the Coupons
and the Talons shall not be signed. No Definitive Note and none of the Receipts,
Coupons or Talons appertaining to such Definitive Note shall be binding or valid
until such  Definitive  Note  shall  have been  executed  and  authenticated  as
aforesaid.
(C)      Facsimile Signatures:

         The Issuer  may use the  facsimile  signature  of any person who at the
         date such  signature  is  affixed to a Note is duly  authorised  by the
         Issuer notwithstanding that at the time of issue of any of the Notes he
         may have ceased for any reason to be so authorised.

(D) Persons to be treated as Noteholders:

         Except as ordered by a court of competent  jurisdiction  or as required
         by law, the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Trustee, the Agent and the other
         Paying Agents  (notwithstanding  any notice to the contrary and whether
         or not it is overdue and  notwithstanding  any notation of ownership or
         writing  thereon or notice of any previous  loss or theft  thereof) may
         (i) for the  purpose of making  payment  thereon or on account  thereof
         deem and treat the bearer of any Global Note, Definitive Note, Receipt,
         Coupon  or  Talon  and  of  all   rights   thereunder   free  from  all
         encumbrances,  and  shall  not be  required  to  obtain  proof  of such
         ownership  or as to the  identity  of the bearer and (ii) for all other
         purposes deem and treat:

         (a)    the bearer of any Definitive Note, Receipt, Coupon or Talon; and

         (b)      each  person  for the  time  being  shown  in the  records  of
                  Euroclear   or  Cedel  Bank  or  such  other   additional   or
                  alternative  clearing system approved by the Issuer, the Agent
                  and the  Trustee,  as having a  particular  nominal  amount of
                  Notes credited to his securities account,

         as the absolute owner thereof free from all  encumbrances and shall not
         be required to obtain proof of such  ownership or as to the identity of
         the bearer of any Global  Note,  Definitive  Note,  Receipt,  Coupon or
         Talon.


4.  Fees, Duties And Taxes
         THE Issuer will pay any stamp,  issue,  registration,  documentary  and
         other fees, duties and taxes, including interest and penalties, payable
         on or in  connection  with  (i) the  execution  and  delivery  of these
         presents (ii) the  constitution  and original  issue of the Notes,  the
         Receipts  and the Coupons and (iii) any action taken by or on behalf of
         the  Trustee or (where  permitted  under  these  presents so to do) any
         Noteholder, Receiptholder or Couponholder to enforce, or to resolve any
         doubt  concerning,  or for any other  purpose  in  relation  to,  these
         presents.


5.  Covenant Of Compliance
         EACH of the Issuer and the Guarantor covenants with the Trustee that it
         will comply with and  perform and observe all the  provisions  of these
         presents which are expressed to be binding on it. The Conditions  shall
         be  binding  on  the  Issuer,  the  Guarantor,  the  Noteholders,   the
         Receiptholders and the Couponholders.  The Trustee shall be entitled to
         enforce  the  obligations  of the  Issuer and the  Guarantor  under the
         Notes,  the  Receipts  and the  Coupons as if the same were set out and
         contained in this Trust Deed,  which shall be read and construed as one
         document  with the Notes,  the Receipts  and the  Coupons.  The Trustee
         shall hold the benefit of this  covenant  upon trust for itself and the
         Noteholders,  the Receiptholders and the Couponholders according to its
         and their respective interests.


6.  Cancellation Of NOTes And Records
(A) THE  Issuer  shall use its best  endeavours  to  procure  that all Notes (i)
redeemed or (ii) purchased for  cancellation by or on behalf of the Issuer,  the
Guarantor  or any  other  Subsidiary  of the  Guarantor  or (iii)  which,  being
mutilated or defaced,  have been surrendered and replaced  pursuant to Condition
10 (together in each case, in the case of Definitive  Notes,  with all unmatured
Receipts and Coupons attached  thereto or delivered  therewith) and, in the case
of Definitive  Notes all relative  Receipts and Coupons paid in accordance  with
the  relevant  Conditions  or  which,  being  mutilated  or  defaced,  have been
surrendered  and replaced  pursuant to Condition 10 shall forthwith be cancelled
by or on behalf of the Issuer and a certificate stating:
         (a)      the aggregate nominal amount of Notes which have been redeemed
                  and the  amounts  paid in respect  thereof  and the  aggregate
                  amounts in respect of  Receipts  and  Coupons  which have been
                  paid;

         (b)   the serial numbers of such Notes in definitive form and Receipts;

(c) the total numbers (where applicable,  of each denomination) by maturity date
of such Receipts and Coupons;

(d) the aggregate  amount of interest paid (and the due dates of such  payments)
on Global Notes;
         (e)      the aggregate nominal amount of Notes (if any) which have been
                  purchased by or on behalf of the Issuer,  the Guarantor or any
                  other Subsidiary of the Guarantor and cancelled and the serial
                  numbers of such Notes in  definitive  form and, in the case of
                  Definitive Notes, the total number (where applicable,  of each
                  denomination)  by maturity date of the  Receipts,  Coupons and
                  Talons attached thereto or surrendered therewith;

         (f)      the  aggregate  nominal  amounts of Notes and Receipts and the
                  aggregate  amounts in  respect  of Coupons  which have been so
                  exchanged or  surrendered  and replaced and the serial numbers
                  of such Notes in  definitive  form and the total number (where
                  applicable,  of each  denomination)  by maturity  date of such
                  Coupons and Talons;

         (g)      the total number (where  applicable,  of each denomination) by
                  maturity date of the unmatured Coupons missing from Definitive
                  Notes  bearing  interest  at a  fixed  rate  which  have  been
                  redeemed or  exchanged  or  surrendered  and  replaced and the
                  serial numbers of the  Definitive  Notes to which such missing
                  unmatured Coupons appertained; and

         (h)      the total number (where  applicable,  of each denomination) by
                  maturity date of Talons which have been  exchanged for further
                  Coupons

         shall be given to the  Trustee by or on behalf of the Issuer as soon as
         possible  and in any event  within four  months  after the date of such
         redemption, purchase, payment, exchange or replacement (as the case may
         be). The Trustee may accept such certificate as conclusive  evidence of
         redemption, purchase, exchange or replacement pro tanto of the Notes or
         payment  of  interest  thereon  or  exchange  of  the  relative  Talons
         respectively and of cancellation of the relative Notes and Coupons.

(B)      The Issuer shall use its best  endeavours to procure (i) that the Agent
         shall keep a full and complete record of all Notes,  Receipts,  Coupons
         and Talons  issued by it (other  than serial  numbers of  Receipts  and
         Coupons)  and of their  redemption,  purchase  by or on  behalf  of the
         Issuer,  the Guarantor or any other  Subsidiary of the Guarantor and of
         all  replacement   notes,   receipts,   coupons  or  talons  issued  in
         substitution for lost, stolen,  mutilated,  defaced or destroyed Notes,
         Receipts,  Coupons or Talons and (ii) that such  records  shall be made
         available to the Trustee at all reasonable times.


7.  Guarantee
(A)      THE Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally  guarantees to the
         Trustee the due and punctual  payment in accordance with these presents
         of the  principal of and interest on the Notes and of all other amounts
         payable by the Issuer under these presents.

(B)      If the Issuer  fails for any reason  whatsoever  punctually  to pay any
         such  principal,  interest or other amount,  the Guarantor  shall cause
         each and every such payment to be made as if the  Guarantor  instead of
         the Issuer were  expressed  to be the primary  obligor of the  relevant
         Note, Receipt or Coupon and not merely as surety (but without affecting
         the Issuer's  obligations)  to the intent that the holder thereof shall
         receive  the same  amounts in respect of  principal,  interest  or such
         other amount as would have been  receivable had such payments been made
         by the Issuer.

(C) If any payment  received by the Trustee or any Noteholder,  Receiptholder or
Couponholder  pursuant to the  provisions  of these  presents in relation to the
Notes, the Receipts or the Coupons shall (whether on the subsequent  bankruptcy,
insolvency or corporate reorganisation of the Issuer or, without limitation,  on
any other event) be avoided or set aside for any reason,  such payment shall not
be considered as discharging  or diminishing  the liability of the Guarantor and
this  guarantee  shall  continue  to apply as if such  payment  had at all times
remained owing by the Issuer and the Guarantor  shall  indemnify the Trustee and
the Noteholders and/or  Receiptholders and/or Couponholders (as the case may be)
in respect  thereof  PROVIDED  THAT the  obligations  of the  Issuer  and/or the
Guarantor  under this  sub-clause  shall,  as regards  each  payment made to the
Trustee or any Noteholder, Receiptholder or Couponholder which is avoided or set
aside, be contingent  upon such payment being  reimbursed to the Issuer or other
persons entitled through the Issuer.

(D) The  Guarantor  hereby  agrees  that  its  obligations  hereunder  shall  be
unconditional  and that the Guarantor shall be fully liable  irrespective of the
validity,  regularity,  legality or enforceability  against the Issuer of, or of
any defence or counter-claim  whatsoever available to the Issuer in relation to,
its obligations  under these presents,  whether or not any action has been taken
to enforce the same or any judgment obtained against the Issuer,  whether or not
any of the other provisions of these presents have been modified, whether or not
any time, indulgence,  waiver,  authorisation or consent has been granted to the
Issuer by or on behalf of the Noteholders or the Receiptholders or Couponholders
or the Trustee,  whether or not any  determination  has been made by the Trustee
pursuant  to Clause  19(A),  whether  or not there  have  been any  dealings  or
transactions  between  the Issuer,  any of the  Noteholders,  Receiptholders  or
Couponholders  or the  Trustee,  whether or not the  Issuer has been  dissolved,
liquidated,  merged,  consolidated,   bankrupted  or  has  changed  its  status,
functions,  control or ownership,  whether or not the Issuer has been  prevented
from making payment by foreign  exchange  provisions  applicable at its place of
registration or incorporation  and whether or not any other  circumstances  have
occurred which might otherwise  constitute a legal or equitable  discharge of or
defence to a guarantor. Accordingly, the validity of this guarantee shall not be
affected   by   reason   of  any   invalidity,   irregularity,   illegality   or
unenforceability  of all or any of the  obligations  of the Issuer  under  these
presents and this  guarantee  shall not be discharged nor shall the liability of
the Guarantor  under these presents be affected by any act, thing or omission or
means whatever  whereby its liability  would not have been  discharged if it had
been the principal debtor.

(E)      Without  prejudice to the  provisions  of Clause 9(A),  the Trustee may
         determine  from  time  to time  whether  or not it  will  enforce  this
         guarantee  which it may do  without  making any demand of or taking any
         proceedings  against the Issuer (as  appropriate)  and may from time to
         time make any  arrangement or compromise with the Guarantor in relation
         to this  guarantee  which the Trustee  may  consider  expedient  in the
         interests of the Noteholders, Receiptholders or Couponholders.

(F) The  Guarantor  hereby  waives  diligence,  presentment,  demand of payment,
filing of claims with a court in the event of dissolution,  liquidation,  merger
or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the
Issuer,  protest or notice with respect to the Notes, Receipts or Coupons or the
indebtedness  evidenced thereby and all demands  whatsoever and hereby covenants
that  this  guarantee  shall be a  continuing  guarantee,  shall  extend  to the
ultimate  balance of all sums  payable by the Issuer  under  these  presents  in
relation to the Notes,  Receipts and Coupons,  shall not be discharged except by
complete performance of the obligations  contained in these presents in relation
to the Notes, Receipts and Coupons and is additional to, and not instead of, any
security or other  guarantee or indemnity at any time  existing in favour of any
person, whether from the Guarantor or otherwise.

(G)      If any  moneys  shall  become  payable  by  the  Guarantor  under  this
         guarantee the Guarantor  shall not, so long as the same remain  unpaid,
         without the prior written consent of the Trustee:

         (i)      in respect  of any  amounts  paid by it under this  guarantee,
                  exercise any rights of subrogation or contribution or, without
                  limitation,  any other right or remedy  which may accrue to it
                  in respect of or as a result of any such payment; or

         (ii)     in respect  of any other  moneys for the time being due to the
                  Guarantor by the Issuer, claim payment thereof or exercise any
                  other right or remedy;

         (including in either case claiming the benefit of any security or right
         of set-off or, on the liquidation of the Issuer, proving in competition
         with  the  Trustee).  If,  notwithstanding  the  foregoing,   upon  the
         bankruptcy,  insolvency  or  liquidation  of the Issuer any  payment or
         distribution of assets of the Issuer of any kind or character,  whether
         in cash,  property or  securities,  shall be received by the  Guarantor
         before payment in full of all principal of, and interest on, the Notes,
         Receipts  and  Coupons  shall  have  been  made  to  the   Noteholders,
         Receiptholders and Couponholders, such payment or distribution shall be
         received by the Guarantor on trust to pay the same over  immediately to
         the Trustee for  application  in or towards the payment of all sums due
         and unpaid  under these  presents in  accordance  with Clause 10 on the
         basis that Clause 10 does not apply  separately  and  independently  to
         each Series of the Notes.

(H)      The  obligations  of the  Guarantor  under  these  presents  constitute
         direct, unconditional,  unsubordinated and unsecured obligations of the
         Guarantor and (save for certain obligations required to be preferred by
         law) rank and will rank pari passu with all other unsecured obligations
         (other than subordinated  obligations,  if any) of the Guarantor,  from
         time to time outstanding.


8.  NON-PAYMENT
(A)      PROOF that as regards any specified Note,  Receipt or Coupon the Issuer
         or, as the case may be, the  Guarantor  has made  default in paying any
         amount due in respect of such Note, Receipt or Coupon shall (unless the
         contrary be proved) be  sufficient  evidence  that the same default has
         been made as regards all other Notes,  Receipts or Coupons (as the case
         may be) in respect of which the relevant amount is due and payable.

(B)      References in provisos (ii) and (iii) to Clause 2(B) and the provisions
         of any trust deed  supplemental  to this Trust  Deed  corresponding  to
         provisos (ii) and (iii) to Clause 2(B) to "the rates aforesaid"  shall,
         in the event of the Notes having become due and repayable,  with effect
         from the expiry of the interest  period  during which such Notes become
         due and  repayable,  be  construed as  references  to rates of interest
         calculated  mutatis  mutandis in accordance with the Conditions  except
         that no notices need be published in respect thereof.


9.       PROCEEDINGS, ACTION AND INDEMNIFICATION
(A)      The Trustee  shall not be bound to take any  proceedings  mentioned  in
         Condition 9 or any other  action in relation to these  presents  unless
         respectively  directed or  requested  to do so (i) by an  Extraordinary
         Resolution or (ii) in writing by the holders of at least one-quarter in
         nominal  amount of the Notes then  outstanding  and in either case then
         only  if it  shall  be  indemnified  to its  satisfaction  against  all
         Liabilities  to which it may thereby  render  itself liable or which it
         may incur by so doing.

(B)      Only the  Trustee  may enforce the  provisions  of these  presents.  No
         Noteholder,  Receiptholder or Couponholder shall be entitled to proceed
         directly against the Issuer or the Guarantor to enforce the performance
         of any of the  provisions of these  presents  unless the Trustee having
         become bound as aforesaid to take  proceedings  fails to do so within a
         reasonable period and such failure is continuing.


10. APPLICATION OF MONEYS
         ALL moneys received by the Trustee under these presents from the Issuer
         or, as the case may be,  the  Guarantor  (including  any  moneys  which
         represent  principal  or  interest  in  respect of Notes,  Receipts  or
         Coupons which have become void under Condition 8) shall,  unless and to
         the extent attributable, in the opinion of the Trustee, to a particular
         Series of the Notes,  be  apportioned  pari passu and rateably  between
         each Series of the Notes,  and all moneys received by the Trustee under
         these presents from the Issuer or, as the case may be, the Guarantor to
         the extent  attributable  in the opinion of the Trustee to a particular
         Series  of the  Notes  or  which  are  apportioned  to such  Series  as
         aforesaid,  be held by the Trustee upon trust to apply them (subject to
         Clause 12):

         FIRST in payment or  satisfaction  of all  amounts  then due and unpaid
         under Clauses 15 and/or 16(J) to the Trustee and/or any Appointee;

         SECONDLY in or towards payment pari passu and rateably of all principal
         and  interest  then due and  unpaid  in  respect  of the  Notes of that
         Series;

         THIRDLY in or towards  payment pari passu and rateably of all principal
         and interest  then due and unpaid in respect of the Notes of each other
         Series; and

         FOURTHLY  in payment  of the  balance  (if any) to the Issuer  (without
         prejudice  to, or  liability in respect of, any question as to how such
         payment to the Issuer shall be dealt with as between the Issuer and any
         other person).

         Without  prejudice  to this Clause 10, if the Trustee  holds any moneys
         which  represent  principal  or interest in respect of Notes which have
         become void or in respect of which  claims have been  prescribed  under
         Condition 8, the Trustee will hold such moneys on the above trusts.


11. NOTICE OF PAYMENTS
         THE Trustee shall give notice to the relevant Noteholders in accordance
         with Condition 13 of the day fixed for any payment to them under Clause
         10. Such  payment may be made in  accordance  with  Condition 5 and any
         payment so made shall be a good discharge to the Trustee.


12. INVESTMENT BY TRUSTEE
(A) IF the  amount  of the  moneys  at any time  available  for the  payment  of
principal and interest in respect of the Notes issued by the Issuer under Clause
10 shall be less  than 10 per cent.  of the  nominal  amount  of the Notes  then
outstanding the Trustee may at its discretion  invest such moneys in some or one
of the investments authorised below. The Trustee at its discretion may vary such
investments and may accumulate such  investments and the resulting  income until
the  accumulations,  together  with any other funds for the time being under the
control of the Trustee and available for such purpose, amount to at least 10 per
cent.  of the  nominal  amount  of the  Notes  then  outstanding  and then  such
accumulations and funds shall be applied under Clause 10.

(B) Any  moneys  which  under the  trusts of these  presents  ought to or may be
invested  by the Trustee may be invested in the name or under the control of the
Trustee in any  investments  or other assets in any part of the world whether or
not they  produce  income or by placing the same on deposit in the name or under
the control of the Trustee at such bank or other  financial  institution  and in
such currency as the Trustee may think fit. If that bank or  institution  is the
Trustee or a Subsidiary,  holding or associated company of the Trustee,  it need
only  account  for an amount of interest  equal to the amount of interest  which
would,  at  then  current  rates,  be  payable  by it on  such a  deposit  to an
independent customer.  The Trustee may at any time vary any such investments for
or into other  investments  or convert  any moneys so  deposited  into any other
currency  and  shall not be  responsible  for any loss  resulting  from any such
investments or deposits,  whether due to depreciation in value,  fluctuations in
exchange rates or otherwise.

13. PARTIAL PAYMENTS
         UPON any payment  under  Clause 10 (other than  payment in full against
         surrender of a Note,  Receipt or Coupon) the Note, Receipt or Coupon in
         respect of which such  payment is made shall be produced to the Trustee
         or the  Paying  Agent by or through  whom such  payment is made and the
         Trustee  shall or shall  cause such  Paying  Agent to enface  thereon a
         memorandum of the amount and the date of payment but the Trustee may in
         any particular  case dispense with such  production and enfacement upon
         such indemnity being given as it shall think sufficient.


14. COVENANTS BY THE ISSUER AND THE GUARANTOR
(A)      THE Issuer covenants with the Trustee that, so long as any of the Notes
         remains  outstanding  (or,  in the  case of  paragraphs  (viii),  (ix),
         (xiii),  (xiv), (xvi) and (xviii),  so long as any of such Notes or the
         relative  Receipts or Coupons remains liable to prescription or, in the
         case of  sub-paragraph  (xv),  until the  expiry of a period of 30 days
         after the Relevant Date) it shall:

         (i)      at all times  carry on and conduct its affairs and procure its
                  Subsidiaries to carry on and conduct their respective  affairs
                  in a proper and efficient manner;

         (ii)     give or  procure  to be given to the  Trustee  such  opinions,
                  certificates  and  information as it shall require and in such
                  form as it shall require  (including  without  limitation  the
                  procurement of all such certificates called for by the Trustee
                  pursuant to Clause  16(C)) for the purpose of the discharge or
                  exercise  of  the  duties,  trusts,  powers,  authorities  and
                  discretions  vested in it under these presents or by operation
                  of law;

         (iii)    cause to be prepared and  certified by its Auditors in respect
                  of each annual  financial  accounting  period accounts in such
                  form as will comply  with all  relevant  legal and  accounting
                  requirements  and all  requirements  for the time being of the
                  relevant Stock Exchange;

         (iv)     at all  times  keep  proper  books of  account  and  allow the
                  Trustee  and any person  appointed  by the Trustee to whom the
                  Issuer shall have no reasonable  objection free access to such
                  books  of  account  at  all  reasonable  times  during  normal
                  business hours;

         (v)      send to the Trustee (in addition to any copies to which it may
                  be entitled as a holder of any  securities  of the Issuer) two
                  copies in  English  of every  balance  sheet,  profit and loss
                  account,  report,  circular and notice of general  meeting and
                  every  other  document  issued  or  sent  to its  shareholders
                  together with any of the foregoing,  and every document issued
                  or sent to holders of securities  other than its  shareholders
                  (including the  Noteholders) as soon as practicable  after the
                  issue or publication thereof;

(vi)  forthwith  give notice in writing to the Trustee of the  occurrence of any
Event of Default or Potential Event of Default;
        
(vii) give to the  Trustee  (a) within  seven days after  demand by the  Trustee
therefor and (b) (without the necessity for any such demand)  promptly after the
publication of its audited accounts in respect of each financial year commencing
with the financial  year ending 28th  February,  1999 and in any event not later
than 180 days after the end of each such financial year a certificate  signed by
two of its  Directors,  to the effect that as at a date not more than seven days
before delivering such certificate (the "relevant certification date") there did
not  exist and had not  existed  since the  relevant  certification  date of the
previous  certificate  (or in the case of the first  such  certificate  the date
hereof)  any Event of Default  or any  Potential  Event of  Default  (or if such
exists or existed  specifying  the same) and that  during  the  period  from and
including the relevant  certification  date of the last such  certificate (or in
the case of the first such  certificate  the date hereof) to and  including  the
relevant certification date of such certificate the Issuer has complied with all
its  obligations  contained  in  these  presents  or (if  such is not the  case)
specifying the respects in which it has not complied;
        
 (viii)   at all times execute and do all such further  documents,  acts
                  and  things  as may be  necessary  at any time or times in the
                  opinion of the  Trustee  for the  purpose of  discharging  its
                  functions under, or giving effect to, these presents;

         (ix)     at all  times  maintain  an  Agent,  other  Paying  Agents,  a
                  Calculation  Agent and Reference  Banks in accordance with the
                  Conditions;

         (x)      procure the Agent to notify the Trustee forthwith in the event
                  that it does not, on or before the due date for any payment in
                  respect  of the  Notes  or any of them or any of the  relative
                  Receipts or Coupons,  receive unconditionally  pursuant to the
                  Agency  Agreement  payment of the full amount in the  relevant
                  currency  of the  moneys  payable on such due date on all such
                  Notes, Receipts or Coupons as the case may be;

         (xi)     in the event of the unconditional  payment to the Agent or the
                  Trustee  of any sum due in respect of the Notes or any of them
                  or any of the  relative  Receipts or Coupons  being made after
                  the due date for payment thereof  forthwith give or procure to
                  be given notice to the relevant Noteholders in accordance with
                  Condition 13 that such payment has been made;

(xii) use its best  endeavours  to  maintain  the  quotation  or  listing on the
relevant  Stock Exchange of those of the Notes which are quoted or listed on the
relevant  Stock  Exchange  or,  if  it is  unable  to do  so  having  used  such
endeavours,  use its best  endeavours  to obtain  and  maintain a  quotation  or
listing of such Notes issued by it on such other stock  exchange or exchanges or
securities  market or markets as the Issuer may (with the prior written approval
of the Trustee)  decide and shall also upon  obtaining a quotation or listing of
such Notes issued by it on such other stock  exchange or exchanges or securities
market or markets  enter into a trust  deed  supplemental  to this Trust Deed to
effect  such  consequential  amendments  to these  presents  as the  Trustee may
require or as shall be  requisite  to comply with the  requirements  of any such
stock exchange or securities market;
        
(xiii) give notice to the  Noteholders  in accordance  with  Condition 13 of any
appointment,  resignation or removal of any Agent,  Calculation Agent, Reference
Bank or other  Paying Agent (other than the  appointment  of the initial  Agent,
Calculation  Agent,  Reference  Banks  and other  Paying  Agents)  after  having
obtained the prior written  approval of the Trustee thereto or any change of any
Paying Agent's or Reference  Bank's  specified office and (except as provided by
the Agency  Agreement  or the  Conditions)  at least 30 days prior to such event
taking  effect;  PROVIDED  ALWAYS THAT so long as any of the Notes,  Receipts or
Coupons  remains liable to  prescription  in the case of the  termination of the
appointment of the Agent or the Calculation Agent no such termination shall take
effect  until a new  Agent or  Calculation  Agent  (as the case may be) has been
appointed on terms previously approved in writing by the Trustee;
      
   (xiv)    obtain  the prior  written  approval  of the  Trustee  to, and
                  promptly  give to the Trustee two copies of, the form of every
                  notice  given to the  holders  of any  Notes  issued  by it in
                  accordance  with  Condition  13  (such  approval,   unless  so
                  expressed,  not to  constitute  approval  for the  purposes of
                  Section 57 of the  Financial  Services  Act 1986 of the United
                  Kingdom   of  any  such   notice   which   is  an   investment
                  advertisement (as therein defined));

(xv) if  payments of  principal  or interest in respect of the Notes or relative
Receipts or Coupons by the Issuer shall become  subject  generally to the taxing
jurisdiction  of any  territory or any political  sub-division  or any authority
therein or thereof  having  power to tax other than or in addition to the United
States of America or any  political  sub-division  or any  authority  therein or
thereof having power to tax,  immediately upon becoming aware thereof notify the
Trustee in writing of such event and (unless the Trustee otherwise agrees) enter
forthwith  into a trust  deed  supplemental  to this Trust  Deed,  giving to the
Trustee  an  undertaking  or  covenant  in form and manner  satisfactory  to the
Trustee in terms corresponding to the terms of Condition 7 with the substitution
for (or,  as the case may be, the  addition  to) the  references  therein to the
United States of America or any political  sub-division thereof or any authority
therein or thereof having power to tax of references to that other or additional
territory or any  political  sub-division  thereof or any  authority  therein or
thereof  having power to tax to whose taxing  jurisdiction  such payments  shall
have become  subject as  aforesaid  such trust deed also (where  applicable)  to
modify  Condition 6(b) so that such Condition  shall make reference to the other
or additional  territory,  any political  sub-division thereof and any authority
therein or thereof having power to tax;
        
 (xvi)    comply with and perform all its  obligations  under the Agency
                  Agreement  and use its best  endeavours  to  procure  that the
                  Agent and the other Paying  Agents comply with and perform all
                  their respective  obligations  thereunder and any notice given
                  by the  Trustee  pursuant  to  Clause  2(C)(i)  and  that  the
                  Calculation   Agent   complies   with  and  performs  all  its
                  obligations  under the relative  calculation  agency agreement
                  and not make any amendment or  modification  to such Agreement
                  without the prior written approval of the Trustee;

         (xvii)   in order to enable the Trustee to ascertain the nominal amount
                  of the Notes of each Series for the time being outstanding for
                  any  of  the  purposes  referred  to in  the  proviso  to  the
                  definition  of  "outstanding"  in  Clause  1,  deliver  to the
                  Trustee  as soon as  practicable  upon being so  requested  in
                  writing by the Trustee a certificate  in writing signed by two
                  of its  Directors,  setting out the total number and aggregate
                  nominal amount of the Notes of each Series issued which:

(a) up to and including the date of such  certificate have been purchased by the
Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer and cancelled; and

(b) are at the date of such  certificate  held by,  for the  benefit  of,  or on
behalf of, the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer;
        
(xviii)  procure its  Subsidiaries  to comply with all applicable  provisions of
Condition 6(h);
         
(xix)    use its best  endeavours  to  procure  that each of the Paying
                  Agents  makes   available  for   inspection  by   Noteholders,
                  Receiptholders  and  Couponholders  at  its  specified  office
                  copies of these  presents,  the Agency  Agreement and the then
                  latest  audited  balance  sheet and  profit  and loss  account
                  (consolidated if applicable) of the Issuer and the Guarantor;

         (xx)     if,  in  accordance  with the  provisions  of the  Conditions,
                  interest  in  respect  of the  Notes  becomes  payable  at the
                  specified  office of any Paying Agent in the United  States of
                  America   promptly   give  notice   thereof  to  the  relative
                  Noteholders in accordance with Condition 13;

         (xxi)    use all its best  endeavours to procure that Euroclear  and/or
                  Cedel  Bank  (as  the  case  may  be)  issue(s)  any  document
                  requested  by the  Trustee  under  Clause  16(U)  as  soon  as
                  practicable after such request;

         (xxii)   give  prior  written  notice to the  Trustee  of any  proposed
                  redemption pursuant to Condition 6(b) or 6(c) and, if it shall
                  have  given  notice to the  Noteholders  of its  intention  to
                  redeem any Notes pursuant to Condition  6(c),  duly proceed to
                  draw  (if   appropriate)   and  redeem  the   relevant   Notes
                  accordingly; and

         (xxiii)  promptly  provide the Trustee  with copies of all  supplements
                  and/or  amendments   and/or   restatements  of  the  Programme
                  Agreement.

(B)      The  Guarantor  covenants  with the Trustee that, so long as any of the
         Notes remains  outstanding  (or, in the case of  paragraphs  (viii) and
         (xvi), so long as any of such Notes or the relative Receipts or Coupons
         remains liable to prescription or, in the case of  sub-paragraph  (xv),
         until the  expiry of a period of 30 days  after the  Relevant  Date) it
         shall:

         (i)      at all times  carry on and conduct its affairs and procure its
                  Subsidiaries to carry on and conduct their respective  affairs
                  in a proper and efficient manner;

         (ii)     give or  procure  to be given to the  Trustee  such  opinions,
                  certificates  and  information as it shall require and in such
                  form as it shall require  (including  without  limitation  the
                  procurement of all such certificates called for by the Trustee
                  pursuant to Clause  16(C)) for the purpose of the discharge or
                  exercise  of  the  duties,  trusts,  powers,  authorities  and
                  discretions  vested in it under these presents or by operation
                  of law;

         (iii)    cause to be prepared and  certified by its Auditors in respect
                  of each annual  financial  accounting  period accounts in such
                  form as will comply  with all  relevant  legal and  accounting
                  requirements  and all  requirements  for the time being of the
                  relevant Stock Exchange;

         (iv)     at all  times  keep  proper  books of  account  and  allow the
                  Trustee  and any person  appointed  by the Trustee to whom the
                  Guarantor  shall have no reasonable  objection  free access to
                  such books of account at all  reasonable  times during  normal
                  business hours;

         (v)      send to the Trustee (in addition to any copies to which it may
                  be entitled as a holder of any  securities  of the  Guarantor)
                  two copies in English of every balance sheet,  profit and loss
                  account,  report,  circular and notice of general  meeting and
                  every  other  document  issued  or  sent  to its  shareholders
                  together with any of the foregoing,  and every document issued
                  or sent to holders of securities  other than its  shareholders
                  (including the  Noteholders) as soon as practicable  after the
                  issue or publication thereof;

(vi)  forthwith  give notice in writing to the Trustee of the  occurrence of any
Event of Default or Potential Event of Default;
        
(vii) give to the  Trustee  (a) within  seven days after  demand by the  Trustee
therefor and (b) (without the necessity for any such demand)  promptly after the
publication of its audited accounts in respect of each financial year commencing
with the financial  year ending 28th  February,  1999 and in any event not later
than 180 days after the end of each such financial year a certificate  signed by
two of its  Directors,  to the effect that as at a date not more than seven days
before delivering such certificate (the "relevant certification date") there did
not  exist and had not  existed  since the  relevant  certification  date of the
previous  certificate  (or in the case of the first  such  certificate  the date
hereof)  any Event of Default  or any  Potential  Event of  Default  (or if such
exists or existed  specifying  the same) and that  during  the  period  from and
including the relevant  certification  date of the last such  certificate (or in
the case of the first such  certificate  the date hereof) to and  including  the
relevant  certification date of such certificate the Guarantor has complied with
all its  obligations  contained  in these  presents or (if such is not the case)
specifying the respects in which it has not complied;
         
(viii)   at all times execute and do all such further  documents,  acts
                  and  things  as may be  necessary  at any time or times in the
                  opinion of the  Trustee  for the  purpose of  discharging  its
                  functions under, or giving effect to, these presents;

(ix) if  payments of  principal  or interest in respect of the Notes or relative
Receipts or Coupons by the  Guarantor  shall  become  subject  generally  to the
taxing  jurisdiction  of any  territory  or any  political  sub-division  or any
authority  therein or thereof  having  power to tax other than or in addition to
the United  States of America or any  political  sub-division  or any  authority
therein or thereof having power to tax,  immediately upon becoming aware thereof
notify the Trustee in writing of such event and  (unless  the Trustee  otherwise
agrees)  enter  forthwith  into a trust deed  supplemental  to this Trust  Deed,
giving to the Trustee an undertaking or covenant in form and manner satisfactory
to the  Trustee  in terms  corresponding  to the terms of  Condition  7 with the
substitution  for (or,  as the  case may be,  the  addition  to) the  references
therein to the United States of America or any political sub-division thereof or
any authority therein or thereof having power to tax of references to that other
or additional  territory or any political  sub-division thereof or any authority
therein  or  thereof  having  power to tax to  whose  taxing  jurisdiction  such
payments  shall have  become  subject as  aforesaid  such trust deed also (where
applicable) to modify Condition 6(b) so that such Condition shall make reference
to the other or additional territory, any political sub-division thereof and any
authority therein or thereof having power to tax;
       
 (x)    comply with and perform all its obligations under the Agency Agreement;

         (xi)     in order to enable the Trustee to ascertain the nominal amount
                  of the Notes of each Series for the time being outstanding for
                  any  of  the  purposes  referred  to in  the  proviso  to  the
                  definition  of  "outstanding"  in  Clause  1,  deliver  to the
                  Trustee  as soon as  practicable  upon being so  requested  in
                  writing by the Trustee a certificate  in writing signed by two
                  of its  Directors,  setting out the total number and aggregate
                  nominal amount of the Notes of each Series issued which:

(a) up to and including the date of such  certificate have been purchased by the
Guarantor or any Subsidiary of the Guarantor and cancelled; and

(b) are at the date of such  certificate  held by,  for the  benefit  of,  or on
behalf of, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary of the Guarantor; and
       
  (xii) procure its Subsidiaries to comply with all applicable provisions
of Condition 6(h).


15. REMUNERATION AND INDEMNIFICATION OF TRUSTEE
(A) THE Issuer shall pay to the Trustee remuneration for its services as trustee
of these  presents  such amount as shall be agreed from time to time by exchange
of letters between the Issuer and the Trustee.  Such  remuneration  shall accrue
from  day to day  and be  payable  (in  priority  to  payments  to  Noteholders,
Receiptholders  and  Couponholders)  up to and including the date when,  all the
Notes  having  become due for  redemption,  the  redemption  moneys and interest
thereon  to the date of  redemption  have been paid to the Agent or the  Trustee
PROVIDED  THAT if upon due  presentation  of any Note,  Receipt or Coupon or any
cheque  payment of the moneys due in respect  thereof is improperly  withheld or
refused,  remuneration  will  commence  again to accrue  until  payment  to such
Noteholder, Receiptholder or Couponholder is duly made.

(B)      In the event of the  occurrence  of an Event of Default or a  Potential
         Event of Default or the Trustee  considering  it expedient or necessary
         or being requested by the Issuer to undertake  duties which the Trustee
         and the  Issuer  agree  to be of an  exceptional  nature  or  otherwise
         outside  the scope of the  normal  duties of the  Trustee  under  these
         presents  the  Issuer   shall  pay  to  the  Trustee  such   additional
         remuneration as shall be agreed between them.

(C)      The Issuer  shall in addition pay to the Trustee an amount equal to the
         amount of any value added tax or similar tax  chargeable  in respect of
         its remuneration under these presents.

(D) In the event of the Trustee and the Issuer failing to agree:

(1) (in a case to which  sub-clause  (A) above  applies)  upon the amount of the
remuneration; or
      
   (2)      (in a case to which sub-clause (B) above applies) upon whether
                  such duties  shall be of an  exceptional  nature or  otherwise
                  outside the scope of the normal  duties of the  Trustee  under
                  these presents, or upon such additional remuneration,

         such  matters  shall be  determined  by a merchant or  investment  bank
         (acting as an expert and not as an arbitrator)  selected by the Trustee
         and approved by the Issuer or, failing such approval, nominated (on the
         application  of the Trustee) by the President for the time being of The
         Law  Society  of  England  and Wales  (the  expenses  involved  in such
         nomination  and the fees of such  merchant  or  investment  bank  being
         payable by the Issuer) and the  determination  of any such  merchant or
         investment  bank shall be final and  binding  upon the  Trustee and the
         Issuer.

(E)      The Issuer shall also pay or discharge all Liabilities  incurred by the
         Trustee in relation to the  preparation  and execution of, the exercise
         of its powers and the performance of its duties under, and in any other
         manner in relation to,  these  presents,  including  but not limited to
         travelling expenses and any stamp, issue, registration, documentary and
         other taxes or duties paid or payable by the Trustee in connection with
         any  action  taken by or on behalf of the  Trustee  for  enforcing,  or
         resolving  any doubt  concerning,  or for any other purpose in relation
         to, these presents.

(F) All amounts  payable  pursuant to  sub-clause  (E) above and/or Clause 16(J)
shall be payable by the Issuer on the date  specified in a demand by the Trustee
and in the case of payments  actually  made by the Trustee  prior to such demand
shall (if not paid  within  seven  days after  such  demand  and the  Trustee so
requires)  carry  interest at the rate of two per cent. per annum above the Base
Rate from time to time of National  Westminster Bank Plc from the date specified
in such demand,  and in all other cases shall (if not paid on the date specified
in such demand or, if later,  within seven days after such demand and, in either
case,  the  Trustee  so  requires)  carry  interest  at such  rate from the date
specified in such demand.  All  remuneration  payable to the Trustee shall carry
interest at such rate from the due date therefor.

(G)      Unless otherwise specifically stated in any discharge of these presents
         the  provisions of this Clause and Clause 16(J) shall  continue in full
         force and effect notwithstanding such discharge.

(H)      The Trustee  shall be entitled in its absolute  discretion to determine
         in  respect of which  Series of Notes any  Liabilities  incurred  under
         these  presents have been incurred or to allocate any such  Liabilities
         between the Notes of any Series.


16. SUPPLEMENT TO TRUSTEE ACT 1925
         THE Trustee  shall have all the powers  conferred  upon trustees by the
         Trustee Act 1925 of England and Wales and by way of supplement  thereto
         it is expressly declared as follows:

         (A)      The  Trustee  may in  relation  to these  presents  act on the
                  advice or  opinion  of or any  information  obtained  from any
                  lawyer,   valuer,   accountant,   surveyor,   banker,  broker,
                  auctioneer or other expert whether obtained by the Issuer, the
                  Guarantor,   the  Trustee  or  otherwise   and  shall  not  be
                  responsible for any Liability occasioned by so acting.

         (B)      Any  such  advice,  opinion  or  information  may be  sent  or
                  obtained by letter, telex, telegram, facsimile transmission or
                  cable and the  Trustee  shall not be liable  for acting on any
                  advice,  opinion or  information  purporting to be conveyed by
                  any such letter, telex,  telegram,  facsimile  transmission or
                  cable  although the same shall contain some error or shall not
                  be authentic.

         (C)      The  Trustee may call for and shall be at liberty to accept as
                  sufficient evidence of any fact or matter or the expediency of
                  any  transaction  or  thing a  certificate  signed  by any two
                  Directors  of  the  Issuer  or by  any  two  Directors  of the
                  Guarantor, and the Trustee shall not be bound in any such case
                  to  call  for  further  evidence  or be  responsible  for  any
                  Liability  that may be  occasioned  by it or any other  person
                  acting on such certificate.

         (D)      The Trustee shall be at liberty to hold these presents and any
                  other  documents  relating  thereto or to deposit  them in any
                  part of the  world  with any  banker  or  banking  company  or
                  company whose business  includes  undertaking the safe custody
                  of  documents or lawyer or firm of lawyers  considered  by the
                  Trustee  to be of good  repute  and the  Trustee  shall not be
                  responsible  for or required to insure  against any  Liability
                  incurred in  connection  with any such  holding or deposit and
                  may pay all  sums  required  to be  paid on  account  of or in
                  respect of any such deposit.

         (E)      The  Trustee  shall  not be  responsible  for the  receipt  or
                  application  of the  proceeds of the issue of any of the Notes
                  by the  Issuer,  the  exchange  of any Global Note for another
                  Global Note or Definitive  Notes or the delivery of any Global
                  Note or Definitive  Notes to the  person(s)  entitled to it or
                  them.

         (F)      The Trustee shall not be bound to give notice to any person of
                  the  execution  of any  documents  comprised or referred to in
                  these  presents or to take any steps to ascertain  whether any
                  Event  of  Default  or any  Potential  Event  of  Default  has
                  occurred and, until it shall have actual  knowledge or express
                  notice pursuant to these presents to the contrary, the Trustee
                  shall be  entitled  to  assume  that no Event  of  Default  or
                  Potential  Event of Default has  occurred and that each of the
                  Issuer and the Guarantor is observing and  performing  all its
                  obligations under these presents.

         (G)      Save as expressly  otherwise  provided in these presents,  the
                  Trustee shall have absolute and uncontrolled  discretion as to
                  the   exercise  or   non-exercise   of  its  trusts,   powers,
                  authorities and discretions under these presents (the exercise
                  or  non-exercise  of  which as  between  the  Trustee  and the
                  Noteholders,  the  Receiptholders  and Couponholders  shall be
                  conclusive and binding on the Noteholders,  the Receiptholders
                  and  Couponholders)  and  shall  not be  responsible  for  any
                  Liability   which  may   result   from   their   exercise   or
                  non-exercise.

(H) The Trustee shall not be liable to any person by reason of having acted upon
any Extraordinary Resolution in writing or any Extraordinary Resolution or other
resolution purporting to have been passed at any meeting of the holders of Notes
of all or any Series in respect  whereof  minutes have been made and signed even
though  subsequent  to its acting it may be found that there was some  defect in
the  constitution of the meeting or the passing of the resolution,  (in the case
of an Extraordinary  Resolution in writing) that not all such holders had signed
the Extraordinary Resolution or that for any reason the resolution was not valid
or binding upon such holders and the relative Receiptholders and Couponholders.
      
   (I)      The  Trustee  shall not be  liable to any  person by reason of
                  having  accepted  as valid or not  having  rejected  any Note,
                  Receipt or Coupon purporting to be such and subsequently found
                  to be forged or not authentic.

         (J)      Without  prejudice  to the right of  indemnity by law given to
                  trustees, each of the Issuer and the Guarantor shall indemnify
                  the Trustee and every Appointee and keep it or him indemnified
                  against  all  Liabilities  to which it or he may be or  become
                  subject or which may be incurred by it or him in the execution
                  or purported  execution  of any of its or his trusts,  powers,
                  authorities and discretions under these presents or its or his
                  functions  under any such  appointment  or in  respect  of any
                  other  matter or thing done or omitted in any way  relating to
                  these presents or any such appointment.

         (K)      Any consent or approval  given by the Trustee for the purposes
                  of these  presents  may be given on such terms and  subject to
                  such  conditions  (if  any)  as the  Trustee  thinks  fit  and
                  notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these presents may
                  be given retrospectively.

         (L)      The Trustee shall not (unless and to the extent  ordered so to
                  do by a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction)  be  required  to
                  disclose to any Noteholder,  Receiptholder or Couponholder any
                  information (including,  without limitation,  information of a
                  confidential,   financial  or  price  sensitive  nature)  made
                  available to the Trustee by the Issuer,  the  Guarantor or any
                  other person in connection  with these presents and no Holder,
                  Receiptholder  or  Couponholder  shall be entitled to take any
                  action to obtain from the Trustee any such information.

         (M)      Where  it  is  necessary  or  desirable  for  any  purpose  in
                  connection  with these  presents  to convert  any sum from one
                  currency  to another it shall  (unless  otherwise  provided by
                  these  presents or required by law) be  converted at such rate
                  or rates,  in accordance  with such method and as at such date
                  for the  determination  of such  rate of  exchange,  as may be
                  agreed by the Trustee in consultation  with the Issuer and any
                  rate,  method  and  date so  agreed  shall be  binding  on the
                  Issuer, the Guarantor, the Noteholders, the Receiptholders and
                  the Couponholders.

         (N)      The  Trustee  as  between  itself  and  the  Noteholders,  the
                  Receiptholders   and  the   Couponholders  may  determine  all
                  questions  and  doubts  arising  in  relation  to  any  of the
                  provisions  of  these  presents.   Every  such  determination,
                  whether  or not  relating  in  whole or in part to the acts or
                  proceedings of the Trustee, shall be conclusive and shall bind
                  the Trustee and the Noteholders,  the  Receiptholders  and the
                  Couponholders.

(O) In  connection  with  the  exercise  by it of any  of  its  trusts,  powers,
authorities or discretions under these presents (including,  without limitation,
any modification,  waiver,  authorisation or  determination),  the Trustee shall
have regard to the general interests of the Noteholders as a class but shall not
have regard to any interests arising from circumstances particular to individual
Noteholders,  Receiptholders  or  Couponholders  (whatever their number) and, in
particular but without limitation,  shall not have regard to the consequences of
such  exercise  for  individual  Noteholders,  Receiptholders  or  Couponholders
(whatever their number)  resulting from their being for any purpose domiciled or
resident in, or otherwise connected with, or subject to the jurisdiction of, any
particular territory or any political sub-division thereof and the Trustee shall
not  be  entitled  to  require,  nor  shall  any  Noteholder,  Receiptholder  or
Couponholder be entitled to claim, from the Issuer,  the Guarantor,  the Trustee
or any other  person  any  indemnification  or  payment  in  respect  of any tax
consequence of any such exercise upon individual Noteholders, the Receiptholders
or Couponholders except to the extent already provided for in Condition 7 and/or
any  undertaking  given in addition  thereto or in  substitution  therefor under
these presents.

         (P)      Any  trustee  of these  presents  being a lawyer,  accountant,
                  broker or other person  engaged in any  profession or business
                  shall be entitled to charge and be paid all usual professional
                  and other charges  properly  incurred for business  transacted
                  and acts done by him or his firm in connection with the trusts
                  of these presents and also his reasonable  charges in addition
                  to disbursements  for all other work and business done and all
                  time  spent  by him or his  firm in  connection  with  matters
                  arising in connection with these presents.

(Q) The Trustee may whenever it thinks fit, subject to the consent of the Issuer
(such consent not to be unreasonably  withheld)  except following the occurrence
of an Event of Default or a  Potential  Event of Default or if the  Trustee  has
reasonable  grounds to believe that an Event of Default or a Potential  Event of
Default has  occurred or is about to occur or if the Trustee has been advised by
its  legal  advisers  that  such  delegation  is  necessary  in order to avoid a
conflict of  interest or a possible  conflict of interest in each of which cases
no such consent of the Issuer as aforesaid shall be required,  delegate by power
of attorney or otherwise to any person or persons or fluctuating body of persons
(whether  being a joint  trustee  of  these  presents  or not) all or any of its
trusts,  powers,   authorities  and  discretions  under  these  presents.   Such
delegation may be made upon such terms  (including  power to  sub-delegate)  and
subject to such  conditions and  regulations as the Trustee may in the interests
of the  Noteholders  think fit.  Provided that the Trustee shall have  exercised
reasonable care in the selection of such delegate the Trustee shall not be under
any  obligation  to supervise  the  proceedings  or acts of any such delegate or
sub-delegate or be in any way  responsible for any Liability  incurred by reason
of any  misconduct or default on the part of any such delegate or  sub-delegate.
The Trustee  shall within a  reasonable  time after any such  delegation  or any
renewal, extension or termination thereof give notice thereof to the Issuer.
       
(R) The Trustee may after consultation with the Issuer and the Guarantor unless,
in the opinion of the Trustee, such consultation would be materially prejudicial
to the  interests  of the  Noteholders  in the  conduct  of the  trusts of these
presents instead of acting  personally  employ and pay an agent (whether being a
lawyer or other  professional  person)  to  transact  or  conduct,  or concur in
transacting or conducting,  any business and to do, or concur in doing, all acts
required to be done in connection with these presents (including the receipt and
payment of money).  Provided  that the Trustee shall have  exercised  reasonable
care  in the  selection  of  such  agent  the  Trustee  shall  not be in any way
responsible for any Liability incurred by reason of any misconduct or default on
the part of any such agent or be bound to supervise the  proceedings  or acts of
any such agent. The Trustee shall within a reasonable time after appointing such
an agent or after any renewal,  extension or  termination of such an appointment
give notice thereof to the Issuer.
         
(S)      The  Trustee  shall  not be  responsible  for  the  execution,
                  delivery,  legality,  effectiveness,   adequacy,  genuineness,
                  validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of these
                  presents or any other  document  relating or  expressed  to be
                  supplemental  thereto  and shall not be liable for any failure
                  to obtain  any  licence,  consent or other  authority  for the
                  execution,   delivery,  legality,   effectiveness,   adequacy,
                  genuineness,   validity,   performance,    enforceability   or
                  admissibility  in  evidence  of these  presents  or any  other
                  document relating or expressed to be supplemental thereto.

(T) The Trustee may call for any document  and/or  evidence  and/or  information
and/or  certification to be issued or given by Euroclear or Cedel Bank as to the
nominal amount of Notes  represented by a Global Note standing to the account of
any person.  Any such  certificate  or other  document  shall be conclusive  and
binding  for all  purposes.  The  Trustee  shall not be liable to any  person by
reason of having  accepted as valid or not having  rejected any document  and/or
evidence and/or information and/or certification to such effect purporting to be
issued or given by Euroclear or Cedel Bank and  subsequently  found to be forged
or not authentic.

17. TRUSTEE'S LIABILITY
         NOTHING in these  presents  shall in any case in which the  Trustee has
         failed  to show the  degree  of care and  diligence  required  of it as
         trustee having regard to the provisions of these presents conferring on
         it any trusts,  powers,  authorities or discretions  exempt the Trustee
         from or indemnify it against any  Liability  for  negligence,  default,
         breach of duty or breach of trust of which it may be guilty in relation
         to its duties under these presents.


18. TRUSTEE CONTRACTING WITH the ISSUER and the guarantor
         NEITHER  the Trustee  nor any  director or officer or holding  company,
         Subsidiary or associated  company of a corporation  acting as a trustee
         under these presents  shall by reason of its or his fiduciary  position
         be in any way precluded from:

(i)  entering  into or being  interested  in any  contract or financial or other
transaction  or  arrangement  with the Issuer or the  Guarantor or any person or
body corporate  associated with the Issuer or the Guarantor  (including  without
limitation  any contract,  transaction  or arrangement of a banking or insurance
nature or any contract,  transaction or arrangement in relation to the making of
loans or the provision of financial  facilities  or financial  advice to, or the
purchase,   placing  or   underwriting   of  or  the  subscribing  or  procuring
subscriptions for or otherwise acquiring,  holding or dealing with, or acting as
paying agent in respect of, the Notes or any other notes, bonds, stocks, shares,
debenture stock,  debentures or other securities of, any Issuer or any person or
body corporate associated as aforesaid); or
         
(ii)     accepting or holding the  trusteeship  of any other trust deed
                  constituting  or securing  any other  securities  issued by or
                  relating to the Issuer or the  Guarantor or any such person or
                  body  corporate  so  associated  or any other office of profit
                  under the Issuer or the  Guarantor  or any such person or body
                  corporate so associated,

         and shall be entitled to exercise  and enforce its rights,  comply with
         its obligations and perform its duties under or in relation to any such
         contract, transaction or arrangement as is referred to in (i) above or,
         as the case may be,  any such  trusteeship  or  office  of profit as is
         referred  to in (ii)  above  without  regard  to the  interests  of the
         Noteholders  and  notwithstanding  that  the same  may be  contrary  or
         prejudicial  to the  interests  of the  Noteholders  and  shall  not be
         responsible for any Liability occasioned to the Noteholders thereby and
         shall be  entitled  to retain  and  shall  not be in any way  liable to
         account  for any profit made or share of  brokerage  or  commission  or
         remuneration  or  other  amount  or  benefit  received  thereby  or  in
         connection therewith.

         Where any holding  company,  Subsidiary  or  associated  company of the
         Trustee or any director or officer of the Trustee  acting other than in
         his  capacity as such a director or officer  has any  information,  the
         Trustee  shall not  thereby be deemed  also to have  knowledge  of such
         information  and,  unless  it  shall  have  actual  knowledge  of  such
         information,  shall  not  be  responsible  for  any  loss  suffered  by
         Noteholders   resulting  from  the  Trustee's   failing  to  take  such
         information  into account in acting or refraining  from acting under or
         in relation to these presents.


19. WAIVER, AUTHORISATION AND DETERMINATION
(A) THE Trustee may  without  the  consent or sanction of the  Noteholders,  the
Receiptholders  or the  Couponholders  and  without  prejudice  to its rights in
respect of any subsequent breach, Event of Default or Potential Event of Default
from  time to time and at any  time but only if and in so far as in its  opinion
the  interests of the  Noteholders  shall not be materially  prejudiced  thereby
waive or authorise any breach or proposed  breach by the Issuer or the Guarantor
of any of the covenants or provisions  contained in these  presents or determine
that any Event of Default or Potential  Event of Default shall not be treated as
such for the purposes of these presents  PROVIDED  ALWAYS THAT the Trustee shall
not exercise any powers  conferred on it by this Clause in  contravention of any
express  direction  given by  Extraordinary  Resolution  or by a  request  under
Condition 9 but so that no such  direction  or request  shall affect any waiver,
authorisation  or  determination  previously  given  or made.  Any such  waiver,
authorisation or determination may be given or made on such terms and subject to
such  conditions (if any) as the Trustee may determine,  shall be binding on the
Noteholders,  the Receiptholders and the Couponholders and, if, but only if, the
Trustee shall so require,  shall be notified by the Issuer to the Noteholders in
accordance with Condition 13 as soon as practicable thereafter.


    MODIFICATION
(B) The Trustee may  without  the  consent or sanction of the  Noteholders,  the
Receiptholders  or the  Couponholders  at any time and from time to time  concur
with the Issuer in making any modification (i) to these presents (other than the
proviso to paragraph 5 of the Third Schedule or any matters  referred to in that
proviso)  which in the opinion of the Trustee it may be proper to make  PROVIDED
THAT the Trustee is of the opinion that such modification will not be materially
prejudicial to the interests of the  Noteholders or (ii) to these presents if in
the opinion of the Trustee such modification is of a formal,  minor or technical
nature or to correct a manifest error. Any such modification may be made on such
terms and subject to such  conditions  (if any) as the  Trustee  may  determine,
shall be binding upon the Noteholders,  the Receiptholders and the Couponholders
and, unless the Trustee agrees otherwise, shall be notified by the Issuer to the
Noteholders in accordance with Condition 13 as soon as practicable thereafter.

    BREACH
(C)      Any breach of or failure to comply  with any such terms and  conditions
         as are  referred to in  sub-clauses  (A) and (B) of this  Clause  shall
         constitute a default by the Issuer or the Guarantor in the  performance
         or  observance  of a  covenant  or  provision  binding  on it  under or
         pursuant to these presents.


    CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE OR TRANSFER
(D)               (1) The Issuer  shall not  consolidate  with or merge into any
                  other  corporation  or convey or transfer its  properties  and
                  assets substantially as an entirety to any person, unless:

(a) the  corporation  formed by such  consolidation  or into which the Issuer is
merged or the person which acquires by conveyance or transfer the properties and
assets  of the  Issuer  substantially  as an  entirety  shall  be a  corporation
organised  and  existing  under the laws of the United  States of  America,  any
political  subdivision  thereof or any State thereof and shall expressly assume,
by a trust deed supplemental  hereto,  executed and delivered to the Trustee, in
form satisfactory to the Trustee,  the due and punctual payment of the principal
of and interest on all the Notes and the  performance of every covenant of these
presents on the part of the Issuer to be performed or observed;

                  (b)      immediately  after giving effect to such transaction,
                           no Event of  Default  or  Potential  Event of Default
                           shall have occurred;

                  (c)      the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee a certificate
                           signed  by two of its  Directors  and an  opinion  of
                           counsel acceptable to the Trustee,  each stating that
                           such  consolidation,  merger,  conveyance or transfer
                           and such  supplemental  trust deed  comply  with this
                           paragraph  (1)  and  that  all  conditions  precedent
                           herein provided for relating to such transaction have
                           been complied with; and

                  (d)      the   Guarantor   has  delivered  to  the  Trustee  a
                           certificate  signed  by two of its  Directors  and an
                           opinion of counsel  acceptable  to the Trustee,  each
                           stating that the Guarantor's  obligations under these
                           presents  shall  remain  in  full  force  and  effect
                           thereafter.

         (2)      Upon  any   consolidation   with  or  merger  into  any  other
                  corporation,  or any  conveyance or transfer of the properties
                  and assets of the Issuer substantially as an entirety, in each
                  case in accordance  with  paragraph  (1) above,  the successor
                  corporation  formed by such  consolidation  or into  which the
                  Issuer  is  merged  or the  successor  person  to  which  such
                  conveyance  or  transfer  is made  shall  succeed  to,  and be
                  substituted  for, and may  exercise  every right and power of,
                  the Issuer  under  these  presents  with the same effect as if
                  such  successor  had been  named  as the  Issuer  herein,  and
                  thereafter the  predecessor  corporation  shall be relieved of
                  all obligations and covenants under these presents.

         (3)      The  Guarantor  shall not  consolidate  with or merge into any
                  other  corporation  or convey or transfer its  properties  and
                  assets substantially as an entirety to any person, unless:

(a) the corporation  formed by such consolidation or into which the Guarantor is
merged or the person which acquires by conveyance or transfer the properties and
assets of the  Guarantor  substantially  as an entirety  shall be a  corporation
organised  and  existing  under the laws of the United  States of  America,  any
political  subdivision  thereof or any State thereof and shall expressly assume,
by a trust deed supplemental  hereto,  executed and delivered to the Trustee, in
form satisfactory to the Trustee,  the obligations of the Guarantor contained in
Clause 7 and the  performance of every  covenant  contained in these presents on
the part of the Guarantor to be performed or observed;
                  
(b)      immediately  after giving effect to such transaction,
                           no Event of  Default  or  Potential  Event of Default
                           shall have occurred; and

                  (c)      the   Guarantor   has  delivered  to  the  Trustee  a
                           certificate  signed  by two of its  Directors  and an
                           opinion of counsel  acceptable  to the Trustee,  each
                           stating that such consolidation,  merger,  conveyance
                           or transfer and such  supplemental  trust deed comply
                           with  this  paragraph  (3) and  that  all  conditions
                           precedent   herein  provided  for  relating  to  such
                           transaction have been complied with.

         (4)      Upon  any   consolidation   with  or  merger  into  any  other
                  corporation,  or any  conveyance or transfer of the properties
                  and assets of the Guarantor  substantially as an entirety,  in
                  each  case  in  accordance  with  paragraph  (3)  above,   the
                  successor  corporation  formed by such  consolidation  or into
                  which the Guarantor is merged or the successor person to which
                  such  conveyance  or transfer is made shall succeed to, and be
                  substituted  for, and may  exercise  every right and power of,
                  the Guarantor  under these presents with the same effect as if
                  such  successor  had been named as the Guarantor  herein,  and
                  thereafter the  predecessor  corporation  shall be relieved of
                  all obligations and covenants under these presents.


20.      HOLDER OF DEFINITIVE NOTE ASSUMED TO BE RECEIPTHOLDER AND COUPONHOLDER
(A)      WHEREVER  in these  presents  the  Trustee is  required  or entitled to
         exercise a power, trust,  authority or discretion under these presents,
         except as ordered by a court of competent  jurisdiction  or as required
         by applicable law, the Trustee shall,  notwithstanding that it may have
         express  notice to the  contrary,  assume that each  Noteholder  is the
         holder of all Receipts and Coupons appertaining to each Definitive Note
         of which he is the holder.


    NO NOTICE TO RECEIPTHOLDERS OR COUPONHOLDERS
(B)      Neither the Trustee nor the Issuer shall be required to give any notice
         to the  Receiptholders  or  Couponholders  for any purpose  under these
         presents and the  Receiptholders  or Couponholders  shall be deemed for
         all  purposes to have notice of the contents of any notice given to the
         holders of Bearer Notes in accordance with Condition 13.


21. CURRENCY INDEMNITY
         EACH of the Issuer and the  Guarantor  shall  severally  indemnify  the
         Trustee, every Appointee,  the Noteholders,  the Receiptholders and the
         Couponholders and keep them indemnified against:

         (a)      any  Liability  incurred  by  any of  them  arising  from  the
                  non-payment  by the Issuer or the  Guarantor of any amount due
                  to the  Trustee  or the  holders  of the  Notes  issued by the
                  Issuer or the  Guarantor  and the relative  Receiptholders  or
                  Couponholders  under these presents by reason of any variation
                  in the rates of exchange  between  those used for the purposes
                  of  calculating  the amount  due under a judgment  or order in
                  respect  thereof  and those  prevailing  at the date of actual
                  payment by the Issuer or the Guarantor; and

(b) any deficiency  arising or resulting from any variation in rates of exchange
between (i) the date as of which the local  currency  equivalent  of the amounts
due or  contingently  due under  these  presents  (other  than this  Clause)  is
calculated for the purposes of any bankruptcy,  insolvency or liquidation of the
Issuer or the Guarantor and (ii) the final date for  ascertaining  the amount of
claims  in such  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or  liquidation.  The  amount  of such
deficiency  shall be  deemed  not to be  reduced  by any  variation  in rates of
exchange  occurring between the said final date and the date of any distribution
of assets in connection with any such bankruptcy, insolvency or liquidation.

         The above  indemnities  shall constitute  obligations of the Issuer and
         the Guarantor  separate and  independent  from their other  obligations
         under  the  other   provisions  of  these   presents  and  shall  apply
         irrespective   of  any  indulgence   granted  by  the  Trustee  or  the
         Noteholders,  the Receiptholders or the Couponholders from time to time
         and  shall  continue  in full  force  and  effect  notwithstanding  the
         judgment or filing of any proof or proofs in any bankruptcy, insolvency
         or  liquidation  of the Issuer or the Guarantor for a liquidated sum or
         sums in respect of amounts  due under these  presents  (other than this
         Clause). Any such deficiency as aforesaid shall be deemed to constitute
         a  loss  suffered  by  the  Noteholders,  the  Receiptholders  and  the
         Couponholders  and no proof or  evidence  of any  actual  loss shall be
         required  by  the  Issuer  or  the  Guarantor  or  its   liquidator  or
         liquidators.


22. NEW TRUSTEE
(A) THE power to appoint a new trustee of these  presents shall be vested in the
Issuer  but no person  shall be  appointed  who shall not  previously  have been
approved by an Extraordinary Resolution.  One or more persons may hold office as
trustee or trustees of these  presents but such trustee or trustees  shall be or
include a Trust  Corporation.  Whenever there shall be more than two trustees of
these  presents the majority of such trustees  shall be competent to execute and
exercise all the duties, powers,  trusts,  authorities and discretions vested in
the  Trustee  by  these  presents  provided  that a Trust  Corporation  shall be
included in such  majority.  Any  appointment of a new trustee of these presents
shall as soon as  practicable  thereafter be notified by the Issuer to the Agent
and the Noteholders.


    SEPARATE AND CO-TRUSTEES
(B)      Notwithstanding  the  provisions of sub-clause  (A) above,  the Trustee
         may, upon giving prior notice to the Issuer (but without the consent of
         the Issuer, the Guarantor,  the Noteholders,  the Receiptholders or the
         Couponholders),  appoint  any person  established  or  resident  in any
         jurisdiction  (whether a Trust  Corporation  or not) to act either as a
         separate trustee or as a co-trustee jointly with the Trustee:

(i) if the Trustee  considers  such  appointment  to be in the  interests of the
Noteholders;
       
(ii) for the purposes of conforming to any legal  requirements,  restrictions or
conditions in any  jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts is or are to
be performed; or
        
 (iii)    for the purposes of  obtaining a judgment in any  jurisdiction
                  or the  enforcement in any  jurisdiction  of either a judgment
                  already  obtained or any of the  provisions of these  presents
                  against the Issuer or the Guarantor.

         The Issuer  irrevocably  appoints the Trustee to be its attorney in its
         name and on its behalf to execute any such  instrument of  appointment.
         Such a  person  shall  (subject  always  to  the  provisions  of  these
         presents) have such trusts,  powers,  authorities and discretions  (not
         exceeding  those  conferred on the Trustee by these  presents) and such
         duties  and  obligations  as  shall  be  conferred  or  imposed  by the
         instrument of appointment.  The Trustee shall have power in like manner
         to remove any such person. Such reasonable  remuneration as the Trustee
         may pay to any such person, together with any attributable  Liabilities
         incurred by it in performing  its function as such separate  trustee or
         co-trustee,  shall for the  purposes  of these  presents  be treated as
         Liabilities incurred by the Trustee.


23. TRUSTEE'S RETIREMENT AND REMOVAL
         A trustee of these  presents  may retire at any time on giving not less
         than three months' prior written  notice to the Issuer  without  giving
         any reason and without being  responsible for any Liabilities  incurred
         by reason of such  retirement.  The  Noteholders  may by  Extraordinary
         Resolution  remove any trustee or trustees  for the time being of these
         presents.  The Issuer  undertakes that in the event of the only trustee
         of these presents which is a Trust Corporation giving notice under this
         Clause or being  removed by  Extraordinary  Resolution  it will use its
         best endeavours to procure that a new trustee of these presents being a
         Trust  Corporation  is  appointed  as  soon as  reasonably  practicable
         thereafter.  The  retirement  or removal of any such trustee  shall not
         become effective until a successor trustee being a Trust Corporation is
         appointed.


24. TRUSTEE'S POWERS TO BE ADDITIONAL
         THE powers  conferred  upon the Trustee by these  presents  shall be in
         addition  to any  powers  which  may from time to time be vested in the
         Trustee by the general law or as a holder of any of the Notes, Receipts
         or Coupons.


25. NOTICES
         ANY notice or demand to the Issuer,  the Guarantor or the Trustee to be
         given,  made or served for any purposes  under these  presents shall be
         given, made or served by sending the same by pre-paid post (first class
         if inland,  first class airmail if overseas) or facsimile  transmission
         or by delivering it by hand as follows:


         to the Issuer                      4500 Park Granada
                                            Calabasas
                                            California 91302
                                            U.S.A.

                                          (Attention:       Jennifer Sandefur
                                                        Executive Vice President
                                                           and Treasurer)
                                           Facsimile No.     001 818 225 4001


         to the Guarantor:                  4500 Park Granada
                                            Calabasas
                                            California 91302
                                            U.S.A.

                                            (Attention:       Keith McLaughlin
                                                              Managing Director
                                                              and Treasurer)
                                            Facsimile No.     001 818 225 4053


         to the Trustee:                    1 Appold Street
                                            Broadgate
                                            London EC2A 2HE

                       (Attention: the Managing Director)

                                            Facsimile No.     44 171 982 1149

         or to such  other  address  or  facsimile  number  as shall  have  been
         notified (in  accordance  with this Clause) to the other parties hereto
         and any notice or demand sent by post as  aforesaid  shall be deemed to
         have been given,  made or served  three days in the case of inland post
         or seven  days in the case of  overseas  post  after  despatch  and any
         notice or demand sent by facsimile  transmission  as aforesaid shall be
         deemed to have been  given,  made or served 24 hours  after the time of
         despatch  provided  that in the case of a  notice  or  demand  given by
         facsimile  transmission  such  notice  or  demand  shall  forthwith  be
         confirmed  by post.  The  failure  of the  addressee  to  receive  such
         confirmation  shall not invalidate the relevant  notice or demand given
         by facsimile transmission.


26. GOVERNING LAW
         THESE  presents are  governed by, and shall be construed in  accordance
with, English law.


27. SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION
(A) EACH of the Issuer and the Guarantor  irrevocably  agrees for the benefit of
the Trustee, the Noteholders,  the Receiptholders and the Couponholders that the
courts of England  are to have  jurisdiction  to settle any  disputes  which may
arise out of or in connection with these presents and that accordingly any suit,
action or  proceedings  arising  out of or in  connection  with  these  presents
(together referred to as "Proceedings") may be brought in the courts of England.
Each of the Issuer and the Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally  waives and
agrees not to raise any objection  which it may have now or  subsequently to the
laying of the venue of any  Proceedings  in the courts of England  and any claim
that any  Proceedings  have been  brought in an  inconvenient  forum and further
irrevocably  and  unconditionally  agrees  that a  judgment  in any  Proceedings
brought in the courts of England shall be conclusive and binding upon it and may
be  enforced  in the courts of any other  jurisdiction.  Nothing in this  Clause
shall limit any right to take Proceedings against the Issuer or the Guarantor in
any other court of competent  jurisdiction,  nor shall the taking of Proceedings
in one or more  jurisdictions  preclude the taking of  Proceedings  in any other
jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not.

(B)      Each of the Issuer and the Guarantor  irrevocably  and  unconditionally
         appoints Clifford Chance  Secretaries  Limited at its registered office
         for the time being (being at the date hereof at 200 Aldersgate  Street,
         London EC1A 4JJ) and in the event of its ceasing so to act will appoint
         such other  person as the  Trustee may approve and as the Issuer or the
         Guarantor  may  nominate  in writing to the  Trustee for the purpose to
         accept  service  of  process on its behalf in England in respect of any
         Proceedings. Each of the Issuer and the Guarantor:

         (i)      agrees to procure  that, so long as any of the Notes issued by
                  it remains liable to prescription,  there shall be in force an
                  appointment  of such a person  approved by the Trustee with an
                  office  in  London  with   authority  to  accept   service  as
                  aforesaid;

         (ii)     agrees that  failure by any such person to give notice of such
                  service of process  to the Issuer or the  Guarantor  shall not
                  impair the validity of such  service or of any judgment  based
                  thereon; and

         (iii)    agrees that nothing in these  presents  shall affect the right
                  to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.


28. COUNTERPARTS
         THIS Trust Deed and any trust deed supplemental  hereto may be executed
         and  delivered  in any  number of  counterparts,  all of  which,  taken
         together,  shall constitute one and the same deed and any party to this
         Trust  Deed or any trust  deed  supplemental  hereto may enter into the
         same by executing and delivering a counterpart.

IN WITNESS  whereof  this Trust Deed has been  executed as a deed by the Issuer,
the Guarantor and the Trustee and delivered on the date stated on page 1.


TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE NOTES
The  following  are  the  Terms  and  Conditions  of the  Notes  which  will  be
incorporated by reference into each global Note and each definitive Note, in the
latter  case  only if  permitted  by all legal  and  other  relevant  regulatory
requirements  and agreed by the Issuer  and the  relevant  Dealer at the time of
issue but,  if not so  permitted  and  agreed,  such  definitive  Note will have
endorsed thereon or attached  thereto such Terms and Conditions.  The applicable
Pricing  Supplement  in relation to any Tranche of Notes may specify other terms
and  conditions  which  shall,  to the  extent  so  specified  or to the  extent
inconsistent  with the  following  Terms and  Conditions,  replace or modify the
following  Terms and  Conditions  for the purpose of such Notes.  The applicable
Pricing Supplement (or the relevant  provisions  thereof) will be endorsed upon,
or attached to, each temporary global Note, permanent global Note and definitive
Note. Reference should be made to "Form of the Notes" above for a description of
the content of Pricing Supplements which will include the definitions of certain
terms used in the following  Terms and Conditions or specify which of such terms
are to apply in relation to the relevant Notes. This Note is one of a Series (as
defined  below) of Notes issued by Countrywide  Home Loans,  Inc. (the "Issuer")
constituted  by a Trust Deed dated 1st May,  1998 (such  Trust Deed as  modified
and/or  supplemented  and/or  restated from time to time, the "Trust Deed") made
between the Issuer,  Countrywide  Credit  Industries,  Inc.  as  guarantor  (the
"Guarantor")   and  Bankers  Trustee  Company  Limited  (the  "Trustee",   which
expression  shall  include any successor as trustee).  References  herein to the
"Notes" shall be references to the Notes of this Series and shall mean:
    (i) in  relation to any Notes  represented  by a global  Note,  units of the
lowest Specified Denomination in the Specified Currency;
    (ii)  definitive  Notes issued in exchange for a global Note;  and (iii) any
    global Note.
The Notes,  the Receipts (as defined  below) and the Coupons (as defined  below)
have the benefit of an Agency  Agreement  also dated 1st May,  1998 (such Agency
Agreement as amended and/or  supplemented and/or restated from time to time, the
"Agency  Agreement") and made between the Issuer,  the Guarantor,  Bankers Trust
Company as issuing and principal paying agent and agent bank (the "Agent", which
expression shall include any successor agent specified in the applicable Pricing
Supplement),  the other paying agents named therein (together, where the context
so permits, with the Agent, the "Paying Agents",  which expression shall include
any  additional or successor  paying agents) and the Trustee.  Interest  bearing
definitive  Notes  (unless  otherwise   indicated  in  the  applicable   Pricing
Supplement)  have  interest  coupons   ("Coupons")  and,  if  indicated  in  the
applicable Pricing Supplement, talons for further Coupons ("Talons") attached on
issue.  Any  reference  herein to Coupons or coupons  shall,  unless the context
otherwise  requires,  be deemed  to  include a  reference  to Talons or  talons.
Definitive  Notes repayable in instalments  have receipts  ("Receipts")  for the
payment  of the  instalments  of  principal  (other  than the final  instalment)
attached  on  issue.  The  Pricing  Supplement  for this  Note (or the  relevant
provisions  thereof) is  attached  to or  endorsed on this Note and  supplements
these Terms and  Conditions  and may specify  other terms and  conditions  which
shall, to the extent so specified or to the extent inconsistent with these Terms
and Conditions, replace or modify these Terms and Conditions for the purposes of
this Note.  References to the "applicable Pricing Supplement" are to the Pricing
Supplement (or the relevant  provisions thereof) attached to or endorsed on this
Note.  The Trustee acts for the benefit of the holders for the time being of the
Notes (the  "Noteholders",  which  expression  shall,  in  relation to any Notes
represented  by a global Note, be construed as provided  below),  the holders of
the  Receipts  (the  "Receiptholders")  and  the  holders  of the  Coupons  (the
"Couponholders",  which expression shall, unless the context otherwise requires,
include the holders of the Talons),  in  accordance  with the  provisions of the
Trust Deed.  As used herein,  "Tranche"  means Notes which are  identical in all
respects  (including  as to  listing)  and  "Series"  means a  Tranche  of Notes
together   with  any   further   Tranche  or   Tranches   of  Notes   which  are
(i)(129) expressed   to  be   consolidated   and   form  a  single   series  and
(ii)(129) identical  in all respects  (including as to listing)  except fortheir
respective Issue Dates,  Interest Commencement Dates and/or Issue Prices. Copies
of the Trust Deed, the Agency  Agreement and the applicable  Pricing  Supplement
are available for  inspection  during normal  business  hours at the  registered
office for the time  being of the  Trustee  (being at  1stMay,  1998 at 1 Appold
Street, Broadgate, London EC2A 2HE, England) and at the specified office of each
of the Agent and the other Paying  Agents (and, if this Note is a listed Note of
any Series, a copy of the applicable  Pricing  Supplement is available,  free of
charge,  from the specified office of the Paying Agent in Luxembourg) save that,
if  this  Note  is an  unlisted  Note  of any  Series,  the  applicable  Pricing
Supplement will only be available for inspection by a Noteholder  holding one or
more unlisted  Notes of that Series and such  Noteholder  must produce  evidence
satisfactory to the Trustee or, as the case may be, the relevant Paying Agent as
to its holding of Notes and as to identity. The Noteholders,  the Receiptholders
and the  Couponholders  are deemed to have  notice of, and are  entitled  to the
benefit of, all the provisions of the Trust Deed,  the Agency  Agreement and the
applicable  Pricing  Supplement  which are  applicable to them.  These Terms and
Conditions include summaries of, and are subject to the detailed  provisions of,
the Trust Deed.  Words and  expressions  defined in the Trust Deed or the Agency
Agreement  or used in the  applicable  Pricing  Supplement  shall  have the same
meanings where used in these Terms and Conditions  unless the context  otherwise
requires  or  unless  otherwise  stated  and  provided  that,  in the  event  of
inconsistency  between the Agency  Agreement and the Trust Deed,  the Trust Deed
will prevail and, in the event of inconsistency  between the Agency Agreement or
the Trust Deed and the applicable  Pricing  Supplement,  the applicable  Pricing
Supplement will prevail. 1. Form, Denomination and Title The Notes are in bearer
form and, in the case of definitive Notes,  serially numbered,  in the Specified
Currency and the Specified Denomination(s).  Notes of one Specified Denomination
may not be exchanged for Notes of another Specified Denomination. This Note is a
Fixed Rate Note, a Floating Rate Note, a Zero Coupon Note,  an Indexed  Interest
Note, an Indexed  Redemption  Amount Note,  an Instalment  Note, a Dual Currency
Note or a Partly Paid Note or a combination of any of the foregoing or any other
type of Note,  depending  upon the Interest Basis and  Redemption/Payment  Basis
shown in the applicable  Pricing  Supplement.  Definitive  Notes are issued with
Coupons attached,  unless they are Zero Coupon Notes in which case references to
Coupons and  Couponholders  in these Terms and  Conditions  are not  applicable.
Subject as set out below, title to the Notes,  Receipts and Coupons will pass by
delivery.  The Issuer,  the Guarantor,  the Replacement Agent (as defined in the
Agency  Agreement)  and any  Paying  Agent may deem and treat the  bearer of any
Note,  Receipt or Coupon as the absolute  owner thereof  (whether or not overdue
and  notwithstanding any notice of ownership or writing thereon or notice of any
previous loss or theft  thereof) for all purposes but, in the case of any global
Note,  without  prejudice  to the  provisions  set  out in the  next  succeeding
paragraph.  For so long as any of the Notes is represented by a global Note held
on behalf of Morgan  Guaranty  Trust Company of New York,  Brussels  office,  as
operator of the Euroclear System  ("Euroclear")  and/or Cedel  Bank,(129)sociAtA
anonyme  ("Cedel  Bank") each person (other than  Euroclear or Cedel Bank or, in
the case of Notes listed on the Paris Bourse, Sicovam (as defined below)) who is
for the time being  shown in the  records of  Euroclear  or of Cedel Bank as the
holder of a  particular  nominal  amount of such  Notes  (in  which  regard  any
certificate  or other  document  issued  by  Euroclear  or Cedel  Bank as to the
nominal  amount of such Notes  standing  to the  account of any person  shall be
conclusive  and binding  for all  purposes  save in the case of manifest  error)
shall be treated by the Issuer,  the  Guarantor,  the Agent and any other Paying
Agent as the holder of such nominal  amount of such Notes for all purposes other
than with  respect to the payment of  principal  or  interest on the Notes,  for
which  purpose  the bearer of the  relevant  global Note shall be treated by the
Issuer,  the  Guarantor,  the Agent and any other  Paying Agent as the holder of
such nominal amount of such Notes in accordance with and subject to the terms of
the relevant global Note and the expressions  "Noteholder" and "holder of Notes"
and  related  expressions  shall  be  construed  accordingly.  Notes  which  are
represented by a global Note will be  transferable  only in accordance  with the
rules and  procedures  for the time being of Euroclear or of Cedel Bank,  as the
case may be.  References  to  Euroclear  and/or  Cedel Bank shall,  whenever the
context  so  permits,  be deemed to include a  reference  to any  additional  or
alternative clearing system including,  in the case of Notes listed on the Paris
Bourse,  Sicovam SA and the IntermAdiaires  financiers  habilitAs  authorised to
maintain accounts therein (together "Sicovam") approved by the Issuer, the Agent
and the Trustee.  2. Status of the Notes and the Guarantee  (a)The Notes and the
relative  Receipts  and Coupons are direct,  unconditional,  unsubordinated  and
unsecured  obligations  of the Issuer and rank pari passu among  themselves  and
(save for certain debts  required to be preferred by law) equally with all other
unsecured  obligations  (other  than  subordinated  obligations,  if any) of the
Issuer,  from time to time  outstanding.  (b)The  payment of the  principal  and
interest  in  respect  of the Notes and all other  moneys  payable by the Issuer
under or pursuant  to the Trust Deed has been  unconditionally  and  irrevocably
guaranteed  by the  Guarantor  under  the Trust  Deed.  The  obligations  of the
Guarantor  under the Guarantee  are direct,  unconditional,  unsubordinated  and
unsecured obligations of the Guarantor and rank pari passu and (save for certain
debts  required  to be  preferred  by law)  equally  with  all  other  unsecured
obligations (other than subordinated obligations, if any) of the Guarantor, from
time to time  outstanding.  3. ECU Notes (a)  Application of this Condition This
Condition only applies if the Notes are denominated or payable in ECU. (b) Value
and  composition  of the ECU Subject to  Condition  5 (c),  the ECU in which the
Notes  are  denominated  or  payable  ("ECU")  will be the same as the  ECU,  as
referred to in Article 109g of the Treaty establishing the European Communities,
as amended  by the Treaty on  European  Union (the  "Treaty")  and as defined in
Council  Regulation (EC) No 3320/94,  that is from time to time used as the unit
of account of the  European  Communities  (the "EC").  Changes to the ECU may be
made by the EC in which event the ECU will change accordingly. References to the
ECU shall be deemed to be references to the ECU as so changed from time to time.
(c) Provisions applicable from the start of the third stage of European economic
and  monetary  union  Notwithstanding  the other  provisions  of these Terms and
Conditions, on and after the Commencement Date:
    (i) all payments in respect of the Notes,  the Receipts and the Coupons will
be made  solely in euro,  including  payments  of interest in respect of periods
commencing  before the Commencement  Date, as though  references in the Notes to
ECU were to euro;
    (ii)  payments  will be made in euro by credit or transfer to a euro account
(or any other account to which euro may be credited or transferred) specified by
the payee or, at the option of the payee, by a euro cheque;
    (iii) references in these Terms and Conditions to "ECU Settlement Day" shall
be read as  references  to any day on which the  TARGET  System  (as  defined in
Condition 17) is operating;
    (iv) if the Notes are Fixed Rate Notes and interest for any period ending on
or after the Commencement Date is required to be calculated for a period of less
than one year,  it will be  calculated on the basis of the actual number of days
elapsed  divided by 365 (or, if any of the days elapsed fall in a leap year, the
sum of (i) the  number of those days  falling in a leap year  divided by 366 and
(ii) the number of those days falling in a non-leap year divided by 365);
    (v) if the Notes are Floating Rate Notes the applicable  Pricing  Supplement
specifies any relevant changes to the provisions relating to interest; and
    (vi)  such  other  changes  (whether  or not  relating  to any of the  above
matters)  shall be made to these Terms and  Conditions as the Issuer may decide,
with the prior  written  approval of the Agent and  Trustee,  to conform them to
conventions then applicable to instruments  denominated in euro or to enable the
Notes to be consolidated with one or more issues of other notes,  whether or not
originally  denominated  in ECU or euro.  Any such other  changes  will not take
effect until after they have been notified to the Noteholders in accordance with
Condition 13. (c) Definition In this  Condition,  "Commencement  Date" means the
start of the third stage of economic and monetary  union  pursuant to the Treaty
(as defined above). 4. Interest (a) Interest on Fixed Rate Notes Each Fixed Rate
Note bears  interest on its nominal amount (or, if it is a Partly Paid Note, the
amount  paid up) from (and  including)  the  Interest  Commencement  Date at the
rate(s)  per annum  equal to the  Rate(s) of  Interest  payable in arrear on the
Interest  Payment Date(s) in each year and on the Maturity Date if that does not
fall on an Interest  Payment Date. The first payment of interest will be made on
the Interest Payment Date next following the Interest  Commencement Date. Except
as  provided  above or in the  applicable  Pricing  Supplement,  the  amount  of
interest  payable on each Interest Payment Date in respect of the Fixed Interest
Period  ending on such date will  amount  to the Fixed  Coupon  Amount.  As used
herein,  "Fixed  Interest  Period"  means the  period  from (and  including)  an
Interest Payment Date (or the Interest Commencement Date) to (but excluding) the
next (or first) Interest  Payment Date. If interest is required to be calculated
for a period of other  than a Fixed  Interest  Period,  such  interest  shall be
calculated  on the basis of a 360-day  year  consisting  of 12 months of 30 days
each.  (b)  Interest  on  Floating  Rate Notes and  Indexed  Interest  Notes (i)
Interest  Payment Dates Each Floating Rate Note and Indexed  Interest Note bears
interest on its nominal amount (or, if it is a Partly Paid Note, the amount paid
up) from (and including) the Interest  Commencement  Date and such interest will
be payable in arrear on either:

    (A) the Interest  Payment  Date(s) in each year  specified in the applicable
    Pricing  Supplement;  or (B) if no express  Interest  Payment Date(s) is/are
    specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement, each
date (each an "Interest Payment Date") which falls the number of months or other
period  specified as the Specified Period in the applicable  Pricing  Supplement
after the preceding  Interest Payment Date or, in the case of the first Interest
Payment  Date,  after the Interest  Commencement  Date.  Such  interest  will be
payable in respect of each Interest  Period (which  expression  shall,  in these
Terms and Conditions,  mean the period from (and including) an Interest  Payment
Date (or the Interest  Commencement Date) to (but excluding) the next (or first)
Interest  Payment  Date).  If a business  day  convention  is  specified  in the
applicable Pricing  Supplement and (x) if there is no numerically  corresponding
day in the calendar month in which an Interest  Payment Date should occur or (y)
if any  Interest  Payment  Date  would  otherwise  fall on a day  which is not a
Business Day, then, if the business day convention specified is:
           (1) in any case where  Specified  Periods are specified in accordance
with Condition  4(b)(i)(B)  above, the Floating Rate  Convention,  such Interest
Payment  Date  (i) in the  case of (x)  above,  shall  be the last day that is a
Business Day in the relevant  month and the  provisions of (B) below shall apply
mutatis  mutandis or (ii) in the case of (y) above,  shall be  postponed  to the
next day which is a  Business  Day  unless it would  thereby  fall into the next
calendar month,  in which event (A) such Interest  Payment Date shall be brought
forward  to the  immediately  preceding  Business  Day and (B)  each  subsequent
Interest  Payment  Date shall be the last  Business Day in the month which falls
the Specified Period after the preceding applicable Interest Payment Date; or
           (2) the Following Business Day Convention, such Interest Payment Date
shall be postponed to the next day which is a Business Day; or
           (3) the Modified  Following  Business Day  Convention,  such Interest
Payment  Date shall be  postponed to the next day which is a Business Day unless
it would thereby fall into the next calendar month, in which event such Interest
Payment Date shall be brought forward to the immediately preceding Business Day;
or
           (4) the Preceding Business Day Convention, such Interest Payment Date
shall be brought forward to the immediately preceding Business Day.
In this Condition, "Business Day" means a day which is both:
    (A) a day on which  commercial  banks and foreign  exchange  markets  settle
payments  in  London  and  any  Additional  Business  Centre  specified  in  the
applicable Pricing Supplement; and
    (B) either (1) in relation to any sum payable in a Specified  Currency other
than ECU, a day on which  commercial  banks and foreign  exchange markets settle
payments  in the  principal  financial  centre of the  country  of the  relevant
Specified Currency (if other than London and any Additional  Business Centre and
which, if the Specified  Currency is New Zealand dollars,  shall be Auckland) or
(2) in relation to any sum payable in ECU, an ECU  Settlement Day (as defined in
the 1991 ISDA  Definitions,  as amended  and updated as at the Issue Date of the
first Tranche of the Notes, published by the International Swaps and Derivatives
Association,  Inc. (the "ISDA  Definitions")  but not including part (b) of such
definition).  (ii) Rate of Interest  The Rate of Interest  payable  from time to
time in  respect  of  Floating  Rate Notes and  Indexed  Interest  Notes will be
determined in the manner specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement.
(A) ISDA Determination for Floating Rate Notes
Where ISDA  Determination is specified in the applicable  Pricing  Supplement as
the  manner  in which  the Rate of  Interest  is to be  determined,  the Rate of
Interest for each  Interest  Period will be the relevant ISDA Rate plus or minus
(as indicated in the applicable Pricing Supplement) the Margin (if any). For the
purposes of this  sub-paragraph  (A), "ISDA Rate" for an Interest Period means a
rate equal to the Floating  Rate that would be  determined by the Agent under an
interest rate swap transaction if the Agent were acting as Calculation Agent for
that swap  transaction  under the terms of an agreement  incorporating  the ISDA
Definitions and under which:
    (1) the  Floating  Rate Option is as  specified  in the  applicable  Pricing
    Supplement;  (2)  the  Designated  Maturity  is a  period  specified  in the
    applicable Pricing Supplement; and (3) the relevant Reset Date is either (i)
    if the applicable Floating Rate Option is based on the London
inter-bank  offered rate (LIBOR) for a currency,  the first day of that Interest
Period  or (ii) in any  other  case,  as  specified  in the  applicable  Pricing
Supplement.  For  the  purposes  of this  sub-paragraph  (A),  "Floating  Rate",
"Calculation Agent",  "Floating Rate Option",  "Designated  Maturity" and "Reset
Date" have the meanings given to those terms in the ISDA Definitions. (B) Screen
Rate  Determination  for Floating Rate Notes Where Screen Rate  Determination is
specified in the applicable  Pricing  Supplement as the manner in which the Rate
of Interest is to be determined,  the Rate of Interest for each Interest  Period
will, subject as provided below, be either:
    (1) the offered quotation; or
    (2) the  arithmetic  mean (rounded if necessary to the fifth decimal  place,
with 0.000005 being rounded upwards) of the offered quotations,  (expressed as a
percentage  rate per annum) for the Reference  Rate which appears or appear,  as
the case may be, on the Relevant  Screen Page as at 11.00 a.m.  (London time) on
the Interest  Determination  Date in question plus or minus (as indicated in the
applicable  Pricing  Supplement)  the Margin (if any),  all as determined by the
Agent. If five or more of such offered  quotations are available on the Relevant
Screen Page, the highest (or, if there is more than one such highest  quotation,
one only of such  quotations) and the lowest (or, if there is more than one such
lowest quotation, one only of such quotations) shall be disregarded by the Agent
for the purpose of determining  the arithmetic  mean (rounded as provided above)
of such  offered  quotations.  The  Agency  Agreement  contains  provisions  for
determining  the Rate of Interest in the event that the Relevant  Screen Page is
not available or if, in the case of (1) above, no such quotation  appears or, in
the case of (2) above,  fewer than three such offered quotations appear, in each
case as at the time specified in the preceding paragraph.  If the Reference Rate
from  time to time in  respect  of  Floating  Rate  Notes  is  specified  in the
applicable  Pricing Supplement as being other than the London inter-bank offered
rate,  the Rate of  Interest  in respect of such  Notes  will be  determined  as
provided in the applicable Pricing Supplement. (iii) Minimum and/or Maximum Rate
of Interest If the  applicable  Pricing  Supplement  specifies a Minimum Rate of
Interest for any Interest  Period,  then, in the event that the Rate of Interest
in respect of such Interest Period  determined in accordance with the provisions
of paragraph (ii) above is less than such Minimum Rate of Interest,  the Rate of
Interest for such Interest Period shall be such Minimum Rate of Interest. If the
applicable  Pricing  Supplement  specifies a Maximum  Rate of  Interest  for any
Interest Period, then, in the event that the Rate of Interest in respect of such
Interest  Period  determined in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (ii)
above is greater than such  Maximum  Rate of Interest,  the Rate of Interest for
such Interest Period shall be such Maximum Rate of Interest.  (iv) Determination
of Rate of Interest and  Calculation of Interest  Amounts The Agent, in the case
of  Floating  Rate  Notes,  and the  Calculation  Agent,  in the case of Indexed
Interest Notes,  will at or as soon as practicable  after each time at which the
Rate of Interest is to be  determined,  determine  the Rate of Interest  for the
relevant Interest Period. In the case of Indexed Interest Notes, the Calculation
Agent will notify the Agent of the Rate of Interest  for the  relevant  Interest
Period  as soon as  practicable  after  calculating  the same.  The  Agent  will
calculate the amount of interest (the "Interest Amount") payable on the Floating
Rate Notes or Indexed  Interest Notes in respect of each Specified  Denomination
for the relevant  Interest  Period.  Each Interest Amount shall be calculated by
applying the Rate of Interest to each Specified  Denomination,  multiplying such
sum by the applicable Day Count Fraction,  and rounding the resultant  figure to
the  nearest  sub-unit  of the  relevant  Specified  Currency,  half of any such
sub-unit being rounded upwards or otherwise in accordance with applicable market
convention.  "Day Count  Fraction"  means,  in respect of the  calculation of an
amount of interest for any Interest Period:
    (i) if  "Actual/365"  or  "Actual/Actual"  is  specified  in the  applicable
Pricing Supplement,  the actual number of days in the Interest Period divided by
365 (or, if any portion of that Interest Period falls in a leap year, the sum of
(A) the actual number of days in that portion of the Interest  Period falling in
a leap year divided by 366 and (B) the actual  number of days in that portion of
the Interest Period falling in a non-leap year divided by 365);
    (ii)  if  "Actual/365  (Fixed)"  is  specified  in  the  applicable  Pricing
Supplement, the actual number of days in the Interest Period divided by 365;
    (iii) if "Actual/360" is specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement, the
actual number of days in the Interest Period divided by 360;
    (iv) if "30/360",  "360/360" or "Bond Basis" is specified in the  applicable
Pricing  Supplement,  the number of days in the Interest  Period  divided by 360
(the number of days to be  calculated on the basis of a year of 360 days with 12
30-day months (unless (a) the last day of the Interest Period is the 31st day of
a month but the first day of the Interest Period is a day other than the 30th or
31st day of a month,  in which case the month that  includes that last day shall
not be considered to be shortened to a 30-day month,  or (b) the last day of the
Interest  Period is the last day of the  month of  February,  in which  case the
month of February shall not be considered to be lengthened to a 30-day  month));
and
    (v) if "30E/360" or "Eurobond Basis" is specified in the applicable  Pricing
Supplement, the number of days in the Interest Period divided by 360 (the number
of days to be  calculated  on the  basis  of a year of 360 days  with 12  30-day
months,  without regard to the date of the first day or last day of the Interest
Period  unless,  in the case of an Interest  Period ending on the Maturity Date,
the Maturity  Date is the last day of the month of  February,  in which case the
month of February  shall not be considered to be lengthened to a 30-day  month).
(v)  Notification of Rate of Interest and Interest  Amounts The Agent will cause
the Rate of Interest and each Interest  Amount for each Interest  Period and the
relevant  Interest  Payment  Date to be  notified  to the  Issuer  and any stock
exchange on which the relevant Floating Rate Notes or Indexed Interest Notes are
for the time being listed and notice thereof to be published in accordance  with
Condition(129)13  as soon as possible after their  determination but in no event
later than the fourth  London  Business  Day (as defined in  Condition(129)6(c))
thereafter.  Each  Interest  Amount and  Interest  Payment  Date so notified may
subsequently be amended (or appropriate alternative  arrangements made by way of
adjustment)  without  prior notice in the event of an extension or shortening of
the Interest Period.  Any such amendment will be promptly notified to each stock
exchange on which the relevant Floating Rate Notes or Indexed Interest Notes are
for  the  time  being  listed  and  to  the   Noteholders  in  accordance   with
Condition(129)13. (vi) Determination or calculation by Trustee If for any reason
at any  relevant  time the Agent or, as the case may be, the  Calculation  Agent
defaults  in its  obligation  to  determine  the Rate of  Interest  or the Agent
defaults in its obligation to calculate any Interest  Amount in accordance  with
sub-paragraph  (ii)(A) or (B) above or as otherwise  specified in the applicable
Pricing  Supplement,  as the case may be,  and,  in each  case (iv)  above,  the
Trustee  shall  determine  the Rate of Interest at such rate as, in its absolute
discretion (having such regard as it shall think fit to the foregoing provisions
of this Condition, but subject always to any minimum or maximum Rate of Interest
specified  in the  applicable  Pricing  Supplement),  it  shall  deem  fair  and
reasonable  in all the  circumstances  or, as the case may be, the Trustee shall
calculate  the  Interest  Amount(s)  in such  manner  as it shall  deem fair and
reasonable in all the circumstances  and each such  determination or calculation
shall be deemed to have been  made by the  Agent or the  Calculation  Agent,  as
applicable.  (vii)  Certificates to be final All  certificates,  communications,
opinions,   determinations,   calculations,   quotations  and  decisions  given,
expressed, made or obtained for the purposes of the provisions of this Condition
4(b),  whether  by the Agent or, if  applicable,  the  Calculation  Agent or the
Trustee,  shall (in the absence of wilful default,  bad faith or manifest error)
be binding on the Issuer,  the Guarantor,  the Agent, the Calculation  Agent (if
applicable),   the  other  Paying  Agents,  the  Trustee  and  all  Noteholders,
Receiptholders  and Couponholders and (in the absence as aforesaid) no liability
to the  Issuer,  the  Guarantor,  the  Noteholders,  the  Receiptholders  or the
Couponholders shall attach to the Agent or (if applicable) the Calculation Agent
or the Trustee in  connection  with the  exercise or  non-exercise  by it of its
powers,  duties and discretions  pursuant to such provisions.  (c) Dual Currency
Notes In the case of Dual  Currency  Notes,  if the rate or amount  of  interest
falls to be determined by reference to an exchange  rate,  the rate or amount of
interest  payable shall be determined in the manner  specified in the applicable
Pricing  Supplement.  (d)  Partly  Paid  Notes In the case of Partly  Paid Notes
(other than Partly Paid Notes which are Zero Coupon Notes), interest will accrue
as  aforesaid  on the  paid-up  nominal  amount of such Notes and  otherwise  as
specified in the  applicable  Pricing  Supplement.  (e) Accrual of Interest Each
Note (or in the case of the redemption of part only of a Note, that part only of
such Note) will cease to bear interest (if any) from the date for its redemption
unless,  upon due  presentation  thereof,  payment of  principal  is  improperly
withheld or refused. In such event, interest will continue to accrue as provided
in the Trust Deed. 5. Payments (a) Method of Payment Subject as provided below:
    (i) payments in a Specified  Currency other than ECU or U.S. dollars will be
made by transfer to an account in the relevant Specified Currency (which, in the
case of a  payment  in  Japanese  Yen to a  non-resident  of  Japan,  shall be a
non-resident  account)  maintained  by the  payee  with,  or by a cheque in such
Specified  Currency  drawn on, a bank in the principal  financial  centre of the
country of such  Specified  Currency  (which,  if the Specified  Currency is New
Zealand dollars, shall be Auckland);
    (ii)  payments  in ECU will be made by credit or  transfer to an ECU account
    specified by the payee;  and (iii) payments in U.S.  dollars will be made by
    transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee
with a bank  outside  the  United  States  (which  expression,  as  used in this
Condition 5, means the United  States of America,  including  the States and the
District of Columbia,  its territories,  its possessions and other areas subject
to its  jurisdiction),  or by cheque drawn on a United  States bank. In no event
will payment be made by a cheque mailed to an address in the United States or by
transfer to an account maintained by the payee with a bank located in the United
States.  Payments  will be  subject in all cases to any fiscal or other laws and
regulations applicable thereto in the place of payment, but without prejudice to
the  provisions of  Condition(129)7.  References to  "Specified  Currency"  will
include any successor  currency under applicable law. (b) Presentation of Notes,
Receipts and Coupons  Payments of principal in respect of definitive  Notes will
(subject as provided  below) be made in the manner  provided  in  paragraph  (a)
above only against  surrender of definitive  Notes,  and payments of interest in
respect  of  definitive  Notes  will  (subject  as  provided  below)  be made as
aforesaid  only  against  surrender  of Coupons,  in each case at the  specified
office of any Paying Agent outside the United States (which expression,  as used
herein,  means the  United  States of  America  (including  the  States  and the
District of Columbia,  its territories,  its possessions and other areas subject
to its jurisdiction)). Payments of instalments of principal (if any), other than
the final  instalment,  will  (subject as provided  below) be made in the manner
provided in paragraph  (a) above  against  surrender  of the  relevant  Receipt.
Payment of the final instalment will be made in the manner provided in paragraph
(a) above only  against  surrender of the  relevant  Note.  Each Receipt must be
presented for payment of the relevant  instalment  together with the  definitive
Note to which it appertains.  Receipts  presented without the definitive Note to
which they appertain do not constitute valid obligations of the Issuer. Upon the
date on which any definitive Note becomes due and repayable,  unmatured Receipts
(if any) relating  thereto  (whether or not  attached)  shall become void and no
payment shall be made in respect  thereof.  Fixed Rate Notes in definitive  form
(other  than Dual  Currency  Notes or Indexed  Notes)  should be  presented  for
payment  together  with  all  unmatured  Coupons   appertaining  thereto  (which
expression  shall  for this  purpose  include  Coupons  falling  to be issued on
exchange of matured Talons),  failing which the amount of any missing  unmatured
Coupon (or, in the case of payment not being made in full,  the same  proportion
of the amount of such missing  unmatured  Coupon as the sum so paid bears to the
sum due) will be deducted from the sum due for payment. Each amount of principal
so deducted will be paid in the manner mentioned above against  surrender of the
relative missing Coupon at any time before the expiry of 10(129)years  after the
Relevant  Date (as  defined in  Condition(129)7)  in  respect of such  principal
(whether  or  not  such   Coupon   would   otherwise   have  become  void  under
Condition(129)8)  or, if later,  five years  from the date on which such  Coupon
would otherwise have become due, but in no event thereafter. Notwithstanding the
provisions of this  paragraph,  if any such Fixed Rate Notes in definitive  form
should be issued on terms such that, on the presentation for payment of any such
Note without any unmatured  Coupons attached  thereto or surrendered  therewith,
the amount  required by this  paragraph to be deducted would be greater than the
Early Redemption  Amount otherwise due for payment,  then, upon the due date for
redemption of any such Note,  such unmatured  Coupons  (whether or not attached)
shall become void (and no payment shall be made in respect  thereof) as shall be
required so that,  upon  application  of the  provisions  of this  paragraph  in
respect of such Coupons as have not so become void, the amount  required by this
paragraph to be deducted would not be greater than the Early  Redemption  Amount
otherwise  due for payment.  Where the  application  of the  foregoing  sentence
requires some but not all of the unmatured  Coupons relating to a Note to become
void, the relevant Paying Agent shall  determine which unmatured  Coupons are to
become void, and shall select for such purpose  Coupons  maturing on later dates
in preference  to Coupons  maturing on earlier  dates.  Upon any Fixed Rate Note
becoming due and repayable prior to its Maturity Date, all unmatured  Talons (if
any) appertaining thereto will become void and no further Coupons will be issued
in respect thereof. Upon the date on which any Floating Rate Note, Dual Currency
Note or Indexed Note in  definitive  form becomes due and  repayable,  unmatured
Coupons and Talons (if any) relating  thereto  (whether or not  attached)  shall
become void and no payment or, as the case may be,  exchange for further Coupons
shall  be  made in  respect  thereof.  If the due  date  for  redemption  of any
definitive  Note is not an Interest  Payment Date,  interest (if any) accrued in
respect of such Note from (and  including) the preceding  Interest  Payment Date
or, as the case may be, the  Interest  Commencement  Date shall be payable  only
against  surrender of the relevant  definitive  Note.  Payments of principal and
interest  (if any) in  respect  of Notes  represented  by any  global  Note will
(subject as provided below) be made in the manner specified above in relation to
definitive  Notes and otherwise in the manner  specified in the relevant  global
Note against presentation or surrender,  as the case may be, of such global Note
at the  specified  office of any Paying  Agent.  A record of each  payment  made
against  presentation or surrender of such global Note,  distinguishing  between
any  payment of  principal  and any  payment of  interest,  will be made on such
global Note by such Paying Agent and such record  shall be prima facie  evidence
that the payment in question has been made. The holder of a global Note shall be
the only person entitled to receive payments in respect of Notes  represented by
such  global Note and the Issuer or, as the case may be, the  Guarantor  will be
discharged  by payment to, or to the order of, the holder of such global Note in
respect of each  amount so paid.  Each of the  persons  shown in the  records of
Euroclear or Cedel Bank as the beneficial holder of a particular  nominal amount
of Notes  represented by such global Note must look solely to Euroclear or Cedel
Bank,  as the case may be,  for his share of each  payment so made by the Issuer
or, as the case may be, the Guarantor to, or to the order of, the holder of such
global Note.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  if any amount of principal and/or
interest in respect of this Note is payable in U.S.  dollars,  such U.S.  dollar
payments of  principal  and/or  interest in respect of this Note will be made at
the specified office of a Paying Agent in the United States if:
    (i) the Issuer has appointed  Paying Agents with specified  offices  outside
the United States with the reasonable  expectation that such Paying Agents would
be able to make payment in U.S.  dollars at such specified  offices  outside the
United  States of the full amount of principal  and interest on the Notes in the
manner provided above when due;
    (ii) payment of the full amount of such  principal  and interest at all such
specified offices outside the United States is illegal or effectively  precluded
by  exchange  controls  or other  similar  restrictions  on the full  payment or
receipt of principal and interest in U.S. dollars; and
    (iii) such  payment  is then  permitted  under  United  States  law  without
involving,  in  the  opinion  of the  Issuer  and  the  Guarantor,  adverse  tax
consequences to the Issuer or the Guarantor.

(c) Payment in a Component Currency
If any payment of principal or interest in respect of a Note,  Receipt or Coupon
is to be made in ECU and, on the relevant  due date,  the ECU is used neither as
the unit of account of the EC nor as the  currency of the  European  Union,  the
Trustee  shall,  without  liability on its part and without having regard to the
interests of individual  Noteholders,  Receiptholders or Couponholders and after
consultation,  if  practicable,  with the Issuer,  choose a currency which was a
component of the ECU when the ECU was most  recently used as the unit of account
of the EC (the  "chosen  currency")  in which all  payments due on that due date
with respect to such Notes,  Receipts and Coupons  shall be made.  Notice of the
chosen currency selected by the Trustee shall, where  practicable,  be published
in  accordance  with  Condition  13. The amount of each  payment in such  chosen
currency  shall be  computed on the basis of the  equivalent  of the ECU in that
currency,  determined as set out in this  paragraph (c), as of the fourth London
Business Day prior to the date on which such payment is due. For the purposes of
this paragraph (c), the expression "London Business Day" means a day (other than
a Saturday or a Sunday) on which banks and foreign exchange markets are open for
business in London.

Without prejudice to the preceding  paragraph,  on the first London Business Day
from  which the ECU is used  neither as the unit of account of the EC nor as the
currency of the European Union, the Trustee shall, without liability on its part
and  without   having  regard  to  the  interests  of  individual   Noteholders,
Receiptholders or Couponholders and after consultation, if practicable, with the
Issuer, choose a currency which was a component of the ECU when the ECU was most
recently  used as the unit of account of the EC (also the "chosen  currency") in
which all payments with respect to Notes, Receipts and Coupons having a due date
prior thereto but not yet  presented  for payment are to be made.  The amount of
each  payment in such  chosen  currency  shall be  computed  on the basis of the
equivalent of the ECU in that currency,  determined as set out in this paragraph
(c), as of such first  London  Business  Day. The  equivalent  of the ECU in the
relevant  chosen  currency  as of any date  (the  "Day of  Valuation")  shall be
determined on the following basis by the Agent. The component  currencies of the
ECU for this purpose (the "Components") shall be the currency amounts which were
components  of the ECU as of the last date on which the ECU was used as the unit
of account of the EC. The equivalent of the ECU in the chosen  currency shall be
calculated by first  aggregating the U.S. dollar  equivalents of the Components,
and then, using the rate used for determining the U.S. dollar  equivalent of the
Component in the chosen currency as set forth below,  calculating the equivalent
in the chosen currency of such aggregate amount in U.S. dollars. The U.S. dollar
equivalent  of each of the  Components  shall be  determined by the Agent on the
basis of the middle spot delivery  quotations  prevailing at 11.00 a.m.  (London
time) on the Day of Valuation, as obtained by the Agent from one or more leading
banks as  selected  by the Agent in the  country  of issue of the  Component  in
question. If the official unit of any Component is altered by way of combination
or  subdivision,  the  number of units of that  Component  shall be  divided  or
multiplied in the same  proportion.  If two or more Components are  consolidated
into a single currency,  the amounts of those Components shall be replaced by an
amount  in  such  single  currency  equal  to  the  sum of  the  amounts  of the
consolidated  Components expressed in such single currency.  If any Component is
divided  into two or more  currencies,  the  amount of that  Component  shall be
replaced by amounts of such two or more  currencies each of which shall be equal
to the amount of the former  Component  divided by the number of currencies into
which that  Component was divided.  If no direct  quotations are available for a
Component as of a Day of Valuation  from any of the banks  selected by the Agent
for this purpose because foreign  exchange  markets are closed in the country of
issue  of that  Component  or for any  other  reason,  the  most  recent  direct
quotations for that Component obtainable by the Agent shall be used in computing
the  U.S.  dollar  equivalent  of the ECU on such  Day of  Valuation,  provided,
however,  that  such  most  recent  quotations  may be used  only  if they  were
prevailing  in the country of issue of each  Component  not more than two London
Business  Days  before  such Day of  Valuation.  If the most  recent  quotations
obtained  by the Agent are those which were so  prevailing  more than two London
Business Days before such Day of Valuation,  the Agent shall  determine the U.S.
dollar equivalent of such Component on the basis of cross rates derived from the
middle spot  delivery  quotations  for such  Component  and for the U.S.  dollar
prevailing at 11.00 a.m. (London time) on such Day of Valuation,  as obtained by
the Agent from one or more leading banks, as selected by the Agent, in a country
other  than  the  country  of  issue  of such  Component.  If such  most  recent
quotations  obtained  by the Agent are those which were so  prevailing  not more
than two London  Business  Days  before such Day of  Valuation,  the Agent shall
determine  the U.S.  dollar  equivalent  of such  Component on the basis of such
cross rates if it judges that the U.S.  dollar  equivalent so calculated is more
representative  than the U.S. dollar equivalent  calculated on the basis of such
most recent direct  quotations.  If there is more than one market for dealing in
any Component by reason of foreign exchange regulations or for any other reason,
the market to be  referred  to in respect of such  Component  shall be that upon
which a non-resident  issuer of securities  denominated in such Component  would
ordinarily  purchase such Component in order to make payments in respect of such
securities.  All choices and determinations made by the Agent or the Trustee for
the purposes of this paragraph (c) shall be at its sole discretion and shall, in
the absence of manifest error, be conclusive for all purposes and binding on the
Issuer,  the  Guarantor,  all  Noteholders,  Receiptholders  and  Couponholders.
Whenever  a  payment  is to be made in a chosen  currency  as  provided  in this
paragraph (c), such chosen currency shall be deemed to be the Specified Currency
for the purposes of the other  provisions of this  Condition.  From the start of
the third stage of European economic and monetary union, all amounts or payments
in respect of Notes denominated or payable in ECU will be payable in euro at the
rate of one euro for one ECU. This paragraph (c) will not result in a payment in
a Component  in such  circumstances.  (d) Payment Day If the date for payment of
any amount in respect of any Note,  Receipt or Coupon is not a Payment  Day, the
holder thereof shall not be entitled to payment until the next following Payment
Day in the relevant place and shall not be entitled to further interest or other
payment in respect of such delay.  For these  purposes,  "Payment Day" means any
day which is:
    (i) a day on which  commercial  banks and foreign  exchange  markets  settle
payments in the relevant place of presentation;
    (ii)   a Business Day (as defined in Condition 4(b)(i)); and
    (iii) in  relation  to Notes  denominated  or payable in ECU, a day on which
payments  in ECU can be settled  by  commercial  banks and in  foreign  exchange
markets in the place in which the relevant  account for payment is located.  (e)
Interpretation  of  Principal  and  Interest  Any  reference  in these Terms and
Conditions  to principal in respect of the Notes shall be deemed to include,  as
applicable:
    (i) any  additional  amounts  which may be payable with respect to principal
    under Condition 7; (ii) the Final Redemption Amount of the Notes;  (iii) the
    Early Redemption Amount of the Notes; (iv) the Optional Redemption Amount(s)
    (if any) of the Notes;  (v) in relation to Notes  redeemable in instalments,
    the Instalment Amounts; (vi) in relation to Zero Coupon Notes, the Amortised
    Face  Amount;  and (vii) any  premium  and any  other  amounts  which may be
    payable by the Issuer under or in respect of the
Notes.
Any reference in these Terms and  Conditions to interest in respect of the Notes
shall be deemed to include,  as applicable,  any additional  amounts (other than
interest)  which may be payable with respect to interest  under  Condition 7. 6.
Redemption and Purchase (a) At Maturity Unless previously  redeemed or purchased
and  cancelled as specified  below,  each Note will be redeemed by the Issuer at
its Final Redemption  Amount specified in, or determined in the manner specified
in, the applicable  Pricing Supplement in the relevant Specified Currency on the
Maturity  Date.  (b) Redemption for Tax Reasons The Notes may be redeemed at the
option of the  Issuer in  whole,  but not in part,  at any time (if this Note is
neither a Floating  Rate Note nor an Indexed  Interest  Note) or on any Interest
Payment Date (if this Note is either a Floating Rate Note or an Indexed Interest
Note),  on giving  not less  than 30 nor more than 60 days'  notice to the Agent
and, in accordance  with  Condition 13, the  Noteholders  (which notice shall be
irrevocable), if:
    (i) on the occasion of the next payment due under the Notes,  the Issuer has
or will become obliged to pay  additional  amounts as provided or referred to in
Condition 7 or the Guarantor  would be unable for reasons outside its control to
procure  payment by the Issuer and in making payment itself would be required to
pay such  additional  amounts  in each  case as a result  of any  change  in, or
amendment  to, the laws or  regulations  of the United  States of America or any
political  subdivision or any authority  thereof or therein having power to tax,
or any change in the  application  or  official  interpretation  of such laws or
regulations,  which change or amendment  becomes effective on or after the Issue
Date of the first Tranche of the Notes; and
    (ii) such obligation cannot be avoided by the Issuer or, as the case may be,
the Guarantor taking reasonable  measures available to it, provided that no such
notice of  redemption  shall be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest
date on which the Issuer or, as the case may be, the Guarantor  would be obliged
to pay such additional  amounts were a payment in respect of the Notes then due.
Prior to the publication of any notice of redemption pursuant to this Condition,
the Issuer shall deliver to the Agent a  certificate  signed by two Directors of
the Issuer or, as the case may be, two Directors of the  Guarantor  stating that
the Issuer is entitled to effect such  redemption  and setting forth a statement
of facts showing that the conditions  precedent to the right of the Issuer so to
redeem have occurred, and an opinion of independent legal advisers of recognised
standing to the effect that the Issuer or, as the case may be, the Guarantor has
or will become obliged to pay such additional amounts as a result of such change
or  amendment.  In  addition  if the Issuer  or, if  applicable,  the  Guarantor
determines,  based upon a written  opinion of  independent  United  States legal
counsel,  that any payment  made  outside the United  States by the Issuer,  the
Guarantor  or any Paying  Agent of  principal  or interest due in respect of any
Note,  Receipt or Coupon would,  under any present or future laws or regulations
of the United States of America, be subject to any certification, identification
or other information  reporting  requirement of any kind, the effect of which is
the  disclosure  to  the  Issuer,  the  Guarantor,   any  Paying  Agent  or  any
governmental   authority   of  the   nationality,   residence  or  identity  (as
distinguished from, for example,  status as a United States Alien (as defined in
Condition  7)) of a  beneficial  owner of such Note,  Receipt or Coupon who is a
United States Alien the Issuer, at its option, will either (x) redeem the Notes,
in whole but not in part, or (y) if and so long as the conditions of Condition 7
are satisfied, pay the additional amounts specified in Condition 7. The right of
the  Issuer  to  exercise  such  option  will not apply  where  the  requirement
otherwise  giving rise to such option (1) would not be  applicable  to a payment
made by the  Issuer,  the  Guarantor  or any Paying  Agent (i)  directly  to the
beneficial  owner  or  (ii)  to a  custodian,  nominee  or  other  agent  of the
beneficial owner, (2) can be satisfied by such custodian, nominee or other agent
certifying that such beneficial owner is a United States Alien, provided that in
each  case  referred  to in  sub-paragraphs  (1)(ii)  and  (2)  payment  by such
custodian, nominee or agent of such beneficial owner is not otherwise subject to
any such requirement  (other than a requirement which is imposed on a custodian,
nominee or other agent  described  in (4) of this  sentence) or (3) would not be
applicable  to  payment  made by at  least  one  other  Paying  Agent  or (4) is
applicable to a payment to a custodian, nominee or other agent of the beneficial
owner who is a United States person, a controlled foreign corporation for United
States tax purposes, a foreign person 50 per cent. or more of whose gross income
for the 3-year  period  ending with the close of its taxable year  preceding the
year of payment is effectively connected with a United States trade or business,
or is otherwise  related to the United States.  Such  determination and election
will be made as soon as practicable, and the Issuer will promptly publish notice
thereof  (the  "Determination  Notice")  stating  the  effective  date  of  such
certification,  identification  or other  information or reporting  requirement,
whether the Notes shall be redeemed or that the additional  amounts specified in
Condition  7 should  be paid and (if  applicable)  the  last  date by which  the
redemption  of the Notes must take place.  If an election has been made that the
Notes shall be redeemed,  such redemption will take place on such date (being an
Interest  Payment Date if this Note is either a Floating Rate Note or an Indexed
Interest  Note),   not  later  than  one  year  after  the  publication  of  the
Determination  Notice,  as the  Issuer  elects by notice to the  Noteholders  in
accordance  with  Condition  13 at  least 60 days  before  the  date  fixed  for
redemption.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Notes will not be so redeemed if
the Issuer  subsequently  determines,  based on an opinion of independent United
States legal counsel,  no less than 30 days prior to the redemption  date,  that
subsequent payments would not be subject to any such requirement,  in which case
the Issuer will promptly  publish notice of such  determination  and any earlier
redemption  notice  will be revoked  and of no further  effect.  Notes  redeemed
pursuant to this  Condition  6(b) will be  redeemed  at their  Early  Redemption
Amount  referred  to in  paragraph  (e) below  together  (if  appropriate)  with
interest  accrued to (but  excluding) the date of redemption.  (c) Redemption at
the Option of the Issuer If the Issuer is  specified in the  applicable  Pricing
Supplement as having an option to redeem, the Issuer shall, having given:
    (i) not less than 30 nor more than 60 days'  notice  to the  Noteholders  in
    accordance  with  Condition  13;  and (ii) not less than 30 days  before the
    giving of the notice referred to in (i), notice to the Agent;
(which notices shall be irrevocable),  redeem all or some only of the Notes then
outstanding  on any  Optional  Redemption  Date and at the  Optional  Redemption
Amount(s) specified in, or determined in the manner specified in, the applicable
Pricing  Supplement  together,  if  appropriate,  with interest  accrued to (but
excluding) the relevant Optional Redemption Date. Any such redemption must be of
a nominal amount equal to the Minimum  Redemption  Amount or a Higher Redemption
Amount.  In the case of a partial  redemption of Notes, the Notes to be redeemed
("Redeemed Notes") will be selected individually by lot, in the case of Redeemed
Notes  represented  by definitive  Notes,  and in  accordance  with the rules of
Euroclear  and/or Cedel Bank,  in the case of Redeemed  Notes  represented  by a
global Note, not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for redemption  (such
date of selection being hereinafter called the "Selection Date"). In the case of
Redeemed Notes  represented by definitive Notes, a list of the serial numbers of
such Redeemed  Notes will be published in accordance  with Condition 13 not less
than 30 days  prior to the date  fixed for  redemption.  The  aggregate  nominal
amount of Redeemed  Notes  represented  by definitive  Notes shall bear the same
proportion  to the  aggregate  nominal  amount  of  all  Redeemed  Notes  as the
aggregate  nominal amount of definitive Notes outstanding bears to the aggregate
nominal  amount of the Notes  outstanding,  in each case on the Selection  Date,
provided  that such first  mentioned  nominal  amount shall,  if  necessary,  be
rounded   downwards  to  the  nearest   integral   multiple  of  the   Specified
Denomination,  and the aggregate nominal amount of Redeemed Notes represented by
a global Note shall be equal to the balance of the Redeemed  Notes.  No exchange
of the  relevant  global  Note will be  permitted  during  the  period  from and
including  the Selection  Date to and  including  the date fixed for  redemption
pursuant to this  paragraph  (c) and notice to that effect shall be given by the
Issuer to the  Noteholders in accordance with Condition 13 at least 5 days prior
to the Selection Date.
(d) Redemption at the Option of the Noteholders
If the Noteholders are specified in the applicable  Pricing Supplement as having
an option  to  redeem,  upon the  holder  of any Note  giving  to the  Issuer in
accordance  with  Condition  13 not less than 30 nor more  than 60 days'  notice
(which shall be  irrevocable)  the Issuer will,  upon the expiry of such notice,
redeem,  subject  to,  and  in  accordance  with,  the  terms  specified  in the
applicable  Pricing  Supplement,  in whole  (but not in part),  such Note on the
Optional  Redemption Date and at the Optional  Redemption  Amount  together,  if
appropriate,  with interest  accrued to (but excluding) the Optional  Redemption
Date.  If this Note is in  definitive  form,  to  exercise  the right to require
redemption  of this Note the holder of this Note must  deliver  such Note at the
specified office of any Paying Agent at any time during normal business hours of
such  Paying  Agent  falling  within the notice  period,  accompanied  by a duly
completed and signed notice of exercise in the form (for the time being current)
obtainable from any specified office of any Paying Agent (a "Put Notice") and in
which the holder must specify a bank  account  (or, if payment is by cheque,  an
address)  to  which  payment  is to be made  under  this  Condition.  (e)  Early
Redemption  Amounts For the purpose of paragraph  (b) above and Condition 9, the
Notes will be redeemed at the Early Redemption Amount calculated as follows:
    (i) in the case of Notes with a Final  Redemption  Amount equal to the Issue
Price, at the Final Redemption Amount thereof;
    (ii) in the case of Notes  (other  than  Zero  Coupon  Notes  but  including
Instalment Notes and Partly Paid Notes) with a Final Redemption  Amount which is
or may be less or  greater  than  the  Issue  Price or  which  is  payable  in a
Specified  Currency other than that in which the Notes are  denominated,  at the
amount  specified in, or determined in the manner  specified in, the  applicable
Pricing  Supplement  or, if no such  amount or  manner  is so  specified  in the
Pricing Supplement, at their nominal amount; or
    (iii)  in the case of Zero Coupon Notes,  at an amount (the  "Amortised Face
           Amount")  equal to the sum of: (A) the Reference  Price;  and (B) the
           product of the Accrual Yield  (compounded  annually) being applied to
           the Reference Price
from  (and  including)  the Issue  Date to (but  excluding)  the date  fixed for
redemption or (as the case may be) the date upon which such Note becomes due and
repayable.  Where  such  calculation  is to be made for a period  which is not a
whole  number  of  years,  it  shall  be made on the  basis  of a  360-day  year
consisting of 12 months of 30 days each or such other  calculation  basis as may
be specified in the applicable Pricing  Supplement.  (f) Instalments  Instalment
Notes will be redeemed in the Instalment Amounts and on the Instalment Dates. In
the case of early  redemption,  the Early  Redemption  Amount will be determined
pursuant to paragraph (e) above. (g) Partly Paid Notes Partly Paid Notes will be
redeemed, whether at maturity, early redemption or otherwise, in accordance with
the  provisions of this  Condition and the applicable  Pricing  Supplement.  (h)
Purchases The Issuer, the Guarantor or any of its other Subsidiaries (as defined
in the Trust Deed) may at any time purchase Notes (provided that, in the case of
definitive  Notes,  all  unmatured  Receipts,  Coupons  and Talons  appertaining
thereto are  purchased  therewith) at any price in the open market or otherwise.
Such Notes may be held, reissued,  resold or, at the option of the Issuer or the
Guarantor,  surrendered to any Paying Agent for  cancellation.  (i) Cancellation
All Notes which are redeemed  will  forthwith be  cancelled  (together  with all
unmatured Receipts and Coupons attached thereto or surrendered  therewith at the
time of  redemption).  All  Notes  so  cancelled  and the  Notes  purchased  and
cancelled  pursuant to paragraph (h) above (together with all unmatured Receipts
and Coupons  cancelled  therewith) shall be forwarded to the Agent and cannot be
reissued or resold.  (j) Late payment on Zero Coupon Notes If the amount payable
in respect of any Zero  Coupon  Note upon  redemption  of such Zero  Coupon Note
pursuant to  paragraph  (a),  (b), (c) or (d) above or upon its becoming due and
repayable  as provided in  Condition 9 is  improperly  withheld or refused,  the
amount due and repayable in respect of such Zero Coupon Note shall be the amount
calculated  as provided in  paragraph  (e)(iii)  above as though the  references
therein  to the date fixed for the  redemption  or the date upon which such Zero
Coupon Note  becomes due and payable  were  replaced by  references  to the date
which is the earlier of:
    (i) the date on which all  amounts  due in respect of such Zero  Coupon Note
    have been paid;  and (ii) five days after the date on which the full  amount
    of the moneys payable has been received by the
Agent or the Trustee and notice to that effect has been given to the Noteholders
in accordance with Condition 13. 7. Taxation  Subject to certain  exceptions and
limitations  set forth below,  all payments of principal and interest in respect
of the Notes,  Receipts and Coupons by the Issuer or the Guarantor  will be made
without  withholding  or  deduction  for or on account of any  present or future
taxes or  duties of  whatever  nature  imposed  or levied by or on behalf of the
United States of America or any political  subdivision or any authority  thereof
or therein having power to tax unless such  withholding or deduction is required
by law. In such event, the Issuer or, as the case may be, the Guarantor will pay
such  additional  amounts as shall be  necessary  in order that the net  amounts
received by the holders of the Notes, Receipts or Coupons after such withholding
or deduction shall equal the respective  amounts of principal and interest which
would  otherwise  have been  receivable  in respect of the  Notes,  Receipts  or
Coupons,  as the case may be, in the absence of such  withholding  or deduction;
except that no such  additional  amounts  shall be payable  with  respect to any
Note,  Receipt or Coupon as a result of  withholding  or deduction on account of
any one or more of the following:
    (i) any tax or duty  which  would not have been so  imposed  but for (A) the
existence of any present or former connection  between such holder (or between a
fiduciary,  settlor,  or beneficiary  of, or a person holding a power over, such
holder,  if such holder is an estate or a trust,  or a member or  shareholder of
such holder,  if such holder is a partnership or a  corporation)  and the United
States of America including, without limitation, such holder (or such fiduciary,
settlor,  beneficiary,  person holding a power,  member or shareholder) being or
having been a citizen or  resident or treated as a resident  thereof or being or
having  been  engaged in a trade or  business  therein or having had a permanent
establishment  therein,  or (B) such  holder's  present  or  former  status as a
personal  holding  company,  foreign personal holding company or passive foreign
investment  company with respect to the United States of America or a controlled
foreign  corporation or a foreign tax exempt  organisation for United States tax
purposes or as a corporation which  accumulates  earnings to avoid United States
Federal income tax;
    (ii) any tax or duty  which  would  not  have  been so  imposed  but for the
presentation  or  surrender  by the holder of such  Note,  Receipt or Coupon for
payment on a date more than 30 days after the Relevant Date except to the extent
that the holder  thereof  would have been  entitled to an  additional  amount on
presenting the same for payment on such thirtieth day;
    (iii) any estate,  inheritance,  gift, sales,  transfer or personal property
    tax or any  similar  tax or duty;  (iv) any tax or duty which would not have
    been so imposed but for the failure to comply with
certification,   identification  or  other  information  reporting  requirements
concerning the  nationality,  residence,  identity or connection with the United
States of  America of the holder or  beneficial  owner of such Note,  Receipt or
Coupon, if such compliance is required by statute or by regulation of the United
States of  America as a  precondition  of relief or  exemption  from such tax or
duty;
    (v) any tax or duty which is payable  otherwise than by  withholding  from a
payment on a Note, Receipt or Coupon;
    (vi) any tax or duty imposed on a Noteholder,  Receiptholder or Couponholder
that actually or constructively  owns 10 per cent. or more of the total combined
voting  power of all  classes of stock of the Issuer or, as the case may be, the
Guarantor entitled to vote within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3) of the United
States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations thereunder
(the "Code"); or
    (vii)  any combination of items (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi),
nor will additional  amounts be paid with respect to any payment of principal of
or interest on any such Note, Receipt or Coupon to any United States Alien which
is a fiduciary or  partnership or other than the sole  beneficial  owner of such
payment,  to the  extent  that a  beneficiary  or settlor  with  respect to such
fiduciary or a member of such partnership or the beneficial owner would not have
been entitled to the additional amounts had such beneficiary, settlor, member or
beneficial  owner  been the holder of such  Note,  Receipt  or  Coupon.  As used
herein, "United States Alien" means any corporation,  partnership, individual or
fiduciary  that  is,  for  United  States   Federal  tax  purposes,   a  foreign
corporation,  a non-resident  alien  individual,  a non-resident  fiduciary of a
foreign estate or trust, or a foreign  partnership one or more of the members of
which is, for United  States  Federal tax  purposes,  a foreign  corporation,  a
non-resident alien individual or a non-resident fiduciary of a foreign estate or
trust.   Notwithstanding   the  above,  if  and  so  long  as  a  certification,
identification or other  information  reporting  requirement  referred to in the
third  paragraph  of  Condition  6(b) would be fully  satisfied  by payment of a
backup withholding tax or similar charge, the Issuer may elect, by so stating in
the Determination  Notice, to have the following  provisions of this Condition 7
apply in lieu of the  provisions  of the third  paragraph of Condition  6(b). In
such event, the Issuer, failing which, if applicable, the Guarantor, will pay as
additional  amounts  such  amounts as may be necessary so that every net payment
made following the effective date of such requirements outside the United States
of America by it, the Guarantor (if  applicable)  or any of the Paying Agents of
principal or interest due in respect of any Note, Receipt or Coupon of which the
beneficial  owner is a United States Alien (but without any requirement that the
nationality,  residence or identity of such beneficial owner be disclosed to the
Issuer,  any Paying Agent or any governmental  authority),  after withholding or
deduction  for or on account of such backup  withholding  tax or similar  charge
(other than a backup  withholding  tax or similar charge which (1) is the result
of a certification,  identification or other information  reporting  requirement
which  would not be  applicable  in the  circumstances  described  in the fourth
paragraph  of  Condition  6(b)  or  (2) is  imposed  as a  result  of any of the
circumstances  described in paragraph (i), (ii) or (vi) above or any combination
thereof), will not be less than the amount provided for in such Note, Receipt or
Coupon  to be then  due and  payable.  If the  Issuer  or,  if  applicable,  the
Guarantor  elects  to pay  such  additional  amounts  and so long  as  they  are
obligated  to pay the same,  the  Issuer  may  subsequently  redeem the Notes in
accordance  with  Condition  6(b).  As used in these Terms and  Conditions,  the
"Relevant Date" means the date on which a payment in respect of a Note,  Receipt
or Coupon  first  becomes  due,  except  that,  if the full amount of the moneys
payable  has not been duly  received  by the Agent or the Trustee on or prior to
such due date, it means the date on which, the full amount of such moneys having
been so  received,  notice to that  effect is duly given to the  Noteholders  in
accordance with Condition 13. 8.  Prescription  The Notes,  Receipts and Coupons
will become void unless  presented for payment  within a period of  10(129)years
(in the case of  principal)  and five years (in the case of interest)  after the
Relevant Date (as defined in Condition 7) therefor.  There shall not be included
in any  Coupon  sheet  issued on  exchange  of a Talon any  Coupon the claim for
payment  in  respect  of  which  would be void  pursuant  to this  Condition  or
Condition  5(b) or any Talon which would be void pursuant to Condition  5(b). 9.
Events of Default (A)If any one or more of the following  events (each an "Event
of Default")  shall occur and is continuing,  the Trustee at its discretion may,
and if so requested in writing by the holders of at least one quarter in nominal
amount of the Notes  then  outstanding  or if so  directed  by an  Extraordinary
Resolution (as defined in the Trust Deed) of the  Noteholders  shall (subject to
being indemnified to its satisfaction), give notice to the Issuer that the Notes
are, and they shall  thereupon  immediately  become,  due and repayable at their
Early Redemption Amount, together with accrued interest as provided in the Trust
Deed:
    (a) if default is made in the payment of any  principal  or interest  due in
respect of the Notes or any of them and the  default  continues  for a period of
30(129)days in the case of interest; or
    (b) if the Issuer or the  Guarantor  fails to perform or observe  any of its
other obligations under these Terms and Conditions or the Trust Deed and (except
in any case where,  in the opinion of the  Trustee,  the failure is incapable of
remedy when no such  continuation or notice as is hereinafter  mentioned will be
required) the failure continues for the period of 60(129)days next following the
service by the  Trustee on the Issuer or the  Guarantor  (as the case may be) of
notice requiring the same to be remedied; or
    (c) if any  Indebtedness  for Borrowed  Money of the Issuer or the Guarantor
becomes due and repayable  prematurely by reason of an event of default (however
described) or the Issuer or the  Guarantor  fails to make any payment in respect
of any  Indebtedness  for  Borrowed  Money on the due date  for  payment  or any
security given by the Issuer or the Guarantor for any  Indebtedness for Borrowed
Money becomes  enforceable  or if default is made by the Issuer or the Guarantor
in making any payment due under any guarantee  and/or  indemnity  given by it in
relation to any  Indebtedness  for Borrowed  Money of any other person  provided
that no such event  shall  constitute  an Event of Default  unless the  relative
Indebtedness  for  Borrowed  Money either  alone or when  aggregated  with other
Indebtedness for Borrowed Money relative to all (if any) other such events which
shall have occurred shall amount to at least  U.S.$10,000,000 (or its equivalent
in any other currency); or
    (d) the entry of a decree or order for  relief in  respect  of the Issuer or
the Guarantor by a court having  jurisdiction  in the premises in an involuntary
case under the Federal  bankruptcy laws of the United States of America,  as now
or hereafter constituted,  or any other Federal or State bankruptcy,  insolvency
or other similar law, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian,
trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Issuer or the Guarantor
or of any  substantial  part of its  property,  or  ordering  the  winding up or
liquidation  of its  affairs,  and the  continuance  of any such decree or order
unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days; or
    (e) the  commencement  by the Issuer or the  Guarantor  of a voluntary  case
under the Federal  bankruptcy  laws of the United  States of America,  as now or
hereafter  constituted,  or any other  applicable  Federal or State  bankruptcy,
insolvency  or other  similar law, or the consent by it to the entry of an order
for relief in an involuntary  case under any such law or to the appointment of a
receiver,  liquidator,  assignee,  custodian,  trustee,  sequestrator  (or other
similar  official) of the Issuer or the Guarantor or of any substantial  part of
its property, or the making by it of an assignment for the benefit of creditors,
or the admission by it in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as
they become due, or the taking of any corporate  action in furtherance of any of
the  foregoing.  (B) The Trustee may at any time, at its  discretion and without
notice,  take such proceedings against the Issuer and/or the Guarantor as it may
think fit to enforce the provisions of the Trust Deed,  the Notes,  the Receipts
and the Coupons,  but it shall not be bound to take any such  proceedings or any
other  action in  relation  to the Trust Deed,  the Notes,  the  Receipts or the
Coupons unless (a) it shall have been so directed by an Extraordinary Resolution
of the  Noteholders  or so  requested  in  writing  by the  holders  of at least
one-quarter  in nominal amount of the Notes then  outstanding,  and (b) it shall
have been indemnified to its satisfaction;
    (2) No  Noteholder,  Receiptholder  or  Couponholder  shall be  entitled  to
proceed directly against the Issuer or the Guarantor unless the Trustee,  having
become bound so to proceed,  fails so to do within a  reasonable  period and the
failure shall be continuing.  For the purposes of this Condition,  "Indebtedness
for Borrowed  Money"  means any present or future  indebtedness  (whether  being
principal,   premium,   interest  or  other   amounts)  for  or  in  respect  of
(i)(129)money  borrowed,   (ii)(129)liabilities  under  or  in  respect  of  any
acceptance or  acceptance  credit or  (iii)(129)any  notes,  bonds,  debentures,
debenture stock, loan stock or other securities  offered,  issued or distributed
whether by way of public offer,  private placing,  acquisition  consideration or
otherwise and whether issued for cash or in whole or in part for a consideration
other than cash. 10. Replacement of Notes,  Receipts,  Coupons and Talons Should
any  Note,  Receipt,  Coupon or Talon be lost,  stolen,  mutilated,  defaced  or
destroyed,  it may be replaced at the specified office of the Replacement  Agent
upon  payment by the  claimant of such costs and  expenses as may be incurred in
connection  therewith  and on such terms as to  evidence  and  indemnity  as the
Issuer and the Replacement  Agent may reasonably  require.  Mutilated or defaced
Notes, Receipts,  Coupons or Talons must be surrendered before replacements will
be issued.  11. Agent and Paying  Agents The names of the initial  Agent and the
other  initial  Paying Agents and their  initial  specified  offices are set out
below.  The  Issuer  and the  Guarantor  are  entitled,  with the prior  written
approval of the Trustee,  to vary or  terminate  the  appointment  of any Paying
Agent and/or appoint additional or other Paying Agents and/or approve any change
in the specified office through which any Paying Agent acts, provided that:
    (i) so long as the Notes are listed on any stock exchange, there will at all
times be a Paying Agent with a specified office in such place as may be required
by the rules and regulations of the relevant stock exchange;
    (ii) there will at all times be a Paying Agent with a specified  office in a
city approved by the Trustee in continental Europe; and
    (iii)  there will at all times be an Agent.
In addition, the Issuer and the Guarantor shall forthwith appoint a Paying Agent
having a specified office in New York City in the circumstances described in the
final  paragraph of Condition 5(b). Any variation,  termination,  appointment or
change  shall only take effect  (other than in the case of  insolvency,  when it
shall be of  immediate  effect)  after  not less  than 30 nor more than 45 days'
prior notice thereof shall have been given to the Noteholders in accordance with
Condition 13. 12.  Exchange of Talons On and after the Interest  Payment Date on
which the final Coupon comprised in any Coupon sheet matures, the Talon (if any)
forming part of such Coupon sheet may be surrendered at the specified  office of
the Agent or any other  Paying  Agent in  exchange  for a further  Coupon  sheet
including  (if such  further  Coupon  sheet  does not  include  Coupons  to (and
including) the final date for the payment of interest due in respect of the Note
to which it appertains) a further Talon,  subject to the provisions of Condition
8. 13.  Notices All notices  regarding  the Notes  shall be  published  (i) in a
leading English  language daily newspaper of general  circulation in London and,
(ii)  if and for so  long  as the  Notes  are  listed  on the  Luxembourg  Stock
Exchange, a daily newspaper of general circulation in Luxembourg and (in respect
of any Notes listed on the Paris Bourse (so long as that exchange  requires)) in
a French  language  daily  newspaper  of  general  circulation  in Paris.  It is
expected  that  such  publication  will be made  in the  Financial(129)Times  in
London,  the Luxemburger  Wort in Luxembourg and Les Echos in Paris.  The Issuer
shall also ensure that notices are duly  published  in a manner  which  complies
with the rules and  regulations  of any other stock  exchange on which the Notes
are for the time being listed. Any such notice will be deemed to have been given
on the date of the first  publication or, where required to be published in more
than one newspaper,  on the date of the first publication in each such newspaper
or, where published in such newspapers on different dates, the last date of such
first publication.  If publication as provided above is not practicable,  notice
will be given in such  other  manner  and shall be deemed to have been  given on
such date, as the Trustee may approve. Receiptholders and Couponholders shall be
deemed for all  purposes to have notice of the  contents of any notice  given to
Noteholders  in  accordance  with  this  Condition.  Except in the case of Notes
listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, until such time as any definitive Notes
are issued,  there may (provided  that, in the case of Notes listed on any stock
exchange  other  than the  Luxembourg  Stock  Exchange,  the rules of such stock
exchange so permit),  so long as the global  Note(s) is or are held in its/their
entirety  on behalf  of  Euroclear  and  Cedel  Bank,  be  substituted  for such
publication  in  such  newspaper(s)  the  delivery  of the  relevant  notice  to
Euroclear and Cedel Bank for communication by them to the Noteholders.  Any such
notice shall be deemed to have been given to the  Noteholders on the seventh day
after the day on which the said  notice was given to  Euroclear  and Cedel Bank.
Notices to be given by any  Noteholder  shall be in writing and given by lodging
the same,  together with the relative Note or Notes, with the Agent.  Whilst any
of the Notes is  represented  by a global Note,  such notice may be given by any
Noteholder to the Agent via Euroclear  and/or Cedel Bank, as the case may be, in
such manner as the Agent and  Euroclear  and/or Cedel Bank,  as the case may be,
may approve for this purpose.  14.  Meetings of  Noteholders,  Modification  and
Waiver  The  Trust  Deed  contains  provisions  for  convening  meetings  of the
Noteholders  to consider any matter  affecting  their  interests,  including the
sanctioning  by  Extraordinary  Resolution of a modification  of the Notes,  the
Receipts, the Coupons or any of the provisions of the Trust Deed. Such a meeting
may be convened by the Issuer or the  Guarantor  or by  Noteholders  holding not
less than  five per  cent.  in  nominal  amount of the Notes for the time  being
remaining   outstanding.   The  quorum  at  any  such  meeting  for  passing  an
Extraordinary Resolution is one or more persons holding or representing not less
than a clear  majority  in  nominal  amount  of the  Notes  for the  time  being
outstanding,  or  at  any  adjourned  meeting  one  or  more  persons  being  or
representing  Noteholders  whatever  the nominal  amount of the Notes so held or
represented,  except  that at any meeting the  business  of which  includes  the
modification  of certain  provisions  of the Notes,  Receipts  or Coupons or the
Trust Deed  (including  modifying  the date of maturity of the Notes or any date
for payment of interest thereon,  reducing or cancelling the amount of principal
or the rate of interest payable in respect of the Notes or altering the currency
of payment of the Notes,  Receipts or Coupons),  the quorum shall be one or more
persons  holding or  representing  not less than two-thirds in nominal amount of
the Notes for the time being  outstanding,  or at any adjourned such meeting one
or more  persons  holding or  representing  not less than  one-third  in nominal
amount of the Notes for the time being outstanding.  An Extraordinary Resolution
passed  at  any  meeting  of  the  Noteholders  shall  be  binding  on  all  the
Noteholders,  whether  or  not  they  are  present  at the  meeting,  and on all
Receiptholders and Couponholders.  The Trustee may agree, without the consent of
the Noteholders,  Receiptholders or Couponholders,  to any modification (subject
to certain  exceptions) of, or to the waiver or  authorisation  of any breach or
proposed  breach of, any of these Terms and  Conditions or any of the provisions
of the Trust Deed, or determine, without any such consent as aforesaid, that any
Event of Default or  Potential  Event of Default  (as defined in the Trust Deed)
shall not be treated as such,  which in any such case is not,  in the opinion of
the Trustee,  materially  prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders or may
agree, without any such consent as aforesaid,  to any modification which is of a
formal,  minor or  technical  nature or to  correct a manifest  error.  Any such
modification  shall be binding on the Noteholders,  the  Receiptholders  and the
Couponholders  and, unless the Trustee otherwise  agrees,  any such modification
shall be notified to the  Noteholders in accordance with Condition 13 as soon as
practicable  thereafter.  In  connection  with the  exercise by it of any of its
trusts, powers, authorities and discretions (including,  without limitation, any
modification,  waiver,  authorisation or determination),  the Trustee shall have
regard to the general interests of the Noteholders as a class but shall not have
regard to any  interests  arising from  circumstances  particular  to individual
Noteholders,  Receiptholders  or  Couponholders  (whatever their number) and, in
particular but without limitation,  shall not have regard to the consequences of
any such exercise for individual  Noteholders,  Receiptholders  or Couponholders
(whatever their number)  resulting from their being for any purpose domiciled or
resident in, or otherwise connected with, or subject to the jurisdiction of, any
particular territory or any political sub-division thereof and the Trustee shall
not  be  entitled  to  require,  nor  shall  any  Noteholder,  Receiptholder  or
Couponholder be entitled to claim, from the Issuer,  the Guarantor,  the Trustee
or any other  person  any  indemnification  or  payment  in  respect  of any tax
consequence of any such exercise upon  individual  Noteholders or  Couponholders
except to the extent already  provided for in Condition 7 and/or any undertaking
given in addition to, or in substitution for,  Condition 7 pursuant to the Trust
Deed.  15.  Further  Issues  The Issuer  shall be at  liberty  from time to time
without the  consent of the  Noteholders,  Receiptholders  or  Couponholders  to
create and issue further notes having terms and conditions the same as the Notes
or the same in all respects save for the amount and date of the first payment of
interest  thereon and so that the same shall be  consolidated  and form a single
Series  with the  outstanding  Notes.  The Trust Deed  contains  provisions  for
convening a single meeting of the  Noteholders and the holders of Notes of other
Series where the Trustee so decides. 16.  Consolidation,  Merger and Transfer of
Assets The Trust Deed  provides  that neither the Issuer nor the  Guarantor  may
consolidate  with,  or merge  into,  any  corporation,  or  transfer  its assets
substantially  as an  entirety  to  any  person,  unless  (a)(129)the  successor
corporation  or  transferee  assumes  the  Issuer's  or, as the case may be, the
Guarantor's  obligations  in respect of the Notes,  the Receipts and the Coupons
and under the Trust Deed,  (b) after giving effect to the relevant  transaction,
no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default (as defined in the Trust Deed)
shall have occurred and be continuing and  (c)(129)certain  other conditions set
out in the Trust Deed are complied  with.  17.  Redenomination  and Exchange (a)
Redenomination  Where  redenomination  is  specified in the  applicable  Pricing
Supplement  as being  applicable,  the Issuer  may,  without  the consent of the
Noteholders, the Receiptholders and the Couponholders, on giving prior notice to
the  Trustee,  the Agent,  Euroclear  and Cedel Bank and at least 30 days' prior
notice to the  Noteholders  in accordance  with  Condition 13, elect that,  with
effect from the Redenomination  Date specified in the notice, the Notes shall be
redenominated in euro. The election will have effect as follows:
    (i) each Specified  Denomination  and, in the case of Fixed Rate Notes, each
amount of interest  specified on the Coupons will be deemed to be such amount of
euro as is  equivalent  to its  denomination  or the amount so  specified in the
Specified  Currency at the  Established  Rate,  rounded down to the nearest euro
0.01;
    (ii) after the  Redenomination  Date,  all payments in respect of the Notes,
the  Receipts  and the  Coupons  other than  payments  of interest in respect of
periods commencing before the  Redenomination  Date, will be made solely in euro
as  though  references  in the  Notes to the  Specified  Currency  were to euro.
Payments  will be made in euro by credit or transfer  to a euro  account (or any
other  account to which euro may be credited or  transferred)  specified  by the
payee or, at the option of the payee, by a euro cheque;
    (iii) paragraph (B) of the  definition of Business Day in Condition  4(b)(i)
        shall read as  follows:  "either (1) in relation to any sum payable in a
        Specified Currency other than euro, a day on which
commercial  banks and foreign  exchange markets settle payments in the principal
financial  centre of the country of the  relevant  Specified  Currency (if other
than  London and any  Additional  Business  Centre and which,  if the  Specified
Currency is New Zealand  dollars,  shall be  Auckland) or (2) in relation to any
sum payable in euro, a day on which the TARGET System is open.";
    (iv) if the Notes are Fixed Rate Notes and interest for any period ending on
or after the  Redenomination  Date is required to be calculated  for a period of
less than one year,  it will be  calculated on the basis of the actual number of
days elapsed divided by 365 (or, if any of the days elapsed fall in a leap year,
the sum of (i) the  number of those days  falling in a leap year  divided by 366
and (ii) the number of those days falling in a non-leap year divided by 365);
    (v) if the Notes are Floating Rate Notes the applicable  Pricing  Supplement
specifies any relevant changes to the provisions relating to interest; and
    (vi) such other changes  shall be made to these Terms and  Conditions as the
Issuer may decide, with the prior written approval of the Trustee and the Agent,
and as may be  specified  in the notice,  to conform  them to  conventions  then
applicable  to  instruments  denominated  in euro or to  enable  the Notes to be
consolidated  with one or more issues of other notes,  whether or not originally
denominated  in the Specified  Currency or euro. Any such other changes will not
take effect until after they have been notified to the Noteholders in accordance
with  Condition 13. (b) Exchange  Where  exchange is specified in the applicable
Pricing  Supplement as being applicable,  the Issuer may, without the consent of
the  Noteholders,  the  Receiptholders  and the  Couponholders,  on giving prior
notice to the Trustee,  the Agent,  and if applicable,  Euroclear and Cedel Bank
and not less than 30 days' prior notice to the  Noteholders  in accordance  with
Condition 13, elect that, with effect from the Redenomination  Date specified in
the  notice,  the  Notes  shall  be  exchangeable  for  Notes  expressed  to  be
denominated  in euro in  accordance  with such  arrangements  as the  Issuer may
decide, with the prior written approval of the Trustee,  and as may be specified
in the notice, including arrangements under which Receipts and Coupons unmatured
at the date so specified  become void. (c)  Definitions In this  Condition,  the
following expressions have the following meanings:  "Established Rate" means the
rate for the conversion of the Specified  Currency  (including  compliance  with
rules relating to roundings in accordance  with  applicable  European  Community
regulations) into euro established by the Council of the European Union pursuant
to Article 109l(4) of the Treaty;  "euro" means the currency to be introduced at
the start of the third stage of European economic and monetary union pursuant to
the  Treaty;  "Redenomination  Date"  means  a  date  (which,  in  the  case  of
interest-bearing Notes, shall be a date for payment of interest under the Notes)
specified  by the  Issuer in the notice  given to the  Noteholders  pursuant  to
paragraph  (a) or,  as the case may be,  (b) above  which  falls on or after the
start of the third stage of European economic and monetary union pursuant to the
Treaty or, if the country of the Specified  Currency is not one of the countries
then  participating in such third stage, which falls on or after such later date
as it  does  so  participate;  and  "TARGET  system"  means  the  Trans-European
Automated  Real-Time Gross  Settlement  Express Transfer  (TARGET)  System.  18.
Indemnification  of(129)the  Trustee and its contracting with the Issuer and the
Guarantor  The Trust Deed contains  provisions  for the  indemnification  of the
Trustee and for its relief from  responsibility,  including provisions relieving
it from taking action unless  indemnified  to its  satisfaction.  The Trust Deed
also contains provisions pursuant to which the Trustee is entitled,  inter alia,
(i)(129)to enter into business transactions with the Issuer and/or the Guarantor
and/or any of the Guarantor's  other  Subsidiaries and to act as trustee for the
holders of any other  securities  issued or  guaranteed  by, or relating to, the
Issuer and/or the Guarantor  and/or any of the Guarantor's  other  Subsidiaries,
(ii)(129)to  exercise and enforce its rights,  comply with its  obligations  and
perform its duties under or in relation to any such transactions or, as the case
may be, any such trusteeship without regard to the interests of, or consequences
for, the Noteholders,  Receiptholders or Couponholders,  and (iii) to retain and
not be liable to  account  for any  profit  made or any other  amount or benefit
received thereby or in connection therewith. 19. Governing law and submission to
jurisdiction  (a)The  Trust Deed,  the Notes,  the  Receipts and the Coupons are
governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with,  English law. (b)Each of
the Issuer and the  Guarantor  has in the Trust Deed agreed,  for the  exclusive
benefit  of  the  Trustee,   the  Noteholders,   the   Receiptholders   and  the
Couponholders  that the courts of England are to have jurisdiction to settle any
disputes which may arise out of or in connection with the Trust Deed, the Notes,
the  Receipts  and/or  the  Coupons  and that  accordingly  any suit,  action or
proceedings  (together  referred  to  as  "Proceedings")  arising  out  of or in
connection  with the Trust Deed, the Notes,  the Receipts and/or the Coupons may
be brought in such courts. Each of the Issuer and the Guarantor has in the Trust
Deed irrevocably  waived any objection which it may have now or hereafter to the
laying of the venue of any such Proceedings in any such court and any claim that
any such Proceedings  have been brought in an inconvenient  forum and has in the
Trust Deed further  irrevocably  agreed that a judgment in any such  Proceedings
brought in the English courts shall be conclusive and binding upon it and may be
enforced  in the courts of any other  jurisdiction.  Nothing  contained  in this
Condition  shall limit any right to take  Proceedings  against the Issuer or the
Guarantor in any other court of competent jurisdiction,  nor shall the taking of
Proceedings in one or more  jurisdictions  preclude the taking of Proceedings in
any other jurisdiction,  whether concurrently or not. Each of the Issuer and the
Guarantor has in the Trust Deed appointed Clifford Chance Secretaries Limited at
its registered office (being at 1st May, 1998 at 200 Aldersgate  Street,  London
EC1A 4JJ) as its agent for service of process, and undertaken that, in the event
of  Clifford  Chance  Secretaries  Limited  ceasing  so to act or  ceasing to be
registered in England,  it will appoint  another person as its agent for service
of process in England in respect of any Proceedings. Nothing herein shall affect
the right to serve  proceedings  in any other  manner  permitted  by law. USE OF
PROCEEDS The net proceeds from each issue of Notes will be applied by the Issuer
for its general corporate purposes.





<PAGE>



                                                     AGENT

                                             Bankers Trust Company
                                                1 Appold Street
                                                   Broadgate
                                                London EC2A 2HE



                                              OTHER PAYING AGENTS

             Bankers Trust Luxembourg S.A.                Swiss Bank Corporation
              14 boulevard F.D. Roosevelt                      Paradeplatz 6
                   L-2450 Luxembourg                          CH-8010 Zurich



<PAGE>


                               THE SECOND SCHEDULE


       FORMS OF GLOBAL AND DEFINITIVE NOTES, RECEIPTS, COUPONS AND TALONS

                                     PART I

                          FORM OF TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE

[ANY UNITED STATES PERSON (AS DEFINED IN THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF THE UNITED
STATES)  WHO HOLDS THIS  OBLIGATION  WILL BE SUBJECT  TO  LIMITATIONS  UNDER THE
UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAWS,  INCLUDING THE  LIMITATIONS  PROVIDED IN SECTIONS
165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.]1

[BY ACCEPTING THIS OBLIGATION, THE HOLDER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT
A UNITED  STATES  PERSON  (OTHER THAN AN EXEMPT  RECIPIENT  DESCRIBED IN SECTION
6049(b)(4) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF THE UNITED STATES AND THE REGULATIONS
THEREUNDER) AND THAT IT IS NOT ACTING FOR OR ON BEHALF OF A UNITED STATES PERSON
(OTHER THAN AN EXEMPT RECIPIENT  DESCRIBED IN SECTION 6049(b)(4) OF THE INTERNAL
REVENUE CODE AND THE REGULATIONS THEREUNDER).]2

[THIS NOTE CONSTITUTES [COMMERCIAL PAPER/[A SHORTER/LONGER] TERM DEBT SECURITY]3
ISSUED IN ACCORDANCE  WITH  REGULATIONS  MADE UNDER SECTION 4 OF THE BANKING ACT
1987.  THE ISSUER OF THIS NOTE IS NOT AN  AUTHORISED  INSTITUTION  OR A EUROPEAN
AUTHORISED  INSTITUTION  (AS SUCH  TERMS ARE  DEFINED  IN THE  BANKING  ACT 1987
(EXEMPT TRANSACTIONS)  REGULATIONS 1997). REPAYMENT OF THE PRINCIPAL AND PAYMENT
OF ANY INTEREST OR PREMIUM IN CONNECTION  WITH THIS NOTE HAS BEEN  GUARANTEED BY
COUNTRYWIDE CREDIT INDUSTRIES,  INC. WHICH IS NOT AN AUTHORISED INSTITUTION OR A
EUROPEAN AUTHORISED INSTITUTION.]4

                           COUNTRYWIDE HOME LOANS INC.
                                 (the "Issuer")
         (incorporated with limited liability in the State of New York)

                  Unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by
                       COUNTRYWIDE CREDIT INDUSTRIES, INC.
         (incorporated with limited liability in the State of Delaware)



                                             TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE

This Note is a Temporary  Global Note in respect of a duly  authorised  issue of
Notes of the Issuer (the "Notes") of the Nominal Amount, Specified Currency(ies)
and  Specified  Denomination(s)  as  are  specified  in the  Pricing  Supplement
applicable to the Notes (the "Pricing  Supplement"),  a copy of which is annexed
hereto. References herein to the Conditions shall be to the Terms and Conditions
of the Notes as set out in the First  Schedule  to the  Trust  Deed (as  defined
below) as supplemented,  replaced and modified by the Pricing Supplement but, in
the event of any conflict  between the provisions of the said Conditions and the
information  in the Pricing  Supplement,  the Pricing  Supplement  will prevail.
Words and  expressions  defined in the  Conditions  shall bear the same meanings
when used in this Global Note.  This Global Note is issued  subject to, and with
the  benefit  of, the  Conditions  and a Trust Deed (such Trust Deed as modified
and/or  supplemented  and/or restated from time to time, the "Trust Deed") dated
1st May, 1998 and made between the Issuer,  Countrywide Credit Industries,  Inc.
as guarantor and Bankers  Trustee  Company Limited as trustee for the holders of
the Notes.

The Issuer,  subject as  hereinafter  provided and subject to and in  accordance
with the Conditions and the Trust Deed,  promises to pay to the bearer hereof on
each  Instalment  Date (if the Notes are  repayable in  instalments)  and on the
Maturity  Date  and/or  on  such  earlier  date(s)  as all  or any of the  Notes
represented by this Global Note may become due and repayable in accordance  with
the  Conditions  and the Trust Deed,  the amount payable under the Conditions in
respect  of such  Notes on each  such date and to pay  interest  (if any) on the
nominal  amount of the Notes from time to time  represented  by this Global Note
calculated and payable as provided in the Conditions and the Trust Deed together
with any other  sums  payable  under the  Conditions  and the Trust  Deed,  upon
presentation  and, at maturity,  surrender of this Global Note at the  specified
office of the Agent at 1 Appold Street,  Broadgate,  London EC2A 2HE, England or
such other  specified  office as may be specified for this purpose in accordance
with the Conditions or at the specified office of any of the other Paying Agents
located outside the United States,  its  territories and possessions  (except as
provided in the Conditions) from time to time appointed by the Issuer in respect
of the Notes.  On any  redemption or payment of an instalment or interest  being
made  in  respect  of,  or  purchase  and  cancellation  of,  any of  the  Notes
represented by this Global Note details of such  redemption,  payment,  purchase
and  cancellation  (as the case may be) shall be  entered by or on behalf of the
Issuer in Schedule  One hereto and the  relevant  space in  Schedule  One hereto
recording any such redemption,  payment,  purchase and cancellation (as the case
may be) shall be signed by or on behalf of the Issuer. Upon any such redemption,
payment of an instalment,  purchase and  cancellation the nominal amount of this
Global  Note and the Notes  represented  by this Global Note shall be reduced by
the nominal  amount of such Notes so redeemed or purchased  and cancelled or the
amount of such  instalment.  The nominal amount from time to time of this Global
Note  and of the  Notes  represented  by this  Global  Note  following  any such
redemption, payment of an instalment,  purchase and cancellation as aforesaid or
any  exchange as referred  to below  shall be the nominal  amount most  recently
entered in the  relevant  column in Part II, III or IV of Schedule One hereto or
in Schedule Two hereto.

Payments of principal  and interest (if any) due prior to the Exchange  Date (as
defined  below) will only be made to the bearer  hereof to the extent that there
is  presented  to the Agent by Cedel Bank,  societe  anonyme  ("Cedel  Bank") or
Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York,  Brussels office,  as operator of the
Euroclear System ("Euroclear") a certificate in or substantially in the form set
out in Part VII of the Second  Schedule  to the Trust Deed to the effect that it
has received  from or in respect of a person  entitled to a  particular  nominal
amount of the Notes  represented by this Global Note (as shown by its records) a
certificate in or  substantially  in the form of  Certificate  "A" as set out in
Part VII of the Second  Schedule  to the Trust  Deed.  The bearer of this Global
Note will not (unless upon due  presentation  of this Global Note for  exchange,
delivery of the appropriate number of Definitive Notes (together, if applicable,
with the Receipts,  Coupons and Talons appertaining  thereto in or substantially
in the forms set out in Parts III,  IV, V and VI of the Second  Schedule  to the
Trust Deed) or, as the case may be, issue and delivery  (or, as the case may be,
endorsement) of the Permanent Global Note is improperly  withheld or refused and
such  withholding  or refusal is  continuing  at the relevant  payment  date) be
entitled to receive any payment hereon due on or after the Exchange Date.

On or after  the date (the  "Exchange  Date")  which is 40 days  after the Issue
Date,  this  Global Note may be  exchanged  (free of charge) in whole or in part
for, as specified in the Pricing  Supplement,  either  Definitive  Notes and (if
applicable)  Receipts,  Coupons  and/or  Talons  (on  the  basis  that  all  the
appropriate  details have been included on the face of such Definitive Notes and
(if  applicable)  Receipts,  Coupons and/or Talons and the relevant  information
supplementing,  replacing or modifying the  Conditions  appearing in the Pricing
Supplement  has been  endorsed  on or attached  to such  Definitive  Notes) or a
Permanent  Global Note in or substantially in the form set out in Part II of the
Second Schedule to the Trust Deed (together with the Pricing Supplement attached
thereto)  upon notice being given by  Euroclear  and/or Cedel Bank acting on the
instructions  of any holder of an interest in this Global Note and  subject,  in
the case of  Definitive  Notes,  to such notice  period as is  specified  in the
Pricing Supplement.  If Definitive Notes and (if applicable)  Receipts,  Coupons
and/or Talons have already been issued in exchange for all the Notes represented
for the time being by the Permanent  Global Note, then this Global Note may only
thereafter  be exchanged  for  Definitive  Notes and (if  applicable)  Receipts,
Coupons and/or Talons pursuant to the terms hereof.  Presentation of this Global
Note for  exchange  shall be made by the bearer  hereof on any day (other than a
Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for business in London at the office
of the Agent specified  above. The Issuer shall procure that Definitive Notes or
(as the case may be) the Permanent  Global Note shall be so issued and delivered
in exchange  for only that portion of this Global Note in respect of which there
shall have been  presented to the Agent by Euroclear or Cedel Bank a certificate
in or  substantially  in the form set out in Part VII of the Second  Schedule to
the Trust Deed to the effect that it has received from or in respect of a person
entitled to a particular  nominal amount of the Notes represented by this Global
Note (as shown by its records) a certificate in or  substantially in the form of
Certificate "A" as set out in Part VII of the Second Schedule to the Trust Deed.
On an  exchange  of the whole of this  Global  Note,  this  Global Note shall be
surrendered  to the Agent.  On an  exchange  of part only of this  Global  Note,
details  of such  exchange  shall be  entered  by or on behalf of the  Issuer in
Schedule Two hereto and the relevant space in Schedule Two hereto recording such
exchange  shall be signed by or on behalf of the Issuer,  whereupon  the nominal
amount of this Global Note and the Notes  represented  by this Global Note shall
be  reduced by the  nominal  amount of this  Global  Note so  exchanged.  On any
exchange  of this  Global  Note for a  Permanent  Global  Note,  details of such
exchange  shall be entered by or on behalf of the Issuer in Schedule  Two to the
Permanent  Global Note and the relevant space in Schedule Two thereto  recording
such exchange shall be signed by or on behalf of the Issuer.

Until the  exchange of the whole of this Global  Note as  aforesaid,  the bearer
hereof shall (subject as provided in the next paragraph) in all respects (except
as otherwise provided herein) be entitled to the same benefits as if he were the
bearer of Definitive Notes and the relative Receipts,  Coupons and/or Talons (if
any) in the form(s) set out in Parts III,  IV, V and VI (as  applicable)  of the
Second Schedule to the Trust Deed.

Each person (other than Euroclear or Cedel Bank) who is for the time being shown
in the records of Euroclear or Cedel Bank as the holder of a particular  nominal
amount  of the Notes  represented  by this  Global  Note (in  which  regard  any
certificate  or other  document  issued  by  Euroclear  or Cedel  Bank as to the
nominal  amount of such Notes  standing  to the  account of any person  shall be
conclusive  and binding  for all  purposes  save in the case of manifest  error)
shall be treated by the  Issuer,  the  Trustee,  the Agent and any other  Paying
Agent as the holder of such nominal  amount of such Notes for all purposes other
than with  respect to the payment of  principal  and  interest  on such  nominal
amount of such Notes, the right to which shall be vested, as against the Issuer,
solely in the bearer of this Global Note in  accordance  with and subject to the
terms of this Global Note and the Trust Deed.

This Global Note is governed  by, and shall be  construed  in  accordance  with,
English law.

This  Global  Note shall not be valid  unless  authenticated  by  Bankers  Trust
Company as Agent.

IN WITNESS  whereof the Issuer has caused this Global Note to be signed manually
or in facsimile by two persons duly authorised on its behalf.

COUNTRYWIDE HOME LOANS, INC.

By: .....................................................              By:
 .....................................................
      Duly Authorised             Duly Authorised


Authenticated by
Bankers Trust Company
as Agent.


By: .....................................................
             Authorised Officer



<PAGE>


                                                 Schedule One

                                                    PART I

                                               INTEREST PAYMENTS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                    <C>                   <C>                    <C>                   <C>  
                                                                                          Confirmation of
                                                                                           payment by or on   
                       Interest Payment      Total amount of        Amount of interest    behalf of the Issuer
Date made               Date                  interest payable       paid



</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                    PART II

                                         PAYMENT OF INSTALMENT AMOUNTS

                                                                Remaining nominal
                                                                amount of this Global
                Total amount of         Amount of Instalment    Note following such     Confirmation of
                Instalment Amounts      Amounts paid            payment *               payment by or on
Date made       payable                                                                 behalf of the Issuer
<S>             <C>                     <C>                     <C>                     <C>    

========        ==============          ==============          ==============          ==============
========        ==============          ==============          ==============          ==============
========        ==============          ==============          ==============          ==============
========        ==============          ==============          ==============          ==============
========        ==============          ==============          ==============          ==============
========        ==============          ==============          ==============          ==============
========        ==============          ==============          ==============          ==============
========        ==============          ==============          ==============          ==============
========        ==============          ==============          ==============          ==============
========        ==============          ==============          ==============          ==============
========        ==============          ==============          ==============          ==============
========        ==============          ==============          ==============          ==============
========        ==============          ==============          ==============          ==============
========        ==============          ==============          ==============          ==============
========        ==============          ==============          ==============          ==============
========        ==============          ==============          ==============          ==============
========        ==============          ==============          ==============          ==============

</TABLE>

* See  most  recent  entry  in Part II,  III or IV or  Schedule  Two in order to
determine this amount.


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                   PART III

                                                  REDEMPTIONS


                                                         Remaining nominal
                 Total amount                            amount of this Global     Confirmation of redemption
Date             of principal      Amount of             Note following such       by or on behalf of the Issuer
made             payable           principal paid        redemption*

<S>              <C>               <C>                   <C>                        <C>    
=========        ===========       =============         =================          ===================
=========        ===========       =============         =================          ===================
=========        ===========       =============         =================          ===================
=========        ===========       =============         =================          ===================
=========        ===========       =============         =================          ===================
=========        ===========       =============         =================          ===================
=========        ===========       =============         =================          ===================
=========        ===========       =============         =================          ===================
=========        ===========       =============         =================          ===================
=========        ===========       =============         =================          ===================
=========        ===========       =============         =================          ===================
=========        ===========       =============         =================          ===================
=========        ===========       =============         =================          ===================
=========        ===========       =============         =================          ===================
=========        ===========       =============         =================          ===================
=========        ===========       =============         =================          ===================
=========        ===========       =============         =================          ===================
- ---------        -----------       -------------         -----------------          -------------------

</TABLE>

* See  most  recent  entry  in Part II,  III or IV or  Schedule  Two in order to
determine this amount.


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                    PART IV

                                          PURCHASES AND CANCELLATIONS


                           Remaining nominal amount of
                  Part of nominal amount of      this Global Note following      Confirmation of purchase and
Date              this Global Note purchased     such purchase and               cancellation by or on behalf
made              and cancelled                  cancellation*                   of the Issuer

<S>               <C>                            <C>                             <C>    
=========         ====================           ====================            ====================
=========         ====================           ====================            ====================
=========         ====================           ====================            ====================
=========         ====================           ====================            ====================
=========         ====================           ====================            ====================
=========         ====================           ====================            ====================
=========         ====================           ====================            ====================
=========         ====================           ====================            ====================
=========         ====================           ====================            ====================
=========         ====================           ====================            ====================
=========         ====================           ====================            ====================
=========         ====================           ====================            ====================
=========         ====================           ====================            ====================
=========         ====================           ====================            ====================
=========         ====================           ====================            ====================
=========         ====================           ====================            ====================
=========         ====================           ====================            ====================
=========         ====================           ====================            ====================
</TABLE>


* See  most  recent  entry  in Part II,  III or IV or  Schedule  Two in order to
determine this amount.


<PAGE>


                                                 Schedule Two

                                                   EXCHANGES
                                 FOR DEFINITIVE NOTES OR PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


The following  exchanges of a part of this Global Note for Definitive Notes or a
part of a Permanent Global Note have been made:


                Nominal amount of this Global
                Note exchanged for Definitive   Remaining nominal amount of
Date            Notes or a part of a            this Global Note following       Notation made by or on behalf
made            Permanent Global Note           such exchange*                   of the Issuer
<S>             <C>                             <C>                              <C>    
========        =====================           =====================            ====================
========        =====================           =====================            ====================
========        =====================           =====================            ====================
========        =====================           =====================            ====================
========        =====================           =====================            ====================
========        =====================           =====================            ====================
========        =====================           =====================            ====================
========        =====================           =====================            ====================
========        =====================           =====================            ====================
========        =====================           =====================            ====================
========        =====================           =====================            ====================
========        =====================           =====================            ====================
========        =====================           =====================            ====================
========        =====================           =====================            ====================
- --------        ---------------------           ---------------------            --------------------
</TABLE>

* See  most  recent  entry  in Part  II,  III or IV of  Schedule  One or in this
Schedule Two in order to determine this amount.



<PAGE>


                                                    PART II

                                         FORM OF PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE

[ANY UNITED STATES PERSON (AS DEFINED IN THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF THE UNITED
STATES)  WHO HOLDS THIS  OBLIGATION  WILL BE SUBJECT  TO  LIMITATIONS  UNDER THE
UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAWS,  INCLUDING THE  LIMITATIONS  PROVIDED IN SECTIONS
165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.]1

[BY ACCEPTING THIS OBLIGATION, THE HOLDER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT
A UNITED  STATES  PERSON  (OTHER THAN AN EXEMPT  RECIPIENT  DESCRIBED IN SECTION
6049(b)(4) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF THE UNITED STATES AND THE REGULATIONS
THEREUNDER) AND THAT IT IS NOT ACTING FOR OR ON BEHALF OF A UNITED STATES PERSON
(OTHER THAN AN EXEMPT RECIPIENT  DESCRIBED IN SECTION 6049(b)(4) OF THE INTERNAL
REVENUE CODE AND THE REGULATIONS THEREUNDER).]2

[THIS NOTE CONSTITUTES [COMMERCIAL PAPER/[A SHORTER/LONGER] TERM DEBT SECURITY]3
ISSUED IN ACCORDANCE  WITH  REGULATIONS  MADE UNDER SECTION 4 OF THE BANKING ACT
1987.  THE ISSUER OF THIS NOTE IS NOT AN  AUTHORISED  INSTITUTION  OR A EUROPEAN
AUTHORISED  INSTITUTION  (AS SUCH  TERMS ARE  DEFINED  IN THE  BANKING  ACT 1987
(EXEMPT TRANSACTIONS)  REGULATIONS 1997). REPAYMENT OF THE PRINCIPAL AND PAYMENT
OF ANY INTEREST OR PREMIUM IN CONNECTION  WITH THIS NOTE HAS BEEN  GUARANTEED BY
COUNTRYWIDE CREDIT INDUSTRIES,  INC. WHICH IS NOT AN AUTHORISED INSTITUTION OR A
EUROPEAN AUTHORISED INSTITUTION.]4

                          COUNTRYWIDE HOME LOANS, INC.
                                 (the "Issuer")
         (incorporated with limited liability in the State of New York)

                  Unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by
                       COUNTRYWIDE CREDIT INDUSTRIES, INC.
         (incorporated with limited liability in the State of Delaware)


                                             PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE


This Note is a Permanent  Global Note in respect of a duly  authorised  issue of
Notes of the Issuer (the "Notes") of the Nominal Amount, Specified Currency(ies)
and  Specified  Denomination(s)  as  are  specified  in the  Pricing  Supplement
applicable to the Notes (the "Pricing  Supplement"),  a copy of which is annexed
hereto. References herein to the Conditions shall be to the Terms and Conditions
of the Notes as set out in the First  Schedule  to the  Trust  Deed (as  defined
below) as supplemented,  replaced and modified by the Pricing Supplement but, in
the event of any conflict  between the provisions of the said Conditions and the
information  in the Pricing  Supplement,  the Pricing  Supplement  will prevail.
Words and  expressions  defined in the  Conditions  shall bear the same meanings
when used in this Global Note.  This Global Note is issued  subject to, and with
the  benefit  of, the  Conditions  and a Trust Deed (such Trust Deed as modified
and/or  supplemented  and/or restated from time to time, the "Trust Deed") dated
1st May, 1998 and made between the Issuer,  Countrywide Credit Industries,  Inc.
as guarantor and Bankers  Trustee  Company Limited as trustee for the holders of
the Notes.

The Issuer, subject to and in accordance with the Conditions and the Trust Deed,
promises to pay to the bearer hereof on each  Instalment  Date (if the Notes are
repayable  in  instalments)  and on the  Maturity  Date  and/or on such  earlier
date(s) as all or any of the Notes  represented  by this  Global Note may become
due and  repayable in accordance  with the  Conditions  and the Trust Deed,  the
amount  payable under the  Conditions in respect of such Notes on each such date
and to pay  interest  (if any) on the  nominal  amount of the Notes from time to
time  represented by this Global Note  calculated and payable as provided in the
Conditions  and the Trust Deed  together  with any other sums payable  under the
Conditions and the Trust Deed, upon presentation and, at maturity,  surrender of
this  Global  Note at the  specified  office  of the  Agent at 1 Appold  Street,
Broadgate,  London EC2A 2HE,  England or such other  specified  office as may be
specified for this purpose in accordance with the Conditions or at the specified
office of any of the other Paying Agents located outside the United States,  its
territories and possessions  (except as provided in the Conditions) from time to
time  appointed  by the Issuer in respect of the  Notes.  On any  redemption  or
payment of an instalment  or interest  being made in respect of, or purchase and
cancellation  of, any of the Notes  represented  by this Global Note  details of
such redemption,  payment,  purchase and cancellation (as the case may be) shall
be entered by or on behalf of the Issuer in Schedule One hereto and the relevant
space in Schedule One hereto  recording any such redemption,  payment,  purchase
and  cancellation  (as the case may be)  shall be  signed by or on behalf of the
Issuer.  Upon  any such  redemption,  payment  of an  instalment,  purchase  and
cancellation the nominal amount of this Global Note and the Notes represented by
this  Global  Note  shall be  reduced  by the  nominal  amount of such  Notes so
redeemed  or  purchased  and  cancelled  or the amount of such  instalment.  The
nominal  amount  from  time  to  time  of  this  Global  Note  and of the  Notes
represented  by this Global Note  following any such  redemption,  payment of an
instalment,  purchase and  cancellation as aforesaid or any exchange as referred
to below  shall be the  nominal  amount most  recently  entered in the  relevant
column in Part II, III or IV of Schedule One hereto or in Schedule Two hereto.

If the Notes  represented  by this Global Note were, on issue,  represented by a
Temporary  Global Note then on any  exchange of such  Temporary  Global Note for
this Global Note or any part hereof,  details of such exchange  shall be entered
by or on behalf of the Issuer in Schedule Two hereto and the  relevant  space in
Schedule Two hereto  recording  such exchange shall be signed by or on behalf of
the  Issuer,  whereupon  the  nominal  amount of this  Global Note and the Notes
represented  by this Global Note shall be increased by the nominal amount of the
Temporary Global Note so exchanged.

This Global Note may be  exchanged  (free of charge) in whole,  but not in part,
for Definitive Notes and (if applicable)  Receipts,  Coupons and/or Talons in or
substantially  in the forms  set out in Parts  III,  IV, V and VI of the  Second
Schedule to the Trust Deed (on the basis that all the  appropriate  details have
been included on the face of such Definitive Notes and (if applicable) Receipts,
Coupons and/or Talons and the relevant information  supplementing,  replacing or
modifying the Conditions  appearing in the Pricing  Supplement has been endorsed
on or attached to such Definitive  Notes) either, as specified in the applicable
Pricing Supplement:

(i)      upon not less than 60 days' written  notice being given to the Agent by
         Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, Brussels office, as operator
         of the  Euroclear  System  ("Euroclear")  and/or  Cedel  Bank,  societe
         anonyme ("Cedel Bank") (acting on the  instructions of any holder of an
         interest in this Global Note) or the Trustee; or

(ii) in the case of Notes  with a  maturity  of 183 days or less  only  upon the
occurrence of an Exchange Event.
       
  An "Exchange Event" means:

         (1)      an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

         (2)      the Issuer has been  notified  that both  Euroclear  and Cedel
                  Bank have been closed for business for a continuous  period of
                  14 days  (other  than  by  reason  of  holiday,  statutory  or
                  otherwise) or have announced an intention permanently to cease
                  business or have in fact done so and no  alternative  clearing
                  system satisfactory to the Trustee is available; or

         (3)      the  Issuer  has or  will  become  obliged  to pay  additional
                  amounts as provided  for or  referred to in  Condition 7 which
                  would not be required were the Notes in definitive form.

Upon the occurrence of an Exchange Event:

         (i)      the  Issuer  will  promptly  give  notice  to  Noteholders  in
                  accordance  with  Condition  13 upon  the  occurrence  of such
                  Exchange Event; and

         (ii)     Euroclear and/or Cedel Bank (acting on the instructions of any
                  holder of an interest in this Global  Note) or the Trustee may
                  give notice to the Agent requesting exchange and, in the event
                  of the  occurrence  of an Exchange  Event as  described in (3)
                  above, the Issuer may also give notice to the Agent requesting
                  exchange. Any such exchange shall occur on a date specified in
                  the notice not later than 60 days after the date of receipt of
                  the first relevant notice by the Agent.

The first notice  requesting  exchange in accordance  with the above  provisions
shall give rise to the issue of Definitive Notes for the total nominal amount of
Notes represented by this Global Note.

Any such  exchange as aforesaid  will be made upon  presentation  of this Global
Note by the bearer  hereof on any day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which
banks  are open for  business  in London  at the  office of the Agent  specified
above.

The aggregate nominal amount of Definitive Notes issued upon an exchange of this
Global Note will be equal to the aggregate  nominal  amount of this Global Note.
Upon exchange of this Global Note for Definitive  Notes,  the Agent shall cancel
it or procure that it is cancelled.

Until the  exchange of the whole of this Global  Note as  aforesaid,  the bearer
hereof  shall  (subject as provided in the next  paragraph)  in all  respects be
entitled to the same benefits as if he were the bearer of  Definitive  Notes and
the relative Receipts,  Coupons and/or Talons (if any) in the form(s) set out in
Parts III,  IV, V and VI (as  applicable)  of the Second  Schedule  to the Trust
Deed.

Each person (other than Euroclear or Cedel Bank) who is for the time being shown
in the records of Euroclear or Cedel Bank as the holder of a particular  nominal
amount  of the Notes  represented  by this  Global  Note (in  which  regard  any
certificate  or other  document  issued  by  Euroclear  or Cedel  Bank as to the
nominal  amount of such Notes  standing  to the  account of any person  shall be
conclusive  and binding  for all  purposes  save in the case of manifest  error)
shall be treated by the  Issuer,  the  Trustee,  the Agent and any other  Paying
Agent as the holder of such nominal  amount of such Notes for all purposes other
than with  respect to the payment of  principal  and  interest  on such  nominal
amount of such Notes, the right to which shall be vested, as against the Issuer,
solely in the bearer of this Global Note in  accordance  with and subject to the
terms of this Global Note and the Trust Deed.

This Global Note is governed  by, and shall be  construed  in  accordance  with,
English law.

This  Global  Note shall not be valid  unless  authenticated  by  Bankers  Trust
Company as Agent.

IN WITNESS  whereof the Issuer has caused this Global Note to be signed manually
or in facsimile by two persons duly authorised on its behalf.

COUNTRYWIDE HOME LOANS, INC.

By: .....................................................              By:
 .....................................................
           Duly Authorised                             Duly Authorised


Authenticated by
Bankers Trust Company
as Agent.


By: .....................................................
             Authorised Officer



<PAGE>


                                                 Schedule One

                                                    PART I

                                               INTEREST PAYMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                             Confirmation of
                                                                             payment by or on
<S>                <C>                   <C>                    <C>                   <C>    
Date made          Interest Payment      Total amount of        Amount of interest    behalf of the Issuer
                   Date                  interest payable       paid

- ------------------
</TABLE>



<PAGE>


                                                    PART II

                                         PAYMENT OF INSTALMENT AMOUNTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                         Remaining nominal
                                                         amount of this Global
             Total amount            Amount of           Note following such      Confirmation of payment by
Date         of Instalment Amounts   Instalment          payment *                or on behalf of the Issuer
made         payable                 Amounts paid

<S>          <C>                     <C>                 <C>                      <C>    
======       ==============          ============        ===============          ==================
======       ==============          ============        ===============          ==================
======       ==============          ============        ===============          ==================
======       ==============          ============        ===============          ==================
======       ==============          ============        ===============          ==================
======       ==============          ============        ===============          ==================
======       ==============          ============        ===============          ==================
======       ==============          ============        ===============          ==================
======       ==============          ============        ===============          ==================
======       ==============          ============        ===============          ==================
======       ==============          ============        ===============          ==================
======       ==============          ============        ===============          ==================
======       ==============          ============        ===============          ==================
======       ==============          ============        ===============          ==================
======       ==============          ============        ===============          ==================
======       ==============          ============        ===============          ==================
======       ==============          ============        ===============          ==================
======       ==============          ============        ===============          ==================

* See  most  recent  entry  in Part II,  III or IV or  Schedule  Two in order to
determine this amount.
</TABLE>


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   PART III

                                                  REDEMPTIONS


                                                         Remaining nominal
                 Total amount                            amount of this Global     Confirmation of redemption
Date             of principal      Amount of             Note following such       by or on behalf of the Issuer
made             payable           principal paid        redemption*

<S>              <C>               <C>                   <C>                        <C>    
=========        ===========       =============         =================          ===================
=========        ===========       =============         =================          ===================
=========        ===========       =============         =================          ===================
=========        ===========       =============         =================          ===================
=========        ===========       =============         =================          ===================
=========        ===========       =============         =================          ===================
=========        ===========       =============         =================          ===================
=========        ===========       =============         =================          ===================
=========        ===========       =============         =================          ===================
=========        ===========       =============         =================          ===================
=========        ===========       =============         =================          ===================
=========        ===========       =============         =================          ===================
=========        ===========       =============         =================          ===================
=========        ===========       =============         =================          ===================
=========        ===========       =============         =================          ===================
=========        ===========       =============         =================          ===================
=========        ===========       =============         =================          ===================
=========        ===========       =============         =================          ===================
- ---------        -----------       -------------         -----------------          -------------------

* See  most  recent  entry  in Part II,  III or IV or  Schedule  Two in order to
determine this amount.

</TABLE>

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    PART IV

                                          PURCHASES AND CANCELLATIONS


                  Remaining nominal amount of
                  Part of nominal amount of      this Global Note following      Confirmation of purchase and
<S>               <C>                            <C>                             <C>    
Date              this Global Note purchased     such purchase and               cancellation by or on behalf
made              and cancelled                  cancellation*                   of the Issuer
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>               <C>                            <C>                             <C>    
=========         ====================           ====================            ====================
=========         ====================           ====================            ====================
=========         ====================           ====================            ====================
=========         ====================           ====================            ====================
=========         ====================           ====================            ====================
=========         ====================           ====================            ====================
=========         ====================           ====================            ====================
=========         ====================           ====================            ====================
=========         ====================           ====================            ====================
=========         ====================           ====================            ====================
=========         ====================           ====================            ====================
=========         ====================           ====================            ====================
=========         ====================           ====================            ====================
=========         ====================           ====================            ====================
=========         ====================           ====================            ====================
=========         ====================           ====================            ====================
=========         ====================           ====================            ====================
=========         ====================           ====================            ====================
- ---------         --------------------           --------------------            --------------------

* See  most  recent  entry  in Part II,  III or IV or  Schedule  Two in order to
determine this amount.
</TABLE>


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 Schedule Two

                                                   EXCHANGES


                    Nominal amount of Temporary
                    Global Note exchanged for       Increased nominal amount of
                    this Global Note                this Global Note following     Notation made by or on
Date made                                           such exchange*                 behalf of the Issuer

<S>                 <C>                             <C>                            <C>    
=========           ===============                 ===============                ==================
=========           ===============                 ===============                ==================
=========           ===============                 ===============                ==================
=========           ===============                 ===============                ==================
=========           ===============                 ===============                ==================
=========           ===============                 ===============                ==================
=========           ===============                 ===============                ==================
=========           ===============                 ===============                ==================
=========           ===============                 ===============                ==================
=========           ===============                 ===============                ==================
=========           ===============                 ===============                ==================
=========           ===============                 ===============                ==================
=========           ===============                 ===============                ==================
=========           ===============                 ===============                ==================
=========           ===============                 ===============                ==================
=========           ===============                 ===============                ==================
- ---------           ---------------                 ---------------                ------------------
</TABLE>


* See  most  recent  entry  in Part  II,  III or IV of  Schedule  One or in this
Schedule Two in order to determine this amount.



<PAGE>


                                                   PART III

                                            FORM OF DEFINITIVE NOTE

[ANY UNITED STATES PERSON (AS DEFINED IN THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF THE UNITED
STATES)  WHO HOLDS THIS  OBLIGATION  WILL BE SUBJECT  TO  LIMITATIONS  UNDER THE
UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAWS,  INCLUDING THE  LIMITATIONS  PROVIDED IN SECTIONS
165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.]1

[BY ACCEPTING THIS OBLIGATION, THE HOLDER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT
A UNITED  STATES  PERSON  (OTHER THAN AN EXEMPT  RECIPIENT  DESCRIBED IN SECTION
6049(b)(4) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF THE UNITED STATES AND THE REGULATIONS
THEREUNDER) AND THAT IT IS NOT ACTING FOR OR ON BEHALF OF A UNITED STATES PERSON
(OTHER THAN AN EXEMPT RECIPIENT  DESCRIBED IN SECTION 6049(b)(4) OF THE INTERNAL
REVENUE CODE AND THE REGULATIONS THEREUNDER).]2

[THIS NOTE CONSTITUTES [COMMERCIAL PAPER/[A SHORTER/LONGER] TERM DEBT SECURITY]3
ISSUED IN ACCORDANCE  WITH  REGULATIONS  MADE UNDER SECTION 4 OF THE BANKING ACT
1987.  THE ISSUER OF THIS NOTE IS NOT AN  AUTHORISED  INSTITUTION  OR A EUROPEAN
AUTHORISED  INSTITUTION  (AS SUCH  TERMS ARE  DEFINED  IN THE  BANKING  ACT 1987
(EXEMPT TRANSACTIONS)  REGULATIONS 1997). REPAYMENT OF THE PRINCIPAL AND PAYMENT
OF ANY INTEREST OR PREMIUM IN CONNECTION  WITH THIS NOTE HAS BEEN  GUARANTEED BY
COUNTRYWIDE CREDIT INDUSTRIES,  INC. WHICH IS NOT AN AUTHORISED INSTITUTION OR A
EUROPEAN AUTHORISED INSTITUTION.]4

                          COUNTRYWIDE HOME LOANS, INC.
                                 (the "Issuer")
         (incorporated with limited liability in the State of New York)

                  Unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by
                       COUNTRYWIDE CREDIT INDUSTRIES, INC.
         (incorporated with limited liability in the State of Delaware)

               [Specified Currency and Nominal Amount of Tranche]
                                    NOTES DUE
                               [Year of Maturity]

This Note is one of a Series of Notes of [Specified  Currency(ies) and Specified
Denomination(s)]  each  of  the  Issuer  ("Notes").  References  herein  to  the
Conditions shall be to the Terms and Conditions  [endorsed hereon/set out in the
First Schedule to the Trust Deed (as defined below) which shall be  incorporated
by  reference  herein and have  effect as if set out  herein]  as  supplemented,
replaced  and  modified by the relevant  information  (appearing  in the Pricing
Supplement (the "Pricing  Supplement")) endorsed hereon but, in the event of any
conflict  between the provisions of the said Conditions and such  information in
the Pricing  Supplement,  such information  will prevail.  Words and expressions
defined in the  Conditions  shall bear the same meanings when used in this Note.
This Note is issued  subject to, and with the benefit of, the  Conditions  and a
Trust Deed (such Trust Deed as modified and/or supplemented and/or restated from
time to time, the "Trust Deed") dated 1st May, 1998 and made between the Issuer,
Countrywide  Credit  Industries,  Inc. as guarantor and Bankers  Trustee Company
Limited as trustee for the holders of the Notes.

The Issuer, subject to and in accordance with the Conditions and the Trust Deed,
promises to pay to the bearer hereof on [each  Instalment Date and] the Maturity
Date or on such  earlier  date as this  Note may  become  due and  repayable  in
accordance  with the  Conditions  and the Trust  Deed,  the  amount  payable  on
redemption  of this Note and to pay interest  (if any) on the nominal  amount of
this Note  calculated  and payable as provided in the  Conditions  and the Trust
Deed  together with any other sums payable  under the  Conditions  and the Trust
Deed.

This Note shall not be valid unless  authenticated  by Bankers  Trust Company as
Agent.

IN WITNESS whereof this Note has been executed on behalf of the Issuer.

COUNTRYWIDE HOME LOANS, INC.

By: .....................................................              By:
 .....................................................
           Duly Authorised                             Duly Authorised

Authenticated by
Bankers Trust Company
as Agent.


By: .....................................................
             Authorised Officer



<PAGE>


                                                 [Conditions]

[Conditions  to be as set out in the First  Schedule  to this Trust Deed or such
other form as may be agreed between the Issuer,  the Agent,  the Trustee and the
relevant  Dealer(s),  but shall not be endorsed if not  required by the relevant
Stock Exchange]



<PAGE>


                               Pricing Supplement

     [Here to be set out the text of the relevant information supplementing,
       replacing or modifying the Conditions which appears in the Pricing
                        Supplement relating to the Notes]



<PAGE>


                                     PART IV

                                 FORM OF RECEIPT

                          COUNTRYWIDE HOME LOANS, INC.

               [Specified Currency and Nominal Amount of Tranche]
                                    NOTES DUE
                               [Year of Maturity]

                                 Series No. [ ]



Receipt  for  the  sum of [ ] being  the  instalment  of  principal  payable  in
accordance  with the Terms and  Conditions  applicable to the Note to which this
Receipt appertains (the "Conditions") on [ ].

This Receipt is issued subject to and in accordance  with the  Conditions  which
shall be binding upon the holder of this  Receipt  (whether or not it is for the
time being attached to such Note) and is payable at the specified  office of any
of the Paying  Agents set out on the  reverse of the Note to which this  Receipt
appertains  (and/or any other or further Paying Agents and/or specified  offices
as may from time to time be duly appointed and notified to the Noteholders).

This Receipt must be presented  for payment  together  with the Note to which it
appertains.  The Issuer  shall  have no  obligation  in  respect of any  Receipt
presented without the Note to which it appertains or any unmatured Receipts.

[ANY UNITED STATES PERSON (AS DEFINED IN THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF THE UNITED
STATES)  WHO HOLDS THIS  OBLIGATION  WILL BE SUBJECT  TO  LIMITATIONS  UNDER THE
UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAWS,  INCLUDING THE  LIMITATIONS  PROVIDED IN SECTIONS
165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.]1

[BY ACCEPTING THIS OBLIGATION, THE HOLDER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT
A UNITED  STATES  PERSON  (OTHER THAN AN EXEMPT  RECIPIENT  DESCRIBED IN SECTION
6049(b)(4) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF THE UNITED STATES AND THE REGULATIONS
THEREUNDER) AND THAT IT IS NOT ACTING FOR OR ON BEHALF OF A UNITED STATES PERSON
(OTHER THAN AN EXEMPT RECIPIENT  DESCRIBED IN SECTION 6049(b)(4) OF THE INTERNAL
REVENUE CODE AND THE REGULATIONS THEREUNDER).]2




<PAGE>


                                     PART V

                                 FORM OF COUPON
                                 On the front:

                          COUNTRYWIDE HOME LOANS, INC.

               [Specified Currency and Nominal Amount of Tranche]
                                    NOTES DUE
                               [Year of Maturity]

                                 Series No. [ ]

[Coupon appertaining to a Note in the  denomination of [Specified  Currency and 
Specified Denomination]].1

                                                    Part A
[For Fixed Rate Notes:

This Coupon is payable to bearer, separately         Coupon for
negotiable and subject to the Terms and              [          ]
Conditions of the said Notes.                        due on [       ], [      ]]

                                                    Part B

[For Floating Rate Notes or Indexed Interest Notes:

Coupon for the amount due in accordance  with the Terms and Conditions  endorsed
on,  attached  to or  incorporated  by  reference  into the  said  Notes on [the
Interest Payment Date falling in [ ] [ ]/[ ]].

This  Coupon is payable to bearer,  separately  negotiable  and  subject to such
Terms and Conditions, under which it may become void before its due date.]

[ANY UNITED STATES PERSON (AS DEFINED IN THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF THE UNITED
STATES)  WHO HOLDS THIS  OBLIGATION  WILL BE SUBJECT  TO  LIMITATIONS  UNDER THE
UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAWS,  INCLUDING THE  LIMITATIONS  PROVIDED IN SECTIONS
165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.]2



<PAGE>


[BY ACCEPTING THIS OBLIGATION, THE HOLDER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT
A UNITED  STATES  PERSON  (OTHER THAN AN EXEMPT  RECIPIENT  DESCRIBED IN SECTION
6049(b)(4) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF THE UNITED STATES AND THE REGULATIONS
THEREUNDER) AND THAT IT IS NOT ACTING FOR OR ON BEHALF OF A UNITED STATES PERSON
(OTHER THAN AN EXEMPT RECIPIENT  DESCRIBED IN SECTION 6049(b)(4) OF THE INTERNAL
REVENUE CODE AND THE REGULATIONS THEREUNDER).]1




<PAGE>


                                                    PART VI

                                                 FORM OF TALON

On the front:

                                         COUNTRYWIDE HOME LOANS, INC.

                              [Specified Currency and Nominal Amount of Tranche]
                                                   NOTES DUE
                                              [Year of Maturity]

                                             Series No. [       ]

[Talon  appertaining to a Note in the  denomination  of [Specified  Currency and
Specified Denomination]] 1 .

On and after [ ] further Coupons [and a further Talon]2 appertaining to the Note
to which this Talon  appertains will be issued at the specified office of any of
the Paying  Agents set out on the  reverse  hereof  (and/or any other or further
Paying  Agents  and/or  specified  offices  as may  from  time  to  time be duly
appointed and notified to the Noteholders) upon production and surrender of this
Talon.

This  Talon  may,  in  certain  circumstances,  become  void under the Terms and
Conditions endorsed on the Note to which this Talon appertains.

[ANY UNITED STATES PERSON (AS DEFINED IN THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF THE UNITED
STATES)  WHO HOLDS THIS  OBLIGATION  WILL BE SUBJECT  TO  LIMITATIONS  UNDER THE
UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAWS,  INCLUDING THE  LIMITATIONS  PROVIDED IN SECTIONS
165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.]3

[BY ACCEPTING THIS OBLIGATION, THE HOLDER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT
A UNITED  STATES  PERSON  (OTHER THAN AN EXEMPT  RECIPIENT  DESCRIBED IN SECTION
6049(b)(4) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF THE UNITED STATES AND THE REGULATIONS
THEREUNDER) AND THAT IT IS NOT ACTING FOR OR ON BEHALF OF A UNITED STATES PERSON
(OTHER THAN AN EXEMPT RECIPIENT  DESCRIBED IN SECTION 6049(b)(4) OF THE INTERNAL
REVENUE CODE AND THE REGULATIONS THEREUNDER).]4



<PAGE>


On the back of Receipts, Coupons and Talons:

                                                     AGENT

                                             Bankers Trust Company
                                                1 Appold Street
                                                   Broadgate
                                                London EC2A 2HE


                                              OTHER PAYING AGENTS

             Bankers Trust Luxembourg S.A.                Swiss Bank Corporation
              14 boulevard F.D. Roosevelt                         Paradeplatz 6
                   L-2450 Luxembourg                              CH-8010 Zurich



<PAGE>


                                                   PART VII

                                    FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE PRESENTED BY
                                            EUROCLEAR OR CEDEL BANK

                                         COUNTRYWIDE HOME LOANS, INC.

                                               [Title of Notes]

                                              (the "Securities")


This is to certify  that,  based solely on  certifications  we have  received in
writing, by tested telex or by electronic transmission from member organisations
appearing in our records as persons  being  entitled to a portion of the nominal
amount set forth below (our "Member Organisations")  substantially to the effect
set forth in the temporary Global Note  representing  the Securities,  as of the
date hereof, [ ] nominal amount of the  above-captioned  Securities (i) is owned
by persons that are not citizens or  residents  of the United  States,  domestic
partnerships,  domestic  corporations or any estate or trust the income of which
is subject to United States  Federal  income  taxation  regardless of its source
("United States  persons"),  (ii) is owned by United States persons that (a) are
foreign  branches of United States  financial  institutions  (as defined in U.S.
Treasury  Regulations  Sections  1.165-12(c)(1)(v)   ("financial  institutions")
purchasing  for their own account or for resale,  or (b) acquired the Securities
through foreign  branches of United States  financial  institutions and who hold
the Securities  through such United States  financial  institutions  on the date
hereof  (and in  either  case (a) or (b),  each  such  United  States  financial
institution  has  agreed,  on its own behalf or through  its agent,  that we may
advise  the  Issuer  or  the  Issuer's  agent  that  it  will  comply  with  the
requirements of Section 165(j)(3)(A), (B) or (C) of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended, and the regulations  thereunder),  or (iii) is owned by United
States or foreign  financial  institutions  for  purposes  of resale  during the
restricted   period  (as   defined   in  U.S.   Treasury   Regulations   Section
1.163-5(c)(2)(i)(D)(7)), and to the further effect that United States or foreign
financial  institutions  described  in Clause  (iii) above  (whether or not also
described in Clause (i) or (ii)) have  certified that they have not acquired the
Securities  for purposes of resale  directly or  indirectly  to a United  States
person or to a person within the United States or its possessions.

If the Securities are of the category  contemplated in Section  230.903(c)(3) of
Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  then this is also to
certify  with respect to such  principal  amount of  Securities  set forth above
that, except as set forth below, we have received in writing, by tested telex or
by electronic transmission,  from our Member Organisations entitled to a portion
of  such  principal  amount,   certifications  with  respect  to  such  portion,
substantially to the effect set forth in the temporary Global Note  representing
the Securities.

We further  certify (i) that we are not making  available  herewith for exchange
(or, if relevant,  exercise of any rights or  collection  of any  interest)  any
portion of the temporary  Global Note excepted in such  certifications  and (ii)
that as of the date hereof we have not received any notification from any of our
Member  Organisations  to the effect  that the  statements  made by such  Member
Organisations  with  respect to any portion of the part  submitted  herewith for
exchange (or, if relevant, exercise of any rights or collection of any interest)
are no longer true and cannot be relied upon as of the date hereof.

We understand that this certification is required in connection with certain tax
laws and,  if  applicable,  certain  securities  laws of the United  States.  In
connection  therewith,  if  administrative  or  legal  proceedings  or  official
enquiries  are   commenced  or   threatened   in  connection   with  which  this
certification is or would be relevant,  we irrevocably  authorise you to produce
this certification to any interested party in such proceedings or enquiries.

         Dated:                 , 199 1

         Yours faithfully,

         [Morgan Guaranty Trust
         Company of New York,
         Brussels office,
         as operator of the Euroclear
         System]

         or

         [Cedel Bank, societe anonyme]

         By:...............................



<PAGE>


                                                CERTIFICATE "A"

                                         COUNTRYWIDE HOME LOANS, INC.

                                               [Title of Notes]

                                              (the "Securities")


This is to certify  that as of the date  hereof,  and except as set forth below,
the  above-captioned  Securities  held by you for our  account  (i) are owned by
person(s)  that are not  citizens or residents  of the United  States,  domestic
partnerships,  domestic  corporations or any estate or trust the income of which
is subject to United States  Federal  income  taxation  regardless of its source
("United States person(s)"),  (ii) are owned by United States person(s) that (a)
are foreign branches of United States financial institutions (as defined in U.S.
Treasury  Regulations  Section  1.165-12(c)(1)(v))   ("financial  institutions")
purchasing  for their own account or for resale,  or (b) acquired the Securities
through foreign  branches of United States  financial  institutions and who hold
the Securities  through such United States  financial  institutions  on the date
hereof  (and in  either  case (a) or (b),  each  such  United  States  financial
institution  hereby agrees, on its own behalf or through its agent, that you may
advise  the  Issuer  or  the  Issuer's  agent  that  it  will  comply  with  the
requirements of Section 165(j)(3)(A), (B) or (C) of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder),  or (iii) are owned by United
States or foreign  financial  institution(s)  for purposes of resale  during the
restricted   period  (as   defined   in  U.S.   Treasury   Regulations   Section
1.163-5(c)(2)(i)(D)(7)),  and in  addition if the owner of the  Securities  is a
United States or foreign financial  institution  described in Clause (iii) above
(whether or not also described in Clause (i) or (ii)) this is to further certify
that such financial  institution has not acquired the Securities for purposes of
resale  directly or  indirectly  to a United States person or to a person within
the United States or its possessions.

If the Securities are of the category  contemplated in Section  230.903(c)(2) of
Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the "Act") then this
is also  to  certify  that,  except  as set  forth  below,  the  Securities  are
beneficially owned by (a) non-U.S. person(s) or (b) U.S. person(s) who purchased
the Securities in transactions which did not require registration under the Act.
As used in this paragraph, the term "U.S. person" has the meaning given to it by
Regulation S under the Act.

As used herein,  "United  States" means the United States of America  (including
the States and the District of Columbia);  and its "possessions"  include Puerto
Rico,  the U.S.  Virgin  Islands,  Guam,  American  Samoa,  Wake  Island and the
Northern Mariana Islands.

We  undertake  to advise you promptly by tested telex on or prior to the date on
which you intend to submit your certification relating to the Securities held by
you  for our  account  in  accordance  with  your  operating  procedures  if any
applicable  statement  herein is not correct on such date, and in the absence of
any such  notification it may be assumed that this  certification  applies as of
such date.

This  certification  excepts and does not relate to [ ] of such  interest in the
above  Securities in respect of which we are not able to certify and as to which
we understand  exchange and delivery of definitive  Securities (or, if relevant,
exercise of any right or collection of any interest)  cannot be made until we do
so certify.

We understand that this certification is required in connection with certain tax
laws and,  if  applicable,  certain  securities  laws of the United  States.  In
connection  therewith,  if  administrative  or  legal  proceedings  or  official
enquiries  are   commenced  or   threatened   in  connection   with  which  this
certification is or would be relevant,  we irrevocably  authorise you to produce
this certification to any interested party in such proceedings or enquiries.

Dated:              , 199  1

Name of person making certification

By:  .................................................




<PAGE>


                                              THE THIRD SCHEDULE

                                    PROVISIONS FOR MEETINGS OF NOTEHOLDERS

1.                (A) As used in this Schedule the following  expressions  shall
                  have the  following  meanings  unless  the  context  otherwise
                  requires:

                  (i)      "voting  certificate"  shall mean an English language
                           certificate  issued  by a Paying  Agent  and dated in
                           which it is stated:

(a) that on the date thereof Notes (whether in definitive form or represented by
a Global Note and not being Notes in respect of which a block voting instruction
has been issued and is outstanding  in respect of the meeting  specified in such
voting  certificate  or any adjourned  such meeting)  were  deposited  with such
Paying  Agent or (to the  satisfaction  of such  Paying  Agent) were held to its
order or under its control or blocked in an account  with a clearing  system and
that no such Notes will cease to be so  deposited  or held or blocked  until the
first to occur of:
                                  
(1) the conclusion of the meeting specified in such certificate or, if later, of
any adjourned such meeting; and

                                  
(2) the  surrender of the  certificate  to the Paying Agent who issued the same;
and
                         
  (b)      that  the  bearer  thereof  is  entitled  to
                                    attend  and  vote  at such  meeting  and any
                                    adjourned  such  meeting  in  respect of the
                                    Notes represented by such certificate;

                  (ii)     "block  voting  instruction"  shall  mean an  English
                           language  document issued by a Paying Agent and dated
                           in which:

(a) it is certified that Notes  (whether in definitive  form or represented by a
Global  Note and not being  Notes in respect of which a voting  certificate  has
been issued and is outstanding in respect of the meeting specified in such block
voting instruction and any adjourned such meeting) have been deposited with such
Paying  Agent or (to the  satisfaction  of such  Paying  Agent) were held to its
order or under its control or blocked in an account  with a clearing  system and
that no such Notes will cease to be so  deposited  or held or blocked  until the
first to occur of:

                                    
(1) the  conclusion of the meeting  specified in such document or, if later,  of
any adjourned such meeting; and

                                
(2) the surrender to the Paying Agent not less than 48 hours before the time for
which such  meeting or any  adjourned  such  meeting is  convened of the receipt
issued by such Paying Agent in respect of each such  deposited  Note which is to
be  released or (as the case may  require)  the Note or Notes  ceasing  with the
agreement of the Paying Agent to be held to its order or under its control or so
blocked and the giving of notice by the Paying Agent to the Issuer in accordance
with  paragraph  17  hereof  of the  necessary  amendment  to the  block  voting
instruction;
                          
(b) it is certified  that each holder of such Notes has  instructed  such Paying
Agent that the vote(s) attributable to the Note or Notes so deposited or held or
blocked  should be cast in a  particular  way in relation to the  resolution  or
resolutions to be put to such meeting or any adjourned such meeting and that all
such  instructions  are during the period  commencing 48 hours prior to the time
for which such meeting or any  adjourned  such meeting is convened and ending at
the  conclusion  or  adjournment   thereof  neither  revocable  nor  capable  of
amendment;

                          
(c) the aggregate  principal amount of the Notes so deposited or held or blocked
are listed  distinguishing  with regard to each such resolution between those in
respect  of which  instructions  have  been  given as  aforesaid  that the votes
attributable  thereto  should be cast in favour of the  resolution  and those in
respect of which  instructions  have been so given  that the votes  attributable
thereto should be cast against the resolution; and
                           
(d) one or more  persons  named  in such  document  (each  hereinafter  called a
"proxy") is or are  authorised  and  instructed by such Paying Agent to cast the
votes  attributable to the Notes so listed in accordance  with the  instructions
referred to in (c) above as set out in such document;


(iii) "24 hours" shall mean a period of 24 hours  including all or part of a day
upon which  banks are open for  business  in both the place  where the  relevant
meeting is to be held and in each of the places  where the  Paying  Agents  have
their specified  offices  (disregarding for this purpose the day upon which such
meeting is to be held) and such  period  shall be  extended by one period or, to
the extent  necessary,  more  periods of 24 hours  until  there is  included  as
aforesaid  all or part of a day upon which banks are open for business in all of
the places as aforesaid; and
                  
(iv) "48  hours"  shall mean a period of 48 hours  including  all or part of two
days upon which banks are open for business both in the place where the relevant
meeting is to be held and in each of the places  where the  Paying  Agents  have
their specified  offices  (disregarding for this purpose the day upon which such
meeting is to be held) and such  period  shall be  extended by one period or, to
the extent  necessary,  more  periods of 24 hours  until  there is  included  as
aforesaid  all or part of two days upon which banks are open for business in all
of the places as aforesaid.
        
(B) A holder of a Note (whether in definitive  form or  represented  by a Global
Note) may  obtain a voting  certificate  in  respect  of such Note from a Paying
Agent or require a Paying Agent to issue a block voting  instruction  in respect
of  such  Note by  depositing  such  Note  with  such  Paying  Agent  or (to the
satisfaction of such Paying Agent) by such Note being held to its order or under
its control or being blocked in an account with a clearing system,  in each case
not less than 48 hours before the time fixed for the relevant meeting and on the
terms set out in  sub-paragraph  (A)(i)(a) or (A)(ii)(a)  above (as the case may
be), and (in the case of a block  voting  instruction)  instructing  such Paying
Agent to the effect set out in sub-paragraph (A)(ii)(b) above. The holder of any
voting  certificate or the proxies named in any block voting  instruction  shall
for all purposes in connection with the relevant meeting or adjourned meeting of
Noteholders  be  deemed  to be the  holder  of the  Notes to which  such  voting
certificate or block voting instruction  relates and the Paying Agent with which
such Notes have been  deposited  or the person  holding the same to the order or
under the  control of such  Paying  Agent or the  clearing  system in which such
Notes have been blocked  shall be deemed for such  purposes not to be the holder
of those Notes.

2.       The Issuer, the Guarantor or the Trustee may at any time and the Issuer
         shall upon a requisition in writing in the English  language  signed by
         the  holders of not less than five per cent.  in nominal  amount of the
         Notes  for  the  time  being  outstanding  convene  a  meeting  of  the
         Noteholders  and if the Issuer makes default for a period of seven days
         in convening  such a meeting the same may be convened by the Trustee or
         the requisitionists.  Every such meeting shall be held at such time and
         place as the Trustee may appoint or approve.

3. At least 21 days' notice  (exclusive  of the day on which the notice is given
and the day on which the meeting is to be held)  specifying  the place,  day and
hour of meeting shall be given to the holders of the relevant Notes prior to any
meeting of such  holders in the manner  provided by  Condition  13. Such notice,
which shall be in the English language,  shall state generally the nature of the
business to be  transacted  at the meeting  thereby  convened but (except for an
Extraordinary  Resolution)  it shall not be  necessary to specify in such notice
the  terms  of  any  resolution  to  be  proposed.  Such  notice  shall  include
statements,  if applicable, to the effect that Notes may, not less than 48 hours
before the time fixed for the meeting,  be deposited  with Paying  Agents or (to
their  satisfaction) held to their order or under their control or blocked in an
account with a clearing system for the purpose of obtaining voting  certificates
or appointing proxies. A copy of the notice shall be sent by post to the Trustee
(unless  the  meeting is convened  by the  Trustee),  to the Issuer  (unless the
meeting is convened by the Issuer) and to the  Guarantor  (unless the meeting is
convened by the Guarantor).

4.       A person (who may but need not be a Noteholder) nominated in writing by
         the Trustee shall be entitled to take the chair at the relevant meeting
         or  adjourned  meeting but if no such  nomination  is made or if at any
         meeting or adjourned  meeting the person nominated shall not be present
         within 15 minutes  after the time  appointed for holding the meeting or
         adjourned  meeting the  Noteholders  present  shall choose one of their
         number to be Chairman, failing which the Issuer may appoint a Chairman.
         The Chairman of an adjourned meeting need not be the same person as was
         Chairman of the meeting from which the adjournment took place.

5. At any such meeting one or more persons present holding  Definitive  Notes or
voting  certificates  or  being  proxies  and  holding  or  representing  in the
aggregate not less than one-twentieth of the nominal amount of the Notes for the
time being outstanding shall (except for the purpose of passing an Extraordinary
Resolution) form a quorum for the transaction of business and no business (other
than the choosing of a Chairman)  shall be transacted at any meeting  unless the
requisite  quorum be present at the commencement of the relevant  business.  The
quorum  at any such  meeting  for  passing  an  Extraordinary  Resolution  shall
(subject as provided below) be one or more persons  present  holding  Definitive
Notes or voting certificates or being proxies and holding or representing in the
aggregate  a clear  majority  in nominal  amount of the Notes for the time being
outstanding  PROVIDED THAT at any meeting the business of which  includes any of
the following  matters (each of which shall,  subject only to Clause  19(B)(ii),
only be capable of being  effected  after having been approved by  Extraordinary
Resolution) namely:
         
(i)      reduction  or  cancellation  of the amount  payable or,  where
                  applicable, modification, except where such modification is in
                  the opinion of the Trustee bound to result in an increase,  of
                  the method of calculating  the amount payable or  modification
                  of the date of payment or, where applicable,  of the method of
                  calculating the date of payment in respect of any principal or
                  interest in respect of the Notes;

(ii) alteration of the currency in which payments under the Notes,  Receipts and
Coupons are to be made;
         
(iii) alteration of the majority required to pass an Extraordinary Resolution;
        
(iv) the sanctioning of any such scheme or proposal as is described in paragraph
18(I) below; and
         
(v)      alteration of this proviso or the proviso to paragraph 6 below;

         the quorum  shall be one or more  persons  present  holding  Definitive
         Notes  or  voting   certificates   or  being  proxies  and  holding  or
         representing  in the aggregate not less than  two-thirds of the nominal
         amount of the Notes for the time being outstanding.

6. If within 15 minutes (or such longer  period not  exceeding 30 minutes as the
Chairman may decide)  after the time  appointed for any such meeting a quorum is
not present for the transaction of any particular  business,  then,  subject and
without prejudice to the transaction of the business (if any) for which a quorum
is present, the meeting shall if convened upon the requisition of Noteholders be
dissolved.  In any other case it shall  stand  adjourned  to the same day in the
next week (or if such day is a public holiday the next succeeding  business day)
at the  same  time  and  place  (except  in the  case of a  meeting  at which an
Extraordinary  Resolution  is to be  proposed  in  which  case  it  shall  stand
adjourned  for such  period,  being not less than 13 clear days nor more than 42
clear days,  and to such place as may be appointed by the Chairman  either at or
subsequent  to such meeting and approved by the  Trustee).  If within 15 minutes
(or such longer  period not  exceeding  30 minutes as the  Chairman  may decide)
after the time  appointed for any adjourned  meeting a quorum is not present for
the transaction of any particular business,  then, subject and without prejudice
to the  transaction of the business (if any) for which a quorum is present,  the
Chairman may either (with the approval of the Trustee)  dissolve such meeting or
adjourn the same for such period, being not less than 13 clear days (but without
any maximum number of clear days),  and to such place as may be appointed by the
Chairman  either at or subsequent to such adjourned  meeting and approved by the
Trustee,  and the  provisions  of  this  sentence  shall  apply  to all  further
adjourned such meetings.  At any adjourned  meeting one or more persons  present
holding  Definitive  Notes  of  the  relevant  one  or  more  Series  or  voting
certificates or being proxies  (whatever the nominal amount of the Notes so held
or  represented  by them) shall  (subject  as provided  below) form a quorum and
shall have power to pass any Extraordinary Resolution or other resolution and to
decide upon all matters which could properly have been dealt with at the meeting
from which the  adjournment  took place had the  requisite  quorum been  present
PROVIDED  THAT at any  adjourned  meeting  the  quorum  for the  transaction  of
business  comprising any of the matters  specified in the proviso to paragraph 5
above shall be one or more persons  present holding  Definitive  Notes or voting
certificates  or being proxies and holding or  representing in the aggregate not
less than  one-third  of the  nominal  amount  of the  Notes for the time  being
outstanding.

7.       Notice of any adjourned meeting at which an Extraordinary Resolution is
         to be  submitted  shall be given in the same  manner  as  notice  of an
         original  meeting but as if 10 were  substituted  for 21 in paragraph 3
         above and such  notice  shall  state the  relevant  quorum.  Subject as
         aforesaid  it shall not be necessary to give any notice of an adjourned
         meeting.

8.       Every  question  submitted  to a meeting  shall be decided in the first
         instance  by a show of  hands  and in case of  equality  of  votes  the
         Chairman  shall  both on a show of hands  and on a poll  have a casting
         vote in  addition  to the  vote or  votes  (if  any) to which he may be
         entitled as a Noteholder or as a holder of a voting certificate or as a
         proxy.

9.       At any meeting  unless a poll is (before or on the  declaration  of the
         result of the show of hands) demanded by the Chairman,  the Issuer, the
         Guarantor,  the Trustee or any person present holding a Definitive Note
         of the  relevant  Series  or a  voting  certificate  or  being  a proxy
         (whatever  the nominal  amount of the Notes so held or  represented  by
         him) a declaration  by the Chairman that a resolution  has been carried
         or  carried  by a  particular  majority  or  lost or not  carried  by a
         particular  majority  shall be conclusive  evidence of the fact without
         proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or
         against such resolution.

10.      Subject  to  paragraph  12 below,  if at any such  meeting a poll is so
         demanded it shall be taken in such  manner and  subject as  hereinafter
         provided either at once or after an adjournment as the Chairman directs
         and the result of such poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the
         meeting at which the poll was  demanded as at the date of the taking of
         the poll.  The demand for a poll shall not prevent the  continuance  of
         the meeting for the  transaction  of any business other than the motion
         on which the poll has been demanded.

11.      The  Chairman  may with the consent of (and shall if  directed  by) any
         such meeting adjourn the same from time to time and from place to place
         but no business  shall be transacted at any  adjourned  meeting  except
         business  which might  lawfully (but for lack of required  quorum) have
         been transacted at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.

12.      Any poll  demanded at any such meeting on the election of a Chairman or
         on any question of  adjournment  shall be taken at the meeting  without
         adjournment.

13. The  Trustee  and its  lawyers  and any  director,  officer or employee of a
corporation being a trustee of these presents and any director or officer of the
Issuer or, as the case may be, the  Guarantor  and its or their  lawyers and any
other  person  authorised  so to do by the  Trustee  may attend and speak at any
meeting.  Save  as  aforesaid,  but  without  prejudice  to the  proviso  to the
definition of  "outstanding"  in Clause 1, no person shall be entitled to attend
and speak nor shall any person be entitled to vote at any meeting of Noteholders
or join with others in requesting the convening of such a meeting or to exercise
the rights conferred on Noteholders by Condition 9 unless he either produces the
Definitive  Note or  Definitive  Notes  of which  he is the  holder  or a voting
certificate or is a proxy. No person shall be entitled to vote at any meeting in
respect of Notes held by, for the benefit  of, or on behalf of, the Issuer,  the
Guarantor or any other Subsidiary of the Guarantor. Nothing herein shall prevent
any of the proxies named in any block voting  instruction from being a director,
officer  or  representative  of or  otherwise  connected  with the Issuer or the
Guarantor.

14.      Subject as provided in paragraph 13 hereof at any meeting:

         (A)      on a show of hands  every  person who is present in person and
                  produces a Definitive Note or voting certificate or is a proxy
                  shall have one vote; and

         (B)      on a poll every  person who is so present  shall have one vote
                  in respect of each U.S.$1 or such other  amount as the Trustee
                  may in its absolute  discretion  stipulate (or, in the case of
                  meetings of holders of Notes  denominated in another currency,
                  such  amount in such  other  currency  as the  Trustee  in its
                  absolute  discretion  may  stipulate) in nominal amount of the
                  Definitive  Notes so  produced  or  represented  by the voting
                  certificate so produced or in respect of which he is a proxy.

         Without  prejudice to the obligations of the proxies named in any block
         voting  instruction  any person entitled to more than one vote need not
         use all his votes or cast all the votes to which he is  entitled in the
         same way.

15. The proxies named in any block voting instruction need not be Noteholders.

16. Each block voting instruction together (if so requested by the Trustee) with
proof satisfactory to the Trustee of its due execution on behalf of the relevant
Paying Agent shall be  deposited  by the relevant  Paying Agent at such place as
the Trustee shall  approve not less than 24 hours before the time  appointed for
holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the proxies named in the block
voting  instruction  propose to vote and in default the block voting instruction
shall not be  treated  as valid  unless  the  Chairman  of the  meeting  decides
otherwise  before such meeting or  adjourned  meeting  proceeds to  business.  A
notarially  certified copy of each block voting  instruction  shall be deposited
with the Trustee before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting but
the Trustee shall not thereby be obliged to investigate or be concerned with the
validity  of or the  authority  of the  proxies  named in any such block  voting
instruction.

17. Any vote given in  accordance  with the terms of a block voting  instruction
shall be valid notwithstanding the previous revocation or amendment of the block
voting instruction or of any of the relevant Noteholders'  instructions pursuant
to  which  it was  executed  provided  that no  intimation  in  writing  of such
revocation or amendment  shall have been received from the relevant Paying Agent
by the Issuer at its  principal  office  (or such  other  place as may have been
required or approved by the Trustee for the  purpose) by the time being 24 hours
and 48 hours  respectively  before the time appointed for holding the meeting or
adjourned meeting at which the block voting instruction is to be used.

18.      A  meeting  of  the  Noteholders   shall  in  addition  to  the  powers
         hereinbefore  given  have  the  following  powers  exercisable  only by
         Extraordinary  Resolution (subject to the provisions relating to quorum
         contained in paragraphs 5 and 6 above) namely:

         (A)      Power to sanction any compromise or arrangement proposed to be
                  made  between the Issuer,  the  Guarantor,  the  Trustee,  any
                  Appointee   and   the    Noteholders,    Receiptholders    and
                  Couponholders or any of them.

         (B)      Power to sanction any abrogation, modification,  compromise or
                  arrangement  in  respect  of the  rights of the  Trustee,  any
                  Appointee, the Noteholders, the Receiptholders, Couponholders,
                  the Issuer,  the  Guarantor  or against any other or others of
                  them or against  any of their  property  whether  such  rights
                  shall arise under these presents or otherwise.

         (C)      Power to assent to any modification of the provisions of these
                  presents which shall be proposed by the Issuer, the Guarantor,
                  the Trustee or any Noteholder.

         (D)      Power  to give any  authority  or  sanction  which  under  the
                  provisions  of  these  presents  is  required  to be  given by
                  Extraordinary Resolution.

         (E)      Power to appoint any persons (whether Noteholders or not) as a
                  committee  or  committees  to represent  the  interests of the
                  Noteholders  and to confer upon such  committee or  committees
                  any  powers  or  discretions   which  the  Noteholders   could
                  themselves exercise by Extraordinary Resolution.

         (F)      Power to approve  of a person to be  appointed  a trustee  and
                  power to remove any trustee or trustees  for the time being of
                  these presents.

         (G)      Power  to  discharge  or  exonerate  the  Trustee  and/or  any
                  Appointee from all liability in respect of any act or omission
                  for which the Trustee  and/or such  Appointee  may have become
                  responsible under these presents.

         (H)      Power to authorise the Trustee  and/or any Appointee to concur
                  in and execute and do all such  deeds,  instruments,  acts and
                  things as may be necessary to carry out and give effect to any
                  Extraordinary Resolution.

(I) Power to  sanction  any scheme or proposal  for the  exchange or sale of the
Notes for or the conversion of the Notes into or the  cancellation  of the Notes
in consideration of shares,  stock,  notes, bonds,  debentures,  debenture stock
and/or other  obligations  and/or  securities of the Issuer or any other company
formed or to be formed,  or for or into or in  consideration  of cash, or partly
for or into or in consideration of such shares, stock, notes, bonds, debentures,
debenture  stock and/or other  obligations  and/or  securities  as aforesaid and
partly for or into or in  consideration  of cash and for the appointment of some
person  with power on behalf of the  Noteholders  to execute  an  instrument  of
transfer of the  Registered  Notes held by them in favour of the persons with or
to whom the Notes are to be exchanged or sold respectively.

19. Any resolution passed at a meeting of the Noteholders duly convened and held
in  accordance  with these  presents  shall be binding upon all the  Noteholders
whether  present or not  present at such  meeting  and whether or not voting and
upon all  Receiptholders  and  Couponholders  and each of them shall be bound to
give effect thereto  accordingly and the passing of any such resolution shall be
conclusive evidence that the circumstances  justify the passing thereof.  Notice
of the result of the voting on any resolution duly considered by the Noteholders
shall be published in accordance  with Condition 13 by the Issuer within 14 days
of such result  being known  PROVIDED  THAT the  non-publication  of such notice
shall not invalidate such result.

20.      The expression  "Extraordinary  Resolution" when used in these presents
         means (a) a  resolution  passed at a meeting  of the  Noteholders  duly
         convened  and held in  accordance  with  these  presents  by a majority
         consisting of not less than three-fourths of the persons voting thereat
         upon a show  of  hands  or if a poll  is duly  demanded  by a  majority
         consisting  of not less than  three-fourths  of the votes  cast on such
         poll; or (b) a resolution in writing  signed by or on behalf of all the
         Noteholders,  which  resolution  in  writing  may be  contained  in one
         document  or in  several  documents  in like form each  signed by or on
         behalf of one or more of the Noteholders.

21.      Minutes of all  resolutions  and  proceedings  at every  meeting of the
         Noteholders  shall be made and entered in books to be from time to time
         provided  for  that  purpose  by the  Issuer  and any such  minutes  as
         aforesaid if  purporting to be signed by the Chairman of the meeting at
         which such resolutions  were passed or proceedings  transacted shall be
         conclusive  evidence of the  matters  therein  contained  and until the
         contrary is proved every such meeting in respect of the  proceedings of
         which minutes have been made shall be deemed to have been duly held and
         convened and all resolutions  passed or proceedings  transacted thereat
         to have been duly passed or transacted.

22.               (A) If and  whenever  the Issuer  shall  have  issued and have
                  outstanding  Notes  of more  than  one  Series  the  foregoing
                  provisions of this Schedule  shall have effect  subject to the
                  following modifications:

                  (i)      a  resolution  which in the  opinion  of the  Trustee
                           affects the Notes of only one Series  shall be deemed
                           to have  been duly  passed  if  passed at a  separate
                           meeting of the holders of the Notes of that Series;

                  (ii)     a  resolution  which in the  opinion  of the  Trustee
                           affects  the Notes of more than one  Series  but does
                           not give rise to a conflict of  interest  between the
                           holders  of Notes of any of the  Series  so  affected
                           shall be deemed to have been duly passed if passed at
                           a single  meeting of the  holders of the Notes of all
                           the Series so affected;

                  (iii)    a  resolution  which in the  opinion  of the  Trustee
                           affects  the Notes of more than one  Series and gives
                           or may give rise to a conflict  of  interest  between
                           the  holders  of the Notes of one  Series or group of
                           Series so  affected  and the  holders of the Notes of
                           another  Series or group of Series so affected  shall
                           be deemed to have been duly  passed only if passed at
                           separate meetings of the holders of the Notes of each
                           Series or group of Series so affected; and

                  (iv)     to all such meetings all the preceding  provisions of
                           this Schedule shall mutatis  mutandis apply as though
                           references  therein  to Notes  and  Noteholders  were
                           references  to the  Notes of the  Series  or group of
                           Series in  question  or to the holders of such Notes,
                           as the case may be.

(B) If the Issuer  shall have  issued and have  outstanding  Notes which are not
denominated  in U.S.  dollars in the case of any  meeting of holders of Notes of
more than one  currency  the  principal  amount of such Notes  shall (i) for the
purposes of paragraph 2 above be the equivalent in U.S. dollars at the spot rate
of a bank nominated by the Trustee for the  conversion of the relevant  currency
or currencies  into U.S.  dollars on the seventh dealing day prior to the day on
which the  requisition  in  writing is  received  by the Issuer and (ii) for the
purposes of paragraphs  5, 6 and 14 above  (whether in respect of the meeting or
any adjourned such meeting or any poll resulting therefrom) be the equivalent at
such spot rate on the seventh  dealing day prior to the day of such meeting.  In
such circumstances, on any poll each person present shall have one vote for each
U.S.$1 (or such other U.S.  dollar  amount as the  Trustee  may in its  absolute
discretion  stipulate)  in principal  amount of the Notes  (converted  as above)
which he holds or represents.

23.      Subject to all other  provisions  of these  presents  the  Trustee  may
         without  the  consent  of  any  of  the  Issuer,  the  Guarantor,   the
         Noteholders,  the  Receiptholders or the  Couponholders  prescribe such
         further regulations  regarding the requisitioning and/or the holding of
         meetings  of  Noteholders  and  attendance  and  voting  thereat as the
         Trustee may in its sole discretion think fit.



<PAGE>


EXECUTED as a deed by                                
COUNTRYWIDE HOME LOANS, INC.                         
by JENNIFER SANDEFUR                                        JENNIFER SANDEFUR
acting under the authority of that Executive Vice President and Treasurer
company in the presence of:                         


Witness's Signature:       JANET HARRIGAN

Name:                      JANET HARRIGAN

Address:                   4500 Park Granada, CH-43, Calabas, CS 91302

Occupation:                Executive Secretary



EXECUTED as a deed by                                
COUNTRYWIDE CREDIT INDUSTRIES,                       
INC. acting by THOMAS K. McLAUGHLIN
THOMAS K. McLAUGHLIN Managing Director and Treasurer
acting under the authority of that                   
company in the presence of:                          


Witness's Signature:       KATHY COLOMA

Name:                      KATHY COLOMA

Address:                   4500 Park Grarnada, CH-78, Calabasas, CA 91302

Occupation:                Executive Administrative Assistant



THE COMMON SEAL of BANKERS                           
TRUSTEE COMPANY LIMITED                              
was affixed to this deed in                                  SEAL
                                                             ----
the presence of:                                     


                                    A. G. BUCKLAND
                                    Director

                                    MARK JONES
                                    Director







ICM2:327045.3


<PAGE>






                               DATED 1ST MAY, 1998





                          COUNTRYWIDE HOME LOANS, INC.


                                     - and -


                       COUNTRYWIDE CREDIT INDUSTRIES, INC.


                                     - and -


                         BANKERS TRUSTEE COMPANY LIMITED







                      -------------------------------------

                                   TRUST DEED

                                  relating to a

                               U.S.$2,000,000,000
                         Euro Medium Term Note Programme

                      -------------------------------------








                       For Bankers Trustee Company Limited
                               as to English law:

                                  ALLEN & OVERY
                                 One New Change
                                 London EC4M 9QQ



                                     <PAGE>





                                 CONFORMED COPY




                               DATED 1ST MAY, 1998




                          COUNTRYWIDE HOME LOANS, INC.


                                     - and -


                       COUNTRYWIDE CREDIT INDUSTRIES, INC.


                                     - and -


                         BANKERS TRUSTEE COMPANY LIMITED



                      -------------------------------------

                                   TRUST DEED

                                  relating to a

                               U.S.$2,000,000,000
                         Euro Medium Term Note Programme
                      -------------------------------------













             For Bankers Trustee Company Limited as to English law:

                                  ALLEN & OVERY
                                 One New Change
                                 London EC4M 9QQ



<PAGE>



la-195654v.4
la-195654v.4
                                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
CLAUSE                                                                      PAGE

1.       DEFINITIONS...........................................................1
2.       AMOUNT AND ISSUE OF THE NOTES.........................................1
3.       FORMS OF THE NOTES....................................................1
4.       FEES, DUTIES AND TAXES................................................1
5.       COVENANT OF COMPLIANCE................................................1
6.       CANCELLATION OF NOTES AND RECORDS.....................................1
7.       GUARANTEE.............................................................1
8.       NON-PAYMENT...........................................................1
9.       PROCEEDINGS, ACTION AND INDEMNIFICATION...............................1
10.      APPLICATION OF MONEYS.................................................1
11.      NOTICE OF PAYMENTS....................................................1
12.      INVESTMENT BY TRUSTEE.................................................1
13.      PARTIAL PAYMENTS......................................................1
14.      COVENANTS BY THE ISSUER AND THE GUARANTOR.............................1
15.      REMUNERATION AND INDEMNIFICATION OF TRUSTEE..........................25
16.      SUPPLEMENT TO TRUSTEE ACT 1925........................................1
17.      TRUSTEE'S LIABILITY...................................................1
18.      TRUSTEE CONTRACTING WITH THE ISSUER AND THE GUARANTOR.................1
19.      WAIVER, AUTHORISATION AND DETERMINATION...............................1
         MODIFICATION..........................................................1
         BREACH................................................................1
         CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE OR TRANSFER.........................1
20.      HOLDER OF DEFINITIVE NOTE ASSUMED TO BE RECEIPTHOLDER AND COUPONHOLDER1

21.      CURRENCY INDEMNITY....................................................1
22.      NEW TRUSTEE...........................................................1
23.      TRUSTEE'S RETIREMENT AND REMOVAL......................................1
24.      TRUSTEE'S POWERS TO BE ADDITIONAL.....................................1
25.      NOTICES...............................................................1
26.      GOVERNING LAW.........................................................1
27.      SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION............................................1
28.      COUNTERPARTS..........................................................1

SCHEDULES

THE FIRST SCHEDULE  .............-  TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE NOTES.........37

THE SECOND SCHEDULE              -  FORM OF TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE..............1
                                 -  FORM OF PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE..............1
                                 -  FORM OF DEFINITIVE NOTE....................1
                                 -  FORM OF RECEIPT............................1
                                 -  FORM OF COUPON.............................1
                                 -  FORM OF TALON..............................1

THE THIRD SCHEDULE               -  PROVISIONS FOR MEETINGS OF NOTEHOLDERS.....1




                                       COUNTRYWIDE CREDIT INDUSTRIES, INC.
                                         DEFERRED COMPENSATION AGREEMENT
                                           FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS


       THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into as of the ___ day of _____, 1998,
       by  and  between   Countrywide  Credit   Industries,   Inc.,  a  Delaware
       corporation (hereinafter "CCI"), and _________________ ((hereinafter, the
       "Director"),  a  non-employee  member  of the Board of  Directors  of CCI
       (hereinafter the "Board").

                                   WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS,  fees are  currently  paid  monthly to the  Director as a retainer  for
serving on the Board; and
       
WHEREAS, the Director and CCI desire that the payment of all or a portion
       of said  fees to the  Director  be  deferred,  pursuant  to the terms and
       provisions of this Agreement;

       NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1.     This  Agreement  shall be effective as of the date specified  above,  and
       shall  continue in effect until this  Agreement is terminated as provided
       herein.

 2.    CCI shall  credit  to an  account  on CCI's  books  and  records,  in the
       Director's name (the "Director  Deferral  Account"),  all or a portion of
       such Director's fees otherwise payable to Director as may be specified by
       the Director on an Election Form (the "Election  Form")  substantially in
       the form  attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  A. The  Election  Form  shall be
       submitted to CCI simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement with
       regard to the  deferral of fees during the 1998  calendar  year and on or
       before  each  December  31  thereafter,  with  respect  to  amounts to be
       deferred in the next calendar year.

3. Each  January,  there  shall be  credited to the  Director  Deferral  Account
interest  in  an  amount  equal  to  the  "Applicable  Interest  Rate"  for  the
immediately  preceding  twelve  months  beginning  on  January  1 and  ending on
December 31 (or relevant  portion  thereof)  during the term of this  Agreement.
(Each twelve month period or relevant portion thereof being a "Deferral Year.").
Such  interest  shall be credited  against the balance in the Director  Deferral
Account as of the first day of each month during the Deferral  Year. All amounts
otherwise due and payable to the Director shall be deemed  received and credited
to the Director  Deferral  Account as of the first day of the month in which the
amount was due and payable by CCI to the Director.

4.     Unless  otherwise  agreed  to by CCI and  the  Director,  the  Applicable
       Interest Rate shall be as set forth in Section B of the Election Form.

5. CCI shall pay the  Director  an amount  equal to the amount  credited  to the
Director  Deferral  Account  pursuant to paragraphs 2 and 3 hereof in the manner
and on the date  specified by the Director on the  Director's  Election Form. In
the  event the  Director  has  specified  a payout  over a period of years,  the
Director  Deferral  Account shall be reduced by the amount of the payment at the
time the  payment  is made.  In the event of the  Director's  death  before  any
payment due under this Paragraph 5 has been paid, such payment due shall be paid
either over the time period previously  elected by the Director,  but commencing
the first month  following the Director's  death, or in a lump sum to Director's
beneficiary, as specified by the Director on the Election Form.

6.     Once, but not more than once, in a Deferral Year, the Director may submit
       a new Election Form to CCI changing, or continuing in effect, the portion
       of fees  payable that are subject to deferral  hereunder  and/or the time
       within which the amount credited to the Director  Deferral  Account shall
       be paid. Each such election shall apply only with respect to fees payable
       on or after the first day of the calendar  year  following  the date such
       election is made.

7.     In the event the  Director  undergoes  what CCI  considers to be a severe
       financial  hardship,  upon the Director's  written request therefor,  the
       entire  amount due the  Director as of the date of such  written  request
       shall be immediately payable in a single lump sum.

8. The Director  shall have no ownership  rights in the amounts  credited to the
Director Deferral Account by CCI other than as set forth in this Agreement.  CCI
will not set aside,  earmark or entrust  any fund or money with which to pay its
obligations  under this  Agreement.  The Director and any  successor in interest
shall be and remain  simply an  unsecured  creditor of CCI in the same manner as
any other creditor  having a general claim for unpaid  compensation  if and when
the  Director  had  the  right  to  receive  payment  of  deferred  compensation
hereunder.  To the extent  permitted  by law,  the rights of the Director or any
successor  in  interest  in any  benefit  or to any  payment  pursuant  to  this
Agreement  shall not be subject in any manner to  attachment  or any other legal
process for the debts of the Director or any  successor  in  interest.  Any such
benefit or  payment  shall not be subject  to  anticipation,  alienation,  sale,
transfer, assignment or encumbrance.

9.     Nothing  contained in this  Agreement and no action taken pursuant to the
       provisions  of this  Agreement  shall  create or be construed to create a
       trust  of any  kind,  or a  fiduciary  relationship  between  CCI and the
       Director or any other person.

10.    The  existence of this  Agreement  shall not confer upon the Director any
       right to continue to serve as a director of CCI for any period of time.

11.    This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of CCI, its
       successors  and  assigns,  and the  Director  and his  heirs,  executors,
       administrators and legal representatives.

12.    This  Agreement may be terminated by CCI upon 30 days' written  notice to
       the Director.  Except as provided in Paragraph 13, such termination shall
       be  applicable  only with  respect to fees payable to the Director on and
       after  the  first  day  of  the  calendar  year  following  the  date  of
       termination.

13.    This  Agreement  may be amended at any time with the  written  consent of
       both parties.  Any amounts deferred hereunder may continue to be deferred
       under any successor agreement executed by the parties hereto which by its
       terms  provides for an  arrangement  similar to that provided  hereunder,
       except  that any  successor  agreement  shall only be  effective  for the
       period commencing with the date of its execution.

       IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this  Agreement has been executed as of the day and
year first written above.

ATTEST:                             COUNTRYWIDE CREDIT INDUSTRIES, INC.




By:  ________________               By:  ___/s/_________________________
       Secretary
                       Title: ___________________________


                                            DIRECTOR


                       By: ___/s/________________________




                                                    EXHIBIT A
                                       COUNTRYWIDE CREDIT INDUSTRIES, INC.
                                         DEFERRED COMPENSATION AGREEMENT
                                           FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS
                                                  ELECTION FORM


TO: Countrywide Credit Industries, Inc.

In accordance with the provisions of the above-named  Agreement,  I hereby elect
to defer the cash compensation otherwise to become payable to me for services to
be  rendered  by me as a  non-employee  member  of the Board of  Directors,  and
committees  thereof,  of Countrywide Credit  Industries,  Inc. during the period
commencing [insert date] and ending on [insert date], as follows:

A.    Amount of Deferral:  _______% of annual retainer and fees.

B. The Director Deferral Account shall be credited with interest as described in
The Agreement.


C. The cash  compensation  deferral  is to be paid to me as follows  (check one,
either number 1 or 2):
       
  1.  _______  In a single  lump  payment by January 31 of the first full
         calendar year following (check one, either a, b or c):

                a.   ______       The termination of my services as a director.

      b.   ______       The completion of _____ (insert a whole number not less
                          than 3) calendar years following the year of deferral.

                  c.   ______       The first to occur of either a or b.

         2.   _______ In equal monthly payments calculated to exhaust the amount
              of the  deferral  and credit  interest  to the  Director  Deferral
              Account within  ________  (insert a whole number between 2 and 15)
              years. The first such monthly payment will be made on the first of
              the month following the termination of my services as a director.

D.    In the  event  that my  death  occurs  before I have  received  all of the
      deferred  payments,  a lump sum payment  shall be made to (insert name and
      address of beneficiary):

                           ---------------------------------------------

                           ---------------------------------------------

                           ---------------------------------------------




      The death benefit shall be paid to the beneficiary specified above as
                   follows (check one, either number 1 or 2):

                  1. ______ over the period of years specified
                   above, with the first payment to be made on
                   the first of the month following my death.

     2. ______ in a single lump sum to be payable (check one, either a or b)

                    a) _____ in the month following my death.

           b) _____ in the first month of the year following my death.

I  hereby  agree  to be  bound by the  terms  of the  Agreement,  including  any
amendments  thereof,  and  recognize  that  the  foregoing  election,  with  the
exception of the  above-designated  beneficiary,  is irrevocable  and may not be
altered by me.


                  __/s/_______________________________________

Received on behalf of
Countrywide Credit Industries, Inc.



By:  _/s/___________________
    Sandor E. Samuels
    Secretary


                                           REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT


                  THIS REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT (the  "Agreement") is made and
dated as of the 15th day of April,  1998,  by and among  the  lenders  signatory
hereto  (collectively,  the "Lenders");  ROYAL BANK OF CANADA  ("RBC"),  as lead
administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the "Lead Administrative
Agent");  THE BANK OF NEW YORK  ("BNY"),  as  co-administrative  agent  (in such
capacity, the "Co-Administrative  Agent");  MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW
YORK ("MGTC"), as syndication agent (in such capacity, the "Syndication Agent");
CREDIT LYONNAIS,  SAN FRANCISCO BRANCH ("CL"),  as documentation  agent (in such
capacity,  the "Documentation  Agent"); RBC, as arranger (in such capacity,  the
"Arranger"),   BNY,  MGTC  and  CL,  as  co-arrangers  (in  such  capacity,  the
"Co-Arrangers");  the Lenders acting as co-agents, as indicated on the signature
pages hereof (in such capacity,  the  "Co-Agents");  and COUNTRYWIDE HOME LOANS,
INC., a New York corporation (the "Company").

                                                    RECITALS

                  A. The Company has requested that the Lenders extend credit to
the Company in the form of a short term, unsecured revolving credit facility and
that the Lead Administrative Agent, the Co-Administrative Agent, the Syndication
Agent, the Documentation Agent, the Arranger, the Co-Arrangers and the Co-Agents
agree to act in such capacities with respect thereto.

                  B. The Lenders and such other  Persons have agreed to do so on
the terms and subject to the conditions set forth more particularly herein.

                  NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above Recitals and for
other good and  valuable  consideration,  the receipt and  adequacy of which are
hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:


                                                    AGREEMENT

                  1.  Credit Facilities.
1(a)  Primary  Facility.  On the terms and subject to the  conditions  set forth
herein, each of the Lenders severally agrees that it shall, from time to time to
but not including the Maturity Date,  advance its respective  Primary Percentage
Share of loans  (the  "Primary  Loans" or a  "Primary  Loan") to the  Company in
amounts not to exceed in the  aggregate at any date  outstanding  the  Aggregate
Credit Limit minus the  aggregate  dollar amount of Swing Loans  outstanding  on
such date  (including  Swing Loans to be funded on such date but excluding Swing
Loans to be repaid on
such date).

1(b) Swing Loan  Facility.  On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth
herein, each of the Swing Line Lenders severally agrees that it shall, from time
to time to but not including the Maturity  Date,  advance its  respective  Swing
Line  Percentage  Share of loans (the  "Swing  Loans" or a "Swing  Loan") to the
Company in amounts  such that the  aggregate  amount of Swing Loans  outstanding
does not exceed at any date the lesser of:

(1) The Aggregate  Swing Line  Commitment;  and (2) The  Aggregate  Credit Limit
minus the  aggregate  dollar amount of Primary  Loans  outstanding  on such date
(including  Primary Loans to be funded on such date and excluding  Primary Loans
to be repaid on such date).
At the request of any Swing Line Lender,  made  through the Lead  Administrative
Agent  at any  time  and  from  time to  time,  including,  without  limitation,
following the occurrence of an Event of Default,  each Lender (including each of
the Swing Line Lenders)  absolutely and  unconditionally  agrees to refund Swing
Loans held by the Swing Line Lenders by advancing its Primary  Percentage  Share
thereof  to the Lead  Administrative  Agent for  disbursement  to the Swing Line
Lenders pro rata,  in accordance  with their  respective  Swing Line  Percentage
Shares.  Such fundings shall be made no later than 12:00 noon (Los Angeles time)
on the date request  therefor is made if such request is made on or before 11:00
a.m. (Los Angeles time) on such date,  and no later than 12:00 noon (Los Angeles
time) on the next  succeeding  Business  Day if request  therefor  is made after
11:00 a.m. (Los Angeles  time).  Advances made by the Lenders  hereunder for the
purpose  of  refunding  Swing  Loans  shall,  for  all  purposes  of the  Credit
Documents:  (i) constitute  Primary Loans to the extent of such Lender's Primary
Percentage Share thereof,  and (ii) be advanced as Alternate Base Rate Loans. In
the event,  for  whatever  reason,  the  Lenders  are not able to advance  their
respective Primary Percentage Shares for the purpose of refunding Swing Loans as
required  hereunder,  then each of the Lenders (including each of the Swing Line
Lenders)  absolutely  and  unconditionally  agrees to purchase and take from the
Swing Line Lenders on demand an undivided  participation interest in Swing Loans
outstanding in an amount equal to their respective  Primary Percentage Shares of
such Swing Loans.  Notwithstanding  anything contained herein, in no event shall
any Lender be required to advance its Primary Percentage Share of any Swing Loan
or to purchase any undivided participation interest in any Swing Loan: a. unless
such Swing Loan was initially made in accordance  with the  requirements of this
Agreement  (as such  requirements  may be amended or waived from time to time as
permitted hereunder) or b. if upon such advance or purchase the aggregate dollar
amount of Primary  Loans and Swing Loans held by such Lender  would  exceed such
Lender's Maximum Commitment.

         2.    Requests for Loans; Funding.

2(a) Requests for Loans.  Subject to the advance notice required with respect to
Eurodollar  Loans pursuant to Paragraph 4(a) below, on any Business Day that the
Company desires to borrow Loans, it shall deliver a Loan Request,  Interest Rate
Election and Payoff Notice to the Lead  Administrative  Agent no later than: (1)
in the case of Primary  Loans,  10:00 a.m. (Los Angeles time) on such date,  and
(2) in the case of Swing  Loans,  11:00 a.m.  (Los  Angeles  time) on such date;
provided,  however,  that in the event the Lead Administrative  Agent receives a
request for a Swing Loan after 11:00 a.m.  (Los Angeles time) on a Business Day,
the Lead  Administrative  Agent shall work with the Swing Line Lenders on a best
efforts basis with a view toward funding the requested Swing Loans no later than
1:00 p.m. (Los Angeles time) on such date, the Company  expressly  acknowledging
and agreeing  that there is no assurance  that any such funding can be provided.
Only one Loan  Request,  Interest  Rate  Election and Payoff  Notice  requesting
Primary  Loans and only one Loan  Request,  Interest  Rate  Election  and Payoff
Notice  requesting  Swing Loans shall be  submitted  to the Lead  Administrative
Agent on any date.  Any request  for Primary  Loans shall be in such amount that
the  aggregate  dollar amount of Primary Loans which the Lenders are required to
actually newly fund with respect thereto is not less than $5,000,000.00, and any
request for Swing Loans  shall be in an amount not less than  $1,000,000.00.  On
each  Business Day on which a Loan  Request,  Interest  Rate Election and Payoff
Notice is delivered to the Lead  Administrative  Agent, the Lead  Administrative
Agent shall notify the applicable Lenders (which  notification may be telephonic
and, if telephonic,  shall be promptly confirmed in writing) no later than 11:00
a.m. (Los Angeles time) or in the case of a Swing Loan,  11:30 a.m. (Los Angeles
time)) of the aggregate  amount of Loans which will be funded on such date. 2(b)
Funding of Loans.  Loans requested  pursuant to any Loan Request,  Interest Rate
Election  and Payoff  Notice  shall be funded as follows:  (1) Each Lender shall
make its  Primary  Percentage  Share of Primary  Loans  available  by wiring the
amount thereof in immediately  available same day (including  Federal) funds, to
the Funding  Account no later than 12:30 p.m. (Los Angeles time) on the proposed
funding  date;  and (2)  Each  Swing  Line  Lender  shall  make its  Swing  Line
Percentage  Share of each Swing Loan  available by wiring the amount  thereof in
immediately  available same day (including Federal) funds to the Funding Account
no later than 2:00 p.m.  (Los Angeles time) on the proposed  funding date.  2(c)
Funding Method.  Each Lender shall be entitled to fund all or any portion of its
Primary  Percentage  Share of Primary  Loans and refund its  Primary  Percentage
Share of Swing Loans, and each Swing Lender shall be entitled to fund all or any
portion of its Swing Line  Percentage  Share of Swing Loans in any manner it may
determine in its sole discretion,  including,  without limitation,  in the Grand
Cayman  inter-bank  market,  the eurocurrency  inter-bank  market and within the
United  States,  but  all  calculations  and  transactions  hereunder  shall  be
conducted as though all Lenders  actually fund  Eurodollar  Loans funded by them
hereunder  through the purchase of offshore dollar deposits in such amounts with
maturities  corresponding  to the  applicable  Interest  Periods.  3. Payment of
Principal;  Prepayments.  3(a)  Required  Principal  Payments.  Subject  to  the
provisions  of  Paragraph  3(b)  below,  the  Company  shall  pay  to  the  Lead
Administrative  Agent for the  account  of the  Lenders,  the  unpaid  principal
balance  of each  Eurodollar  Loan on the  last day of the  applicable  Interest
Period  and the  unpaid  principal  balance  of each  Primary  Loan  which is an
Alternate  Base  Rate  Loan and  each  Swing  Loan on the  Maturity  Date.  3(b)
Prepayments.  The Company:  (1) May voluntarily prepay Loans in whole or in part
at any time;  provided,  however,  that any  prepayment  shall be accompanied by
accrued but unpaid  interest on the Loan or portion  thereof being prepaid.  (2)
Shall pay in connection  with any  prepayment  hereunder  any amount  payable on
account  thereof  pursuant  to  Paragraph  4(e)  below  concurrently  with  such
prepayment.  4. Calculation and Payment of Interest;  Related  Provisions.  4(a)
Interest on Primary Loans.  (1) The Company shall pay interest to each Lender on
such Lender's Primary Percentage Share of Primary Loans outstanding  calculated,
at the election of the Company  made from time to time as  permitted  herein and
set forth on a duly  executed  Loan  Request,  Interest Rate Election and Payoff
Notice,  at either:  (i) the  Alternate  Base Rate,  and/or (ii) the  Applicable
Eurodollar Rate. Primary Loans bearing interest at the Alternate Base Rate shall
be referred to herein as "Alternate Base Rate Loans";  and Primary Loans bearing
interest  at the  Applicable  Eurodollar  Rate  shall be  referred  to herein as
"Eurodollar  Loans".  (2) The  Company  may elect  from time to time to  convert
Primary  Loans from  Eurodollar  Loans to  Alternate  Base Rate Loans or to have
Primary  Loans  funded  as  Alternate   Base  Rate  Loans  by  giving  the  Lead
Administrative  Agent irrevocable notice of such election as set forth on a duly
executed Loan Request, Interest Rate Election and Payoff Notice delivered on the
proposed conversion or funding date; provided,  however,  that any conversion of
Eurodollar  Loans may only be made on the last day of the applicable  Eurodollar
Interest  Period.  The  Company  may elect from time to time to convert  Primary
Loans from  Alternate  Base Rate Loans to  Eurodollar  Loans or to have  Primary
Loans  funded as  Eurodollar  Loans by giving the Lead  Administrative  Agent at
least three Eurodollar  Business Days' prior irrevocable notice of such election
by delivery of a duly executed  Loan Request,  Interest Rate Election and Payoff
Notice.  Upon receipt of any such notice,  the Lead  Administrative  Agent shall
promptly notify each of the Lenders thereof.  No Primary Loan shall be funded as
or converted into a Eurodollar Loan if an Event of Default or Potential  Default
has occurred and is  continuing  on the day occurring two Business Days prior to
the  date  of the  funding  or  conversion  requested  by the  Company.  (3) Any
Eurodollar  Loan may be  continued as such upon the  expiration  of the Interest
Period applicable thereto by giving the Lead  Administrative  Agent (which shall
notify the Lenders) at least three Eurodollar  Business Days' prior  irrevocable
notice of such election as set forth on a duly  executed Loan Request,  Interest
Rate Election and Payoff Notice; provided,  however, that no Eurodollar Loan may
be continued as such when any Event of Default or Potential Default has occurred
and is  continuing,  but shall be  automatically  converted to an Alternate Base
Rate  Loan on the  last  day of the  then  current  Interest  Period  applicable
thereto.  The Lead Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders and the Company
promptly that such automatic conversion will occur. If the Company shall fail to
give notice as provided  above,  the Company  shall be deemed to have elected to
convert the affected  Eurodollar Loan to an Alternate Base Rate Loan on the last
day of the Interest Period applicable thereto. (4) The Lead Administrative Agent
shall give prompt written notice (or notice by telephone  immediately  confirmed
in  writing) to the Company  and the  Lenders of the  applicable  interest  rate
determined by the Lead  Administrative  Agent. (5) Under no circumstances  shall
the  Lenders  be  required  to make or  maintain  Eurodollar  Loans  under  this
Agreement  with more than an aggregate  number of eight (8)  different  Interest
Periods.  4(b)  Interest on Swing Loans.  The Company shall pay interest to each
Swing Line Lender on such Swing Line  Lender's  Swing Line  Percentage  Share of
Swing Loans  outstanding from the date advanced to but not including the date of
payment thereof at the Applicable Fed Funds Rate. 4(c) Payment of Interest.  The
Company  shall pay  interest,  in each  case as more  specifically  provided  in
Paragraph 5(d) below: (1) On Alternate Base Rate Loans and Swing Loans, monthly,
in arrears, on the fifth day of each month for the period from and including the
first day of the  immediately  preceding  month to and including the last day of
such  month;  and (2) On  Eurodollar  Loans on the  last  day of the  applicable
Eurodollar  Interest Period relating thereto.  4(d) Inability to Determine Rate.
In the event that the Lead  Administrative  Agent shall have  determined  (which
determination  shall be conclusive  and binding upon the Company) that by reason
of  circumstances   affecting  the  interbank  eurodollar  market  adequate  and
reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Eurodollar Rate for any given
Eurodollar Interest Period, the Lead  Administrative  Agent shall forthwith give
notice  (which  may be  telephonic  and  promptly  confirmed  in  writing  or by
facsimile  transmission) of such determination to each Lender and to the Company
at least  two  Eurodollar  Business  Days  prior  to,  as the  case may be,  the
conversion  date of an  Alternate  Base  Rate Loan to a  Eurodollar  Loan or the
proposed funding or continuation date of a Primary Loan as a Eurodollar Loan. If
such notice is given: (1) any Primary Loan that was to have been converted to or
funded  as a  Eurodollar  Loan  shall,  subject  to the  provisions  hereof,  be
continued  or funded as an  Alternate  Base Rate Loan,  and (2) any  outstanding
Eurodollar Loan shall be converted, on the last day of the then current Interest
Period with respect  thereto,  to an Alternate Base Rate Loan. Until such notice
has been withdrawn by the Lead Administrative  Agent, the Company shall not have
the right to convert a Primary  Loan to or fund or continue a Primary  Loan as a
Eurodollar Loan. 4(e) Funding Indemnification.  In addition to all other payment
obligations hereunder, in the event: (1) any Eurodollar Loan is prepaid prior to
the last day of the applicable  Eurodollar  Interest Period,  whether  following
acceleration upon the occurrence of an Event of Default or otherwise, including,
without limitation,  pursuant to Paragraphs 14(a), 14(b) and 14(c) below, or (2)
the Company shall fail to make a conversion  into or a borrowing as a Eurodollar
Loan after the Company has given notice thereof as provided in Paragraph 4(a)(2)
above,  or (3) the Company shall fail to continue any  Eurodollar  Loan which it
has elected to have  continued as a Eurodollar  Loan,  or (4) the Company  shall
fail to make any payment of principal or interest on any Loan when due, then the
Company shall immediately pay to each of the affected Lenders,  through the Lead
Administrative  Agent,  an additional  amount  compensating  such Lender for all
losses,  costs and  expenses  incurred by such Lender in  connection  therewith,
including,  without  limitation,  such as may arise out of the  re-employment of
funds  obtained by such Lender or from fees  payable to  terminate  the deposits
from which such funds were  obtained,  such  losses,  costs and expenses and the
method  of  calculation  thereof  being  set  forth in  reasonable  detail  in a
statement  delivered  to the  Company  by  such  Lender,  such  statement  to be
conclusive in the absence of manifest error.  Under no  circumstances  shall any
Lender have any obligation to remit monies to the Company upon prepayment of any
Eurodollar Loan, even under  circumstances  which do not result in the necessity
for the payment by the Company of any amount  hereunder.  The provisions  hereof
shall survive termination of this Agreement and payment of the outstanding Loans
and all other Obligations. 4(f) Illegality; Impracticality.  Notwithstanding any
other  provisions  herein,  if any law,  regulation,  treaty or directive or any
change therein or in the  interpretation or application  thereof shall or may in
the opinion of any Lender make it  unlawful  or  impractical  for such Lender to
make or maintain  Eurodollar  Loans: (1) the commitment of such Lender hereunder
to make,  continue or convert into Eurodollar Loans shall forthwith be cancelled
and  (2)  such  Lender's  Primary  Percentage  Share  of  Loans  outstanding  as
Eurodollar  Loans,  if any, shall be converted  automatically  to Alternate Base
Rate Loans at the end of their respective  Eurodollar Interest Periods or within
such  earlier  period as required by law.  In the event of a  conversion  of any
Eurodollar  Loan prior to the end of its applicable  Eurodollar  Interest Period
the Company hereby agrees promptly to pay each Lender,  upon its written demand,
the amounts  required  pursuant to  Paragraph  4(e) above,  it being  agreed and
understood that such conversion  shall  constitute a prepayment for all purposes
hereof.  The provisions  hereof shall survive the  termination of this Agreement
and  payment  of  the  outstanding  Loans  and  all  other   Obligations.   4(g)
Requirements of Law;  Increased Costs. In the event that a change  subsequent to
the date hereof in any applicable law, regulation, treaty or directive or in the
governmental or judicial interpretation or application thereof, or compliance by
any Lender  with any  request or  directive  (whether or not having the force of
law)  issued  subsequent  to the  date  hereof  by any  central  bank  or  other
governmental authority, agency or instrumentality: (1) Does or shall subject any
Lender to any tax of any kind  whatsoever  with respect to this Agreement or any
Loans purchased or made hereunder,  or changes the basis of taxation of payments
to such  Lender  of  principal,  fees,  interest  or any  other  amount  payable
hereunder  (except  for  changes in the rate of tax on the overall net income of
such Lender);  (2) Does or shall impose,  modify or hold applicable any reserve,
special deposit,  compulsory loan or similar requirement against assets held by,
or deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, advances or loans by,
or other credit extended by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any office of
such  Lender  which  are not  otherwise  included  in the  determination  of the
Alternate  Base Rate or the  Applicable  Eurodollar  Rate;  or (3) Does or shall
impose  on  such  Lender  any  other  condition;  and the  result  of any of the
foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender of purchasing, making, agreeing
to make,  renewing  or  maintaining  or issuing any Loan or to reduce any amount
receivable in respect thereof then, in any such case, the Company shall promptly
pay to such Lender, upon its written demand, any additional amounts necessary to
compensate such Lender for such additional cost or reduced amounts receivable as
determined  by such  Lender  with  respect  to  this  Agreement  or such  credit
extensions.  If a Lender  becomes  entitled  to  claim  any  additional  amounts
pursuant to this  Paragraph  4(g), it shall  promptly  notify the Company of the
event by reason of which it has  become so  entitled.  A  certificate  as to any
additional  amounts payable  pursuant to the foregoing  sentence  submitted by a
Lender to the Company shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.  The
obligations  of  the  Company  under  this  Paragraph  4(g)  shall  survive  the
termination  of this  Agreement and the payment of all other  Obligations.  4(h)
Taxes. (1) All payments made by the Company,  the Lead Administrative  Agent and
the Lenders on account of the  Obligations  shall be made free and clear of, and
without  deduction  or  withholding  for or on account of, any present or future
income, stamp or other taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions
or  withholdings,  now or  hereafter  imposed,  levied,  collected,  withheld or
assessed by any Governmental  Authority,  excluding, in the case of the Lenders,
net income  taxes and  franchise  taxes  (imposed in lieu of net income  taxes),
imposed on the  Lenders,  as the case may be, as a result of a present or former
connection  between  the  jurisdiction  of the  government  or taxing  authority
imposing such tax, or any political  subdivision or taxing authority  thereof or
therein,  and such Lender  (other  than a  connection  arising  solely from such
Lender having  executed,  delivered or performed its  obligations  or received a
payment under, or enforced,  the Credit Documents) (all such non-excluded taxes,
levies,  imposts,  duties,  charges,  fees,  deductions and  withholdings  being
hereinafter  called "Taxes").  If any Taxes are required to be withheld from any
amounts payable to any Lender under the Credit Documents, the amounts so payable
by the Company to the Lead  Administrative  Agent for the benefit of such Lender
shall be  increased  to the  extent  necessary  to yield to such  Lender  (after
payment of all Taxes) interest or any such other amounts  payable  thereunder at
the rates or in the amounts  specified  in the Credit  Documents.  Whenever  any
Taxes are  payable by the  Company or on behalf of the  Company,  as promptly as
possible thereafter the Company shall send to the Lead Administrative  Agent for
its own  account  or for the  account  of such  Lender,  as the  case  may be, a
certified copy of an original  official  receipt received by the Company showing
payment  thereof.  If  the  Company  fails  to pay  any  Taxes  when  due to the
appropriate taxing authority or fails to remit to the Lead Administrative  Agent
the required receipts or other required documentary evidence,  the Company shall
indemnify  the Lead  Administrative  Agent and such  Lender for any  incremental
taxes,  interest or penalties that may become payable by the Lead Administrative
Agent and the Lenders as a result of any such  failure.  The  agreements in this
subsection  shall survive the  termination  of this Agreement and the payment of
all other  Obligations.  Each Lender by executing this Agreement  represents and
warrants to the Company  and the Lead  Administrative  Agent that at the date of
this  Agreement  no Taxes are  imposed  upon such Lender  which would  result in
increased  liability  of the Company to such Lender  pursuant to this  Paragraph
4(h)(1).  (2) Each Lender that is not incorporated  under the laws of the United
States of America or a state thereof  agrees that it will deliver to the Company
and the Lead Administrative Agent (i) two duly completed copies of United States
Internal Revenue Service Form 1001 or 4224 or successor  applicable form, as the
case may be, and (ii) an Internal  Revenue  Service Form W-8 or W-9 or successor
applicable  form. Each such Lender also agrees to deliver to the Company and the
Lead  Administrative  Agent two further copies of the said Form 1001 or 4224 and
Form W-8 or W-9, or successor applicable forms or other manner of certification,
as the case may be, on or before the date that any such form  expires or becomes
obsolete  or after the  occurrence  of any event  requiring a change in the most
recent form  previously  delivered by it to the Company,  and such extensions or
renewals  thereof as may  reasonably  be  requested  by the  Company or the Lead
Administrative  Agent,  unless  in any such  case an event  (including,  without
limitation,  any change in treaty,  law or regulation) has occurred prior to the
date on which any such delivery  would  otherwise be required  which renders all
such forms  inapplicable or which would prevent such Lender from duly completing
and  delivering  any such form with respect to it and such Lender so advises the
Company and the Lead Administrative  Agent. Such Lender shall certify (y) in the
case of a Form 1001 or 4224, that it is entitled to receive  payments under this
Agreement  without  deduction or withholding of any United States federal income
taxes  and (z) in the  case  of a Form  W-8 or W-9,  that it is  entitled  to an
exemption from United States backup  withholding tax. 4(i) Buy-Down  Provisions.
Notwithstanding  anything  contained  in this  Agreement,  the  Company  and any
individual  Lender (as used in this  Paragraph  4(i),  a "Buy-Down  Lender") may
notify  the Lead  Administrative  Agent in  writing  that the  Company  and such
Buy-Down Lender have entered into a Buy-Down  Agreement with respect to all or a
portion of the Loans from time to time  outstanding held by such Buy-Down Lender
(the  Loans  held by such  Buy-Down  Lender  which  are  subject  to a  Buy-Down
Agreement being referred to herein as "Buy-Down Rate Loans"), and that, pursuant
to said  Buy-Down  Agreement,  the interest  rate  otherwise  applicable  to the
Buy-Down Rate Loans during any interest  calculation  period shall be reduced to
the  Buy-Down  Rate and the  interest  otherwise  payable by the Company to such
Buy-Down  Lender  during  such  interest  calculation  period  shall be  reduced
accordingly.  Interest  payable to such Buy-Down Lender with respect to Buy-Down
Rate Loans  shall be billed as  provided in  Paragraph  5(d) below.  In no event
shall the Lead  Administrative  Agent have any  obligation or duty to verify the
amount of any Buy-Down  Deposits  supporting  the pricing of Buy-Down Rate Loans
held by any Buy-Down  Lender or the amount of any interest  billing with respect
thereto.  Any  deficiency  fees payable to such  Buy-Down  Lender by the Company
under the applicable  Buy-Down Agreement shall be billed by such Buy-Down Lender
to the Company  directly.  Any Buy-Down  Lender may elect not to make demand for
the payment of  deficiency  fees  accruing in respect of Buy-Down  Deposits from
time to time  and it is  expressly  agreed  and  understood  that:  (1) any such
deficiency  fee shall not, by reason of such failure of such Buy-Down  Lender or
otherwise, be deemed to have been waived by such Buy-Down Lender (except as such
waiver is expressly acknowledged in writing by such Buy-Down Lender from time to
time),  and (2) all  deficiency  fees  accrued and unpaid  hereunder  and not so
expressly waived,  whether or not previously  declared due and owing by any such
Buy-Down  Lender,  shall  automatically  be due and  payable  in full  upon  the
Maturity Date. 4(j)  Obligation of Lenders to Mitigate;  Replacement of Lenders.
Each Lender  agrees that:  (1) As promptly as  practicable  after the officer of
such Lender responsible for administering the Loans of such Lender becomes aware
of any event or condition  that would  entitle  such Lender to receive  payments
under  Paragraph  4(g) above or to cease  making  Eurodollar  Loans  pursuant to
Paragraph  4(f)  above,  such Lender  will use  reasonable  efforts (i) to make,
issue,  fund or  maintain  the  affected  Loans of such Lender  through  another
lending  office of such  Lender or (ii) take such other  measures as such Lender
may deem reasonable,  if as a result thereof the additional  amounts which would
otherwise be required to be paid to such Lender pursuant to Paragraph 4(g) above
would be  materially  reduced or  eliminated or the  conditions  rendering  such
Lender incapable of making Eurodollar Loans under Paragraph 4(f) above no longer
would  be  applicable,  and  if,  as  determined  by  such  Lender  in its  sole
discretion,  the making, issuing, funding or maintaining such Loans through such
other lending office or in accordance with such other measures,  as the case may
be, would not otherwise  materially adversely affect such Loans or the interests
of such Lender.  (2) If the Company receives a notice pursuant to Paragraph 4(g)
above or a notice  pursuant to  Paragraph  4(f) above  stating  that a Lender is
unable to extend  Eurodollar Loans (for reasons not generally  applicable to the
Majority Lenders), so long as (i) no Potential Default or Event of Default shall
have occurred and be continuing, (ii) the Company has obtained a commitment from
another Lender or another  financial  institution  reasonably  acceptable to the
Lead  Administrative  Agent to  purchase  at par such  Lender's  Loans,  Maximum
Commitment  and accrued  interest and fees and to assume all  obligations of the
Lender to be replaced  under the Credit  Documents,  and (iii) such Lender to be
replaced is  unwilling to withdraw  the notice  delivered  to the Company,  upon
thirty   (30)  days'  prior   written   notice  to  such  Lender  and  the  Lead
Administrative  Agent and payment of any amounts due under Paragraph 4(g) above,
the Company may require,  at the Company's expense and subject to Paragraph 4(e)
above,  the Lender giving such notice to assign,  without  recourse,  all of its
Loans,  Maximum Commitment and accrued interest and fees to such other Lender or
financial  institution  pursuant to the  provisions  of Paragraph  14 below.  5.
Miscellaneous  Lending Provisions.  5(a) Use of Proceeds.  The proceeds of Loans
shall be utilized by the Company  for  general  corporate  purposes,  including,
without  limitation,  repayment  of  Indebtedness  of the  Company to the Parent
permitted to be repaid by the Company to the Parent pursuant to the terms of the
Credit  Documents and including CPNs. 5(b) Assumption of  Funding/Purchase.  The
Lead  Administrative  Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) assume that each
Lender has advanced its Primary  Percentage Share of Primary Loans and that each
Swing Line Lender has  advanced its Swing Line  Percentage  Share of Swing Loans
required to be funded by such Lender  hereunder on the funding date therefor and
may, in reliance  upon such  assumption,  make  available to the Company on such
date a corresponding  amount.  If and to the extent any Lender shall not have so
made such amounts  available,  such Lender and the Company jointly and severally
agree to repay  to the  Lead  Administrative  Agent  forthwith  on  demand  such
corresponding  amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date
such  amount is made  available  to the  Company  until the date such  amount is
repaid to the Lead  Administrative  Agent,  at, in the case of the Company,  the
interest rate applicable at the time to the subject Loan and, in the case of the
Lenders,  the Federal  Funds  Effective  Rate. If such Lender shall repay to the
Lead Administrative Agent such corresponding amount, such amount so repaid shall
constitute  such  Lender's  Primary  Percentage  Share or Swing Line  Percentage
Share, as applicable, of the subject Loan, as applicable for all purposes of the
Credit  Documents.  Nothing  contained  herein shall affect the liability of any
Lender for its failure to make its Primary  Percentage Share of Primary Loans or
its Swing Line  Percentage  Share of Swing  Loans  available  to the  Company as
required  pursuant  to this  Agreement  and the  other  Credit  Documents.  5(c)
Evidence of Indebtedness.  The obligation of the Company to repay Loans shall be
evidenced by notations on the books and records of the Lead Administrative Agent
and the Lenders.  Such accounts shall be conclusive  absent manifest error.  Any
failure to record the advance of any Loan, the interest rate applicable  thereto
or any other  information  regarding the Obligations,  or any error in doing so,
shall not limit or otherwise  affect the  obligation of the Company with respect
to any of the  Obligations.  Upon the request of any Lender,  the Company  shall
promptly  execute a promissory note or promissory  notes in favor of such Lender
evidencing the Obligations held by such Lender hereunder.  5(d) Interest and Fee
Billing and Payment.  The Lead Administrative  Agent shall: (1) On or before the
first Business Day of each month notify the Company (which  notification  may be
telephonic)  of the  estimated  amount  of  interest  payable  with  respect  to
Alternate  Base Rate  Loans and Swing  Loans as of the fifth day of the  current
month  for the  period  from and  including  the  first  day of the  immediately
preceding  month to and  including  the last day of such month,  with the actual
amount confirmed by notification by the Lead Administrative Agent to the Company
(which  notification  may be  telephonic  and  which,  if  telephonic,  shall be
promptly  confirmed in writing) given no later than 9:00 a.m. (Los Angeles time)
on the due date of payment  thereof;  (2) On the last day of the Interest Period
for  each  Eurodollar  Loan  notify  the  Company  (which  notification  may  be
telephonic and which, if telephonic,  shall be promptly confirmed in writing) of
the amount of interest payable on such date on account thereof; (3) On or before
the first  Business Day of the first month of each calendar  quarter  notify the
Company  (which  notification  may be telephonic) of the amount of facility fees
payable pursuant to the Fee Letter on the fifth day of such month for the period
from and including the first day of the first month of the immediately preceding
calendar  quarter to and including the last day of such calendar  quarter,  with
the actual amount confirmed by notification by the Lead Administrative  Agent to
the Company  (which  notification  may be telephonic  and which,  if telephonic,
shall be  promptly  confirmed  in  writing)  given no later than 9:00 a.m.  (Los
Angeles time) on the due date of payment thereof; and (4) From time to time upon
the  request of any  Lender,  deliver to the  Company a funding  indemnification
billing for amounts payable to such Lender pursuant to Paragraph 4(e) above or a
billing for amounts payable to such Lender pursuant to Paragraphs 4(g), 4(h) and
4(i) above and  Paragraph  5(l) below.  The Company shall pay the full amount of
interest and fees of which it has been notified  pursuant to  subparagraphs  (1)
and (3)  above on the  fifth day of each  month,  shall  pay the full  amount of
interest of which it has been notified pursuant to subparagraph (2) above on the
date such  notification  is given and shall pay the full amount of each  billing
delivered to it pursuant to  subparagraph  (4) above within five  Business  Days
thereafter.  Interest  payable  with  respect  to  Buy-Down  Loans  prior to the
occurrence of an Event of Default and  acceleration of the Obligations  shall be
billed to the Company  directly by each Buy-Down  Lender in accordance  with the
timeframes set forth in  subparagraph  (1) above,  and the Company shall pay the
full amount of interest due on Buy-Down Loans  directly to such Buy-Down  Lender
on the fifth day of each month.  Following the occurrence of an Event of Default
and  acceleration  of the  Obligations,  interest  payable on all Loans shall be
billed through the Lead Administrative Agent. 5(e) Nature and Place of Payments.
Except as otherwise  expressly  provided in the Credit  Documents,  all payments
made on  account  of the  Obligations  shall be made to the Lead  Administrative
Agent at the Contact  Office for  distribution  to the  Lenders,  as the Company
shall,  subject to  Paragraph  5(h) below,  direct  pursuant to a Loan  Request,
Interest Rate Election and Payoff Notice,  without  set-off or  counterclaim  in
lawful money of the United States of America in  immediately  available same day
funds, and must be received by the Lead  Administrative  Agent  accompanied by a
Loan Request,  Interest Rate Election and Payoff Notice at the Contact Office by
11:30 a.m. (Los Angeles time) on the day of payment,  it being expressly  agreed
and understood that if a payment is received after 11:30 a.m. (Los Angeles time)
by the  Lead  Administrative  Agent or the Lead  Administrative  Agent  does not
receive a Loan Request,  Interest Rate Election and Payoff Notice therefor, such
payment will be considered to have been made on the next succeeding Business Day
or such later date as the Lead  Administrative  Agent receives the Loan Request,
Interest Rate Election and Payoff Notice therefor and interest  thereon shall be
payable by the Company at the then applicable rate during such extension. If any
payment required to be made by the Company  hereunder becomes due and payable on
a day other than a Business  Day, the due date thereof  shall be extended to the
next succeeding  Business Day and interest  thereon shall be payable at the then
applicable rate during such extension.  The Lead Administrative  Agent is hereby
authorized  to  debit  accounts  of  the  Company   maintained   with  the  Lead
Administrative  Agent for amounts  payable by the Company  under this  Agreement
through the Lead  Administrative  Agent and the Lead  Administrative  Agent will
promptly  notify the  Company of any such  debit.  5(f)  Post-Default  Interest.
Following the  occurrence of an Event of Default and until such Event of Default
is cured or waived as provided herein,  Obligations shall bear interest at a per
annum  rate  equal to the  Alternate  Base Rate plus three  percent  (3%).  5(g)
Computations.  All computations of interest and fees payable hereunder and under
the Fee Letter  shall be based upon a year of 360 days for the actual  number of
days elapsed. The determination by the Lead Administrative Agent of any interest
rate  hereunder  shall be conclusive  and binding on the Company and the Lenders
absent manifest error. 5(h) Disbursement of Payments  Received.  (1) All amounts
received by the Lead Administrative Agent on account of the Obligations shall be
disbursed by the Lead Administrative Agent to the Lenders by wire transfer prior
to the  cut-off  deadline  of the  Federal  Reserve  Wire  System on the date of
receipt if received by the Lead  Administrative  Agent  before  11:30 a.m.  (Los
Angeles  time) and  accompanied  by a Loan  Request,  Interest Rate Election and
Payoff Notice (or disbursed on the day of receipt  although  received later than
11:30 a.m.  (Los Angeles  time) with the  agreement  of the Lead  Administrative
Agent and any Lender) or if received later or if the Lead  Administrative  Agent
has not  received a Loan  Request,  Interest  Rate  Election  and Payoff  Notice
therefor,  on the next  succeeding  Business  Day or such later date as the Lead
Administrative  Agent  receives the Loan  Request,  Interest  Rate  Election and
Payoff  Notice  relating   thereto,   without   interest  payable  by  the  Lead
Administrative  Agent.  (2) Prior to the  occurrence  of an Event of Default and
acceleration of the  Obligations,  amounts  received by the Lead  Administrative
Agent on account of the  Obligations  shall be disbursed in accordance  with the
written direction of the Company,  subject only to the requirements that amounts
disbursed to the Lenders on account of Primary  Loans be  disbursed  pro rata in
accordance  with the  Lenders'  respective  Primary  Percentage  Shares and that
amounts  disbursed  to the Swing  Line  Lenders  on  account  of Swing  Loans be
disbursed pro rata in accordance with the Swing Line Lenders'  respective  Swing
Line Percentage  Shares. (3) Following the occurrence of an Event of Default and
acceleration of the  Obligations,  amounts  received by the Lead  Administrative
Agent on account of the  Obligations  shall be disbursed  as follows:  (i) first
among  the  Lenders,  pro  rata in  accordance  with  their  respective  Primary
Percentage Shares, on account of the Obligations until the Obligations have been
paid in full,  and (ii) then, to the Lead  Administrative  Agent with respect to
the  remaining  Obligations  held by it in its  capacity as Lead  Administrative
Agent  until such  Obligations  have been paid in full.  5(i) Fees.  The Company
shall pay: (1) To the Lead  Administrative  Agent, such fees as may from time to
time be agreed upon in writing by the Lead Administrative Agent and the Company;
and (2) To each of the Lenders,  the facility fees  described in the Fee Letter.
5(j) Wire Transfers of Funds. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
herein and in the other Credit  Documents,  funds which the Lead  Administrative
Agent and the Lenders are  transmitting by wire transfer shall be deemed to have
been sent and received upon release by the transmitting party of such funds into
the Federal Reserve Wire System.  5(k) Reduction in Aggregate Credit Limit. Upon
not less than thirty (30) days' prior written notice to the Lead  Administrative
Agent,  which shall  promptly  transmit such notice to each of the Lenders,  the
Company  may  permanently  reduce  the  Aggregate  Credit  Limit  in  full or in
increments of $5,000,000.00; provided, however, that any such reduction shall be
in a minimum amount of  $25,000,000.00;  and, provided,  further,  that upon the
effective date of any such reduction,  the aggregate amount of Loans outstanding
shall  not  exceed  the  Aggregate  Credit  Limit as so  reduced.  5(l)  Capital
Requirements.  The Company  shall pay from time to time upon demand such amounts
as any Lender may  determine to be necessary to  compensate  such Lender for all
reasonable  costs which such Lender  determines are  attributable to its making,
agreeing to make,  purchasing or maintaining its Primary Percentage Share of any
Primary  Loan or its Swing  Line  Percentage  Share of any Swing Loan under this
Agreement, including, without limitation, reserve requirements attributed to the
unused  portion  of the  Aggregate  Credit  Limit,  in  respect of any amount of
capital  required  to be  maintained  by  such  Lender  pursuant  to any  law or
regulation  of any  jurisdiction  or any  interpretation,  directive  or request
affecting banks,  savings and loan  institutions  and/or financial  institutions
generally  notwithstanding the  creditworthiness of any particular bank, savings
and loan institution or other financial  institution  (whether or not having the
force of law) of any court or  governmental  or monetary  authority,  whether in
effect on the date of this  Agreement  or  thereafter.  The  obligations  of the
Company  under  this  Paragraph  5(l)  shall  survive  the  termination  of this
Agreement and the payment of all Loans and all other  Obligations.  6. Guaranty;
Subordination;  Additional Documents. 6(a) Guaranty and Subordination Agreement.
As support for the Obligations,  the Company shall execute and deliver and shall
cause to be executed and delivered to the Lead Administrative Agent on behalf of
the Lenders: (1) the Guaranty and (2) the Subordination Agreement.  6(b) Further
Documents. The Company agrees to execute and deliver and to cause to be executed
and  delivered  to the Lead  Administrative  Agent or such  Persons  as the Lead
Administrative  Agent may direct from time to time such  documents,  instruments
and  agreements  as the Lead  Administrative  Agent on behalf of the Lenders may
reasonably  request,  which are in any of the  Lenders'  judgment  necessary  or
desirable to obtain for the Lead  Administrative  Agent,  the  Co-Administrative
Agent,  the  Documentation  Agent,  the  Syndication  Agent,  the Arranger,  the
Co-Arrangers, the Co-Agents and the Lenders the benefit of the Credit Documents.
7.  Conditions  Precedent.  7(a) First  Loan.  As  conditions  precedent  to the
Effective Date and the funding of the first Loan hereunder: (1) There shall have
been delivered to the Lead  Administrative  Agent,  in form and substance and in
quantities reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders and their counsel, each of the
following: (i) A duly executed copy of this Agreement; (ii) A duly executed copy
of each of the Guaranty and the Subordination  Agreement;  (iii) A duly executed
copy of the Fee Letter; (iv) Such credit applications, financial statements, pro
forma  financial  statements,  authorizations  and  information  concerning  the
Company and its business,  operations and condition (financial and otherwise) as
the  Lead  Administrative  Agent  or any  Lender  may  reasonably  request;  (v)
Certified  copies of  resolutions  of the Boards of Directors of the Company and
the Parent approving the execution and delivery of all documents  required to be
delivered  by the Company and the Parent  hereunder;  (vi)  Certificates  of the
Secretary  or an  Assistant  Secretary  of each of the  Company  and the  Parent
certifying  the names,  incumbency  and true  signatures  of the officers of the
Company and the Parent authorized to sign the documents  required to be executed
and  delivered  by the  Company  and the Parent  hereunder;  (vii) An opinion of
counsel for the Company and the Parent (which  counsel may be in-house  counsel)
in form and substance  satisfactory  to the Lenders and covering such matters as
the Lenders may reasonably request; (viii) A certificate of an executive officer
of each of the  Company  and the Parent in the form of that  attached  hereto as
Exhibit A dated as of the date of this Agreement; and (ix) A Covenant Compliance
Certificate,  dated as of  February  28,  1998,  for each of the Company and the
Parent  demonstrating  in  detail  satisfactory  to the  Lenders  the  Company's
compliance  with the covenants set forth in  Paragraphs  10(g),  10(i) and 10(j)
below,  and the Parent's  compliance  with the financial  covenants set forth in
Paragraphs  11(d)  and  11(e)  of the  Guaranty.  (2) All  acts  and  conditions
(including,  without  limitation,  the  obtaining  of all  necessary  regulatory
approvals and the making of all required filings,  recordings and registrations)
required  to be  done  and  performed  and to  have  happened  precedent  to the
execution,  delivery and  performance of the Credit  Documents and to constitute
the same legal,  valid and binding  obligations,  enforceable in accordance with
their  respective  terms,  shall  have been done and  performed  and shall  have
happened  in due  and  strict  compliance  with  all  applicable  laws.  (3) All
documentation,  including,  without limitation,  documentation for corporate and
legal proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Credit
Documents,  shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Lenders and their
counsel.  (4)  The  Company  shall  have  delivered  to the  Arranger  a  letter
acceptable to the Arranger  regarding the payment by the Company to the Arranger
of fees,  and the Company shall have paid all fees required under such letter to
have been paid prior to the funding of the first Loan hereunder. (5) No material
adverse  change  in the  business,  operations,  assets  or  financial  or other
condition of the Company or the Company and its consolidated  Subsidiaries taken
as a whole  shall have  occurred  since the  Statement  Date and the  Company by
presenting  the initial Loan  Request,  Interest Rate Election and Payoff Notice
shall be deemed to have so represented and warranted hereunder.  7(b) All Loans.
As  conditions  precedent to the funding of each Loan  hereunder,  including the
first Loan, at and as of the date of, and after giving effect to, the funding of
such Loan: (1) The  representations and warranties of the Company and the Parent
contained in the Credit Documents shall be accurate and complete in all respects
as of such date;  <PAGE> (2) If there has  occurred  a  Potential  Default or an
Event of Default  (other than under  Paragraph  11(a)  below or under  Paragraph
11(e) below  resulting from a breach or potential  breach of Paragraph  10(i) or
10(j) below),  the Majority Lenders have not elected in writing to cease funding
Loans  hereunder;  (3) If there has occurred an Event of Default under Paragraph
11(a) below,  one hundred  percent (100%) of the Lenders have elected in writing
to waive such Event of Default; (4) If there has occurred an Event of Default or
Potential  Default  under  Paragraph  11(e)  below  resulting  from a breach  or
potential  breach of Paragraph 10(i) or 10(j) below,  the Majority  Lenders have
elected in writing to waive  such  Event of Default or  Potential  Default;  (5)
Following such Credit Event, the aggregate principal amount of Loans outstanding
shall not exceed the applicable  limitations  of Paragraphs  1(a) and 1(b) above
nor shall the  aggregate  principal  amount of Primary  Loans held by any Lender
plus such  Lender's  Percentage  Share of Swing  Loans  outstanding  exceed such
Lender's  Maximum  Commitment;  and (6) The Company shall have  delivered to the
Lead Administrative  Agent a duly executed Loan Request,  Interest Rate Election
and Payoff Notice  requesting  such Credit Event.  By delivering a Loan Request,
Interest Rate Election and Payoff Notice to the Lead  Administrative  Agent, the
Company  shall be deemed to have  represented  and  warranted  the  accuracy and
completeness of the statements set forth in subparagraphs  (b)(1) through (b)(6)
above and all information set forth in such Loan Request, Interest Rate Election
and Payoff  Notice.  8.  Representations  and  Warranties of the Company.  As an
inducement to the Lead Administrative  Agent, the  Co-Administrative  Agent, the
Documentation Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Arranger, the Co-Arrangers,  the
Co-Agents and each Lender to enter into this Agreement,  the Company  represents
and warrants to the Lead Administrative Agent, the Co-Administrative  Agent, the
Documentation Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Arranger, the Co-Arrangers,  the
Co-Agents  and  each  Lender  that:  8(a)  Financial  Condition.  The  financial
statements  dated the  Statement  Date,  copies of which  have  heretofore  been
furnished  to each  Lender,  are  complete  and correct  and  present  fairly in
accordance with GAAP the consolidated and consolidating  financial  condition of
the Company and its consolidated  Subsidiaries at such date and the consolidated
and consolidating  results of their operations and changes in financial position
for the fiscal period then ended. 8(b) Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law.
Each  of the  Company  and its  Subsidiaries:  (1) is  duly  organized,  validly
existing and in good  standing as a  corporation  under the laws of the state of
its  incorporation,  and is in good  standing as a foreign  corporation  in each
jurisdiction  where its  ownership  of property or conduct of business  requires
such  qualification  and  where  failure  to be in good  standing  could  have a
material  adverse  effect  on the  Company,  any of its  Subsidiaries,  or their
respective  property  and/or business or on the ability of the Company or <PAGE>
the Parent to pay or perform the Credit  Documents;  (2) has the corporate power
and authority and the legal right to own and operate its property and to conduct
business  in the  manner in which it does and  proposes  so to do; and (3) is in
compliance with all  Requirements of Law and Contractual  Obligations  except to
the extent that  failure to comply could not have a material  adverse  effect on
the  Company,  any of its  Subsidiaries,  or their  respective  property  and/or
business  or on the  ability of the  Company or the Parent to pay or perform the
Credit Documents. 8(c) Corporate Power; Authorization;  Enforceable Obligations.
Each of the Company and the Parent has the corporate power and authority and the
legal right to execute,  deliver and perform the Credit Documents to which it is
a party and has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution,
delivery and performance of the Credit Documents. The Credit Documents have been
duly  executed and delivered on behalf of each of the Company and the Parent and
constitute  legal,  valid and  binding  obligations  of such  party  enforceable
against such party in accordance with their respective terms. 8(d) No Legal Bar.
The execution,  delivery and performance of the Credit Documents,  the borrowing
thereunder and the use of the proceeds thereof, will not violate any Requirement
of Law or any Contractual  Obligation of the Company or the Parent to the extent
that failure to comply  therewith  could have a material  adverse  effect on the
Company or its property  and/or business or on the ability of the Company or the
Parent to pay or perform  the Credit  Documents.  8(e) No  Material  Litigation.
Except as disclosed on Exhibit B attached hereto,  no litigation,  investigation
or proceeding of or before any court,  arbitrator or  Governmental  Authority is
pending  or, to the  knowledge  of the  Company,  threatened  by or against  the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries or against any of such parties' properties or
revenues  involving  amounts,  in the  case of any such  individual  litigation,
investigation or proceeding, in excess of $10,000,000.00 or which, regardless of
the amount in  controversy,  is likely to be adversely  determined and which, if
adversely  determined,  could have a material  adverse  effect on the  business,
operations,  property or financial  or other  condition of the Company or any of
its  Subsidiaries.  8(f) Taxes.  The Company and each of its  Subsidiaries  have
filed or caused to be filed all tax  returns  that are  required to be filed and
have paid all taxes (other than  incidental  local business and other  municipal
taxes  which  are  not  material  to  the  operation  of  the  Company  and  its
Subsidiaries)  shown to be due and payable on said returns or on any assessments
made  against  them or any of their  property  other than taxes  which are being
contested in good faith by appropriate  proceedings  and as to which the Company
or the applicable  Subsidiary has  established  adequate  reserves in conformity
with GAAP.  8(g)  Investment  Company  Act.  The  Company is not an  "investment
company" or a company "controlled" by an "investment company" within the meaning
of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. 8(h) Subsidiaries.  Exhibit C
attached  hereto  sets forth an  accurate  and  complete  list of all  presently
existing  Subsidiaries  of  the  Company,  their  respective   jurisdictions  of
incorporation  and the percentage of their capital stock owned by the Company or
other  Subsidiaries of the Company.  All of the issued and outstanding shares of
capital stock of the  Subsidiaries  of the Company have been duly authorized and
issued  and are  fully  paid and  non-assessable.  8(i)  Federal  Reserve  Board
Regulations.  Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged or will
engage,  principally or as one of its important  activities,  in the business of
extending  credit for the  purpose of  "purchasing"  or  "carrying"  any "margin
stock" within the respective  meanings of such terms under Regulation U. No part
of the  proceeds of any Loan made  hereunder  will be used for  "purchasing"  or
"carrying"  "margin stock" as so defined or for any purpose which  violates,  or
which would be inconsistent with, the provisions of the Regulations of the Board
of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.  8(j) ERISA. The Company and each of
its  Subsidiaries   are  in  compliance  in  all  material   respects  with  the
requirements  of ERISA  and no  Reportable  Event  has  occurred  under any Plan
maintained by the Parent,  the Company or any of its or their Subsidiaries which
is likely to result in the  termination of such Plan for purposes of Title IV of
ERISA.  8(k)  Assets.  The  Company and each of its  Subsidiaries  have good and
marketable  title  to  all  property  and  assets  reflected  in  the  financial
statements  referred to in Paragraph 8(a) above, except property and assets sold
or otherwise  disposed of in the ordinary course of business  subsequent to that
date.  Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has outstanding  Liens on
any of its  properties or assets nor are there any security  agreements to which
the  Company  or  any  of  its  Subsidiaries  is a  party,  or  title  retention
agreements, whether in the form of leases or otherwise, of any personal property
except as reflected in said financial  statements  referred to in Paragraph 8(a)
above or as permitted under Paragraph 10(a) below. 9. Affirmative Covenants. The
Company hereby covenants and agrees with the Lead Administrative  Agent and each
Lender  that,  as long as any  Obligations  remain  unpaid or any Lender has any
obligation  to make all or any  portion of any Loans,  the Company  shall:  9(a)
Financial  Statements.  Furnish or cause to be  furnished  directly  to the Lead
Administrative Agent and each Lender: (1) Within ninety (90) days after the last
day of each  fiscal year of the Parent,  consolidated  statements  of income and
statements of changes in cash flow of the Parent and its  Subsidiaries  for such
year  and a  balance  sheet as of the end of such  year  (including  therein  as
supplemental  information,  consolidating statements of income and statements of
changes in cash flow and balance sheets as of the end of such year) in each case
presented  fairly in accordance  with GAAP and, in the case of the Company,  the
requirements of HUD Handbook IG 4000.3 REV and accompanied,  in all cases, by an
unqualified  report  of a  firm  of  independent  certified  public  accountants
acceptable to the Majority  Lenders;  (2) Within  forty-five (45) days after the
last day of each fiscal quarter,  consolidated and  consolidating  statements of
income and statements of changes in cash flow of the Parent and its Subsidiaries
for such fiscal quarter or calendar month, as applicable,  and balance sheets of
the  Parent  and its  Subsidiaries  as of the last day of such  fiscal  quarter,
presented  fairly in accordance  with GAAP, in each case certified in writing as
to fairness of presentation  by the chief financial  officer or treasurer of the
Company  and  the  Parent;  (3)  Within  forty-five  (45)  days  following  each
Applicable Financial Test Date, a Covenant Compliance Certificate from the chief
financial officer or treasurer of each of the Company and the Parent, certifying
that  there  does not exist an Event of Default or  Potential  Default  and,  in
addition,  demonstrating  in detail  satisfactory  to the  Majority  Lenders the
Company's compliance with the covenants set forth in Paragraphs 10(g), 10(i) and
10(j) below as of and at such  Applicable  Financial Test Date, and the Parent's
compliance  with the covenants  set forth in  Paragraphs  11(d) and 11(e) of the
Guaranty,  as of and at such  Applicable  Financial Test Date; (4) As soon as is
available  any written  report  pertaining  to material  items in respect of the
internal  control matters of the Parent or the Company  submitted to any of such
Persons by their  respective  independent  accountants  in connection  with each
annual or interim special audit of the financial  condition of such Persons made
by such independent public accountants;  and (5) Copies of all proxy statements,
financial  statements,  and reports which the Parent sends to its  stockholders,
and copies of all regular,  periodic and special  reports,  and all registration
statements  under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"),  which the
Parent or the Company files with the Securities  and Exchange  Commission or any
governmental  authority which may be substituted  therefor, or with any national
securities exchange;  provided,  however, that there shall not be required to be
delivered hereunder to the Lead Administrative  Agent such copies for any Lender
of  prospectuses  relating  to future  series of  offerings  under  registration
statements  filed under Rule 415 of the Act or other items which such Lender has
indicated  in writing to the Parent or the Company from time to time need not be
delivered to such Lender. 9(b) Certificates; Reports; Other Information. Furnish
or cause to be  furnished  directly  to the Lead  Administrative  Agent and each
Lender: (1) Within forty-five (45) days following each Applicable Financial Test
Date,  prepared as of such  Applicable  Financial  Test Date and certified by an
appropriate officer of the Company, a report covering the servicing portfolio of
the Company  covering  such  matters as the Majority  Lenders,  through the Lead
Administrative  Agent, may reasonably request (but which shall in any event list
the aggregate  principal  amount of mortgage  notes  serviced and the number and
types of loans  evidenced  by such  notes,  and show all loans in the  servicing
portfolio  more than  thirty  (30) days past due the due dates set forth in such
notes).  (2)  Promptly,   such  additional   financial  and  other  information,
including, without limitation,  financial statements of the Company, the Parent,
any  Affiliate  of the  Company or the Parent,  as any Lender,  through the Lead
Administrative  Agent,  may from  time to time  reasonably  request,  including,
without  limitation,  such  information  as  is  necessary  for  any  Lender  to
participate  out any of its  interests in Loans  hereunder or to enable  another
financial  institution to become a signatory  hereto.  (3) Promptly upon receipt
thereof by the Company,  copies of all audit reports prepared by or on behalf of
FNMA, FHLMC and GNMA. 9(c) Payment of Indebtedness.  Pay, discharge or otherwise
satisfy at or before  maturity  or before it becomes  delinquent,  defaulted  or
accelerated, as the case may be, all its Indebtedness,  except: (1) Indebtedness
(other than Indebtedness with respect to CPNs) being contested in good faith and
for which provision is made to the  satisfaction of the Majority Lenders for the
payment  thereof in the event the Company is found to be  obligated  to pay such
Indebtedness and which  Indebtedness is thereupon  promptly paid by the Company,
and (2) additional  Indebtedness  (other than Indebtedness with respect to CPNs)
in the aggregate not to exceed  $100,000.00.  9(d)  Maintenance of Existence and
Properties.  Maintain all rights, privileges,  licenses, approvals,  franchises,
properties  and assets  necessary  in the normal  conduct of its  business,  and
comply with all  Contractual  Obligations  and  Requirements of Law. The Company
will at all times be a FNMA,  FHLMC and  GNMA-approved  Seller/  Servicer  and a
wholly-owned  Subsidiary of the Parent.  9(e) Inspection of Property;  Books and
Records;  Discussions.  Keep  proper  books of record and account in which full,
true and correct  entries in conformity  with GAAP and all  Requirements  of Law
shall be made of all dealings and  transactions  in relation to its business and
activities,  and permit representatives of each Lender (at no cost or expense to
the Company  unless  there shall have  occurred  and be  continuing  an Event of
Default)  to visit and  inspect  those of its  properties  and  examine and make
abstracts  from those of its books and records as are  reasonably  necessary  to
enable such Lender to conduct  appropriate  credit due  diligence in  connection
with customary credit approval  practices for credit facilities of this type, at
any  reasonable  time and as often as may  reasonably  be  desired by any of the
Lenders, and to discuss the business,  operations,  properties and financial and
other  condition of the Company and any of its  Subsidiaries  with  officers and
employees  of  such  parties,  and  with  their  independent   certified  public
accountants.   9(f)  Notices.   Promptly   give  written   notice  to  the  Lead
Administrative Agent (who shall promptly notify each of the Lenders thereof) of:
(1) The  occurrence  of any  Potential  Default  or  Event of  Default;  (2) Any
litigation  or  proceeding  affecting  the  Company  or any of its  Subsidiaries
involving amounts, in the case of any such individual litigation,  investigation
or proceeding, in excess of $10,000,000.00 or which, regardless of the amount in
controversy,  is likely to be  adversely  determined  and  which,  if  adversely
determined,  could have a material  adverse effect on the business,  operations,
property,  or financial or other  condition of the Company or the ability of the
Company to pay and  perform the  Obligations;  (3) Receipt by the Company or the
Parent of notice from any rating  agency  concerning  a potential  change in any
credit  rating  previously  accorded  the  Company or the Parent by such  rating
agency; and (4) A material adverse change in the business, operations,  property
or  financial  or other  condition  of the  Parent,  the Company or any of their
Subsidiaries.   9(g)  Expenses.   Pay  all  reasonable   out-of-pocket  expenses
(including fees and disbursements of counsel) of the Lead Administrative  Agent,
the  Arranger and the  Co-Arrangers  incident to the  preparation,  negotiation,
administration  and  amendment  of  the  Credit  Documents  and,  following  the
occurrence of an Event of Default, of the Lead Administrative  Agent and each of
the  Lenders  incident  to the  protection  of the  rights of the  Lenders,  the
Arranger,  the Co-Arrangers and the Lead  Administrative  Agent under the Credit
Documents,  and  incident  to the  enforcement  of payment  of the  Obligations,
whether by judicial proceedings or otherwise,  including, without limitation, in
connection with bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, reorganization,  moratorium
or other similar proceedings  involving the Parent or the Company or a "workout"
of the  Obligations.  The  obligations  of the Company under this Paragraph 9(g)
shall be effective  and  enforceable  whether or not any Loan is advanced by any
Lender hereunder and shall survive payment of all other Obligations. 9(h) Credit
Documents.  Comply  with and  observe  all terms and  conditions  of the  Credit
Documents.  9(i)  Insurance.  Obtain and  maintain  insurance  with  responsible
companies  in such  amounts  and against  such risks as are  usually  carried by
corporations  engaged  in  similar  businesses  similarly  situated,  including,
without limitation,  errors and omissions coverage and fidelity coverage in form
and substance acceptable under FNMA or FHLMC guidelines, and furnish the Lenders
on request full information as to all such insurance.  9(j) CPN Program.  Obtain
the  written  approval  of  the  Majority  Lenders  to any  modification  of the
documentation  relating  to the  issuance of CPNs of the Company as in effect on
the date of this  Agreement.  9(k)  Hedging  Program.  Maintain  at all  times a
Hedging  Program  consistent with the Hedging Program in effect at and as of the
Effective Date. 10. Negative Covenants.  The Company hereby agrees that, as long
as any Obligations remain unpaid or any Lender has any obligation to make all or
any  portion of any  Loans,  the  Company  shall not,  directly  or  indirectly:
10(a)Liens.  Create,  incur,  assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its
property  and assets  (including  servicing  rights)  other  than:  (1) Liens or
charges for current taxes,  assessments or other governmental  charges which are
not delinquent or which remain payable without penalty, or the validity of which
are contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings upon stay of execution of
the enforcement thereof,  provided the Company shall have set aside on its books
and shall maintain  adequate reserves for the payment of same in conformity with
GAAP;  (2) Liens,  deposits  or pledges  made to secure  statutory  obligations,
surety or appeal bonds,  or bonds for the release of  attachments or for stay of
execution, or to secure the performance of bids, tenders,  contracts (other than
for the payment of borrowed  money),  leases or margin call  requirements or for
purposes  of  like  general  nature  in the  ordinary  course  of the  Company's
business;  (3) Liens on Mortgage Loans and Mortgage-Backed  Securities which are
the subject of  repurchase  agreements;  (4) Liens on real  property  (including
fixtures and  improvements  thereon)  securing  Indebtedness in an amount not to
exceed  $50,000,000.00  in the aggregate at any time  outstanding;  (5) Liens on
property  and assets of the  Company  securing  short term  Indebtedness  of the
Company  (Indebtedness with a maturity of one year or less and not automatically
renewable  by the Company at its sole  option) in an amount not to exceed at any
date twenty five percent (25%) of Mortgage  Loans and MBS Held for Sale; and (6)
Liens on servicing rights of the Company securing  Indebtedness in an amount not
to  exceed  at  any  date  ten  percent  (10%)  of  Mortgage  Servicing  Rights.
10(b)Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, or otherwise become
or be liable in respect of any Indebtedness if upon such creation, incurrence or
assumption there would exist an Event of Default or the Company would fail to be
in compliance with the requirements of Paragraphs 10(i) or 10(j) below (assuming
such  compliance were tested at such date  immediately  following such creation,
incurrence or assumption).  10(c)Consolidation and Merger. Liquidate or dissolve
or enter into any consolidation,  merger, partnership,  joint venture, syndicate
or other combination, except that the Company may be consolidated with or merged
with any corporation  provided that (1) in any such merger or consolidation  the
Company shall be the surviving or resulting  corporation  and (2) at the time of
and immediately  after the  effectiveness of such merger or consolidation  there
shall not have  occurred  and be  continuing  an Event of Default  or  Potential
Default.  10(d)Acquisitions.  Purchase  or  acquire or incur  liability  for the
purchase  or  acquisition  of any or all of the assets or business of any Person
other than in the normal course of a mortgage banking-related business (it being
expressly  agreed and understood  that the  acquisition of servicing is a normal
course of business activity);  provided,  however,  that the Company may acquire
all or a portion of the stock or assets of another mortgage company or companies
so long as no Event of Default or  Potential  Default  shall  exist  immediately
following the consummation of such acquisition, and, provided, further, that the
Company  shall  be in  compliance  with the  financial  covenants  set  forth in
Paragraphs 10(i) and 10(j) below,  assuming for purposes of this Paragraph 10(d)
that the  "Applicable  Financial Test Date"  referenced in such covenants is the
day immediately following the consummation of such acquisition.  10(e)Payment of
Dividends.  Declare or pay any dividends upon any shares of the Company's  stock
now or hereafter  outstanding,  except dividends payable in the capital stock of
the Company,  or make any  distribution  of assets to its  stockholders as such,
whether  in  cash,  property  or  securities,  if at  the  date  of  payment  or
distribution  (either before or after giving effect  thereto) there should exist
an Event of Default or Potential Default.  10(f)Purchase or Retirement of Stock.
Acquire,  purchase,  redeem or retire  any  shares of its  capital  stock now or
hereafter outstanding for value. 10(g)Investments;  Advances;  Receivables. Make
or commit to make any advance,  loan or extension of credit  ("Advances") to, or
hold any  receivable  ("Receivable")  of, or make or commit to make any  capital
contribution  to, or  purchase  any stock,  bonds,  notes,  debentures  or other
securities  ("Investments")  of, or make any other  investment  in, any  Person,
except: (1) Advances  constituting Mortgage Loans made in the ordinary course of
the Company's  business and (2) Investments in,  unsecured and secured  Advances
to, and Receivables of, any Affiliate (and Servicing Pass-Through Ventures which
are not otherwise  Affiliates) in an aggregate  amount not to exceed ten percent
(10%) of the net worth of the Company  determined  in  accordance  with GAAP, it
being agreed and understood  that any unsecured  Advances made by the Company to
any  Affiliate  must be funded  with  equity of the Company and that any secured
Advances made by the Company to any  Affiliate  must be fully secured on a first
priority,  perfected  basis, by readily  marketable  securities  pledged by such
Affiliate.  10(h)Sale  of Assets.  Sell,  lease,  assign,  transfer or otherwise
dispose of any of its assets (other than obsolete or worn out property), whether
now owned or hereafter  acquired,  other than in the ordinary course of business
as presently  conducted and at fair market value (it being expressly  agreed and
understood that the sale or other  disposition of Mortgage Loans with or without
servicing  released and the sale or other disposition of servicing rights are in
the ordinary course of business);  provided, however, that in no event shall the
Company  enter  into any sale and  leaseback  transaction  involving  any of its
assets without the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders;  and, provided
further, that the Company may sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose
of any of its assets to a Subsidiary of the Company  (which,  for the purpose of
this  proviso  shall  include  any limited  partnership  the general and limited
partners of which are  Subsidiaries  of the Company) so long as: (1) all classes
of stock of, or partnership interests in, such Subsidiary are owned, directly or
indirectly,  by the Company, (2) such Subsidiary incurs no obligations for third
party  indebtedness  except such  obligations  to  employees  and vendors as are
necessary or desirable  in the normal  conduct of the business of servicing  1-4
unit single family  mortgage  loans and in managing an office  building owned by
such  Subsidiary,  and (3) any  such  unpaid  obligations  as are  described  in
subsection (2) above (other than payroll and benefits  obligations to employees)
shall not exceed at any time  $50,000,000.00 in the aggregate.  10(i)Minimum Net
Worth. Permit its net worth determined in accordance with GAAP on and as of each
Applicable Financial Test Date to be less than  $1,200,000,000.00.  10(j)Maximum
Total Debt.  Permit Total Debt on and as of each Applicable  Financial Test Date
to exceed the sum of: (1) One hundred  percent  (100%) of Cash,  plus (2) Ninety
percent (90%) of Margins,  plus (3) Ninety-seven  percent (97%) of the amount of
Mortgage   Loans  and  MBS  Held  for  Sale   (including   Mortgage   Loans  and
Mortgage-Backed  Securities  subject to a Lien under a repurchase  agreement but
excluding all other  Mortgage  Loans and  Mortgage-Backed  Securities  which are
excluded from "Eligible  Mortgage Assets" pursuant to subparagraphs (a), (b) and
(c) of the definition of such term),  plus (4) Ninety percent (90%) of Pool Loan
Purchases and Mortgage Claims  Receivable to the extent such assets represent VA
and FHA Mortgage  Loans  repurchased by the Company from pools  supporting  GNMA
Mortgage-Backed  Securities, plus (5) Fifty percent (50%) of Deferred Commitment
Fees,  plus  (6)  Fifty  percent  (50%)  of  Property  and  Equipment,  plus (7)
Seventy-five  percent (75%) of Mortgage Servicing Rights, plus (8) Fifty percent
(50%) of Other  Assets,  excluding  any  unsecured  Advances  made to Affiliates
permitted  under  Paragraph  10(g)(2)  above.  11.  Events of Default.  Upon the
occurrence  of any of the  following  events (an "Event of  Default"):  11(a)The
Company  shall  fail to make any  payment  on  account  of that  portion  of the
Obligations  consisting  of principal or interest on Loans on the date when due;
or 11(b)Any representation or warranty made or deemed made by the Company or the
Parent in any Credit Document or in connection with any Credit Document shall be
materially  inaccurate or incomplete in any respect on or as of the date made or
deemed made; or 11(c)The  Company shall default in the observance or performance
of any covenant or  agreement  contained in Paragraph 10 above (other than those
contained in Paragraphs 10(i) and 10(j) above); or 11(d)The Parent shall fail to
observe or comply with any term or provision  contained  in the Guaranty  (other
than those  contained in Paragraph 11(d)  thereof);  or 11(e)The  Company or the
Parent shall fail to observe or perform any other term or provision contained in
the Credit  Documents and such failure  shall  continue for thirty (30) days; or
11(f)The  Company,  any of its  Subsidiaries  or the Parent shall default in any
payment of any  Indebtedness  (other than the  Obligations or as permitted under
Paragraph 9(c) above) in an aggregate amount of more than  $10,000,000.00 or any
other event shall occur and, as a result, the holder or holders thereof,  or any
trustee or agent for such holders, either: (1) cause such Indebtedness to become
due and  payable  prior to its stated  maturity,  or (2) elect not to cause such
Indebtedness to become so due and payable, but such event continues for a period
of thirty  (30) days and is not cured or waived;  or 11(g)(1)  The  Parent,  the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall commence any case,  proceeding or other
action (i) under any  existing  or future law of any  jurisdiction,  domestic or
foreign,  relating  to  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization  or  relief  of
debtors,  seeking to have an order for  relief  entered  with  respect to it, or
seeking to  adjudicate it a bankrupt or  insolvent,  or seeking  reorganization,
arrangement,  adjustment, winding-up, liquidation,  dissolution,  composition or
other relief with respect to it or its debts,  or (ii) seeking  appointment of a
receiver,  trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or any
substantial  part  of its  assets,  or the  Parent,  the  Company  or any of its
Subsidiaries  shall make a general  assignment for the benefit of its creditors;
or (2) there shall be  commenced  against the Parent,  the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries  any case,  proceeding  or other action of a nature  referred to in
clause  (1) above  which (i)  results in the entry of an order for relief or any
such adjudication or appointment,  or (ii) remains undismissed,  undischarged or
unbonded  for a period  of sixty  (60)  days;  or (3) there  shall be  commenced
against the Parent, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries any case,  proceeding
or  other  action  seeking  issuance  of a  warrant  of  attachment,  execution,
distraint or similar process  against all or any substantial  part of its assets
which  results in the entry of an order for any such relief which shall not have
been vacated,  discharged,  or stayed or bonded pending appeal within sixty (60)
days  from the entry  thereof;  or (4) the  Parent,  the  Company  or any of its
Subsidiaries  shall take any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent
to,  approval of, or  acquiescence  in, any of the acts set forth in clause (1),
(2) or (3) above;  or (5) the  Parent,  the  Company or any of its  Subsidiaries
shall  generally  not,  or shall be unable  to, or shall  admit in  writing  its
inability  to, pay its debts as they become due;  or 11(h)(1)  Any Person  shall
engage in any  "prohibited  transaction"  (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or
Section  4975 of the Code)  involving  any Plan,  (2) any  "accumulated  funding
deficiency" (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA),  whether or nor waived,  shall
exist with respect to any Plan, (3) a Reportable  Event shall occur with respect
to, or  proceedings  shall  commence to have a trustee  appointed,  or a trustee
shall be appointed,  to administer or to terminate,  any Single  Employer  Plan,
which  Reportable  Event or  institution  of  proceedings  is, in the reasonable
opinion of the Lead Administrative Agent, likely to result in the termination of
such Plan for  purposes of Title IV of ERISA,  and, in the case of a  Reportable
Event,  the continuance of such Reportable  Event  unremedied for ten days after
notice of such Reportable Event pursuant to Section 4043(a), (c) or (d) of ERISA
is given or the continuance of such proceedings for ten days after  commencement
thereof,  as the case may be, (4) any Single  Employer Plan shall  terminate for
purposes of Title IV of ERISA,  (5) any withdrawal  liability to a Multiemployer
Plan shall be incurred by the Company or the Parent or any  Commonly  Controlled
Entity,  or (6) any other event or condition  shall occur or exist;  and in each
case in clauses (1) through (6) above,  such event or  condition,  together with
all other such events or  conditions,  if any,  could  subject  the Parent,  the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries to any tax,  penalty or other  liabilities in
the  aggregate  material in relation to the  business,  operations,  property or
financial  or  other  condition  of  the  Parent,  the  Company  or  any  of its
Subsidiaries;  or 11(i)One or more  judgments or decrees in amounts  aggregating
$1,000,000.00   or  more  not  fully   covered  by   insurance   (exclusive   of
self-insurance  (not  to  exceed  $5,000,000.00)  and  deductibles)  during  any
consecutive twelve (12) month period shall be entered against the Company or any
of its  Subsidiaries  and all such  judgments  or  decrees  shall  not have been
vacated,  discharged or satisfied,  or stayed or bonded pending  appeal,  within
sixty (60) days from the entry thereof unless counsel to the Company  reasonably
acceptable  to the Majority  Lenders has  delivered  to the Lenders  within such
sixty (60) day period an opinion  that the  Company  has the legal right to have
such judgment or decree vacated without the expenditure of funds (other than for
costs of  proceedings)  and the Company is  diligently  proceeding to accomplish
such vacation;  or 11(j)The Parent shall notify the Lead Administrative Agent or
any  Lender  of  its  intention  to  rescind  or  revoke  the  Guaranty  or  the
Subordination   Agreement,   in  whole  or  in  part,  with  respect  to  future
transactions  or  otherwise;  or 11(k)The  Parent shall cease to own one hundred
percent  (100%) of the  outstanding  capital  stock of the  Company;  THEN:  (1)
Automatically  upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under  Paragraph 11(g)
above,  (2) At the  option  of any  Lender  upon the  occurrence  of an Event of
Default  under  Paragraph  11(a) above unless such Event of Default is expressly
waived in writing by one hundred  percent (100%) of the Lenders,  and (3) In all
other cases, at the option of the Majority Lenders,  each Lender's obligation to
make Loans shall  terminate and the principal  balance of outstanding  Loans and
interest  accrued but unpaid  thereon  and all other  Obligations  shall  become
immediately due and payable, without demand upon or notice or presentment to the
Company,   all  of   which   are   hereby   waived.   12.   Agency   Provisions.
12(a)Appointment.  Each Lender hereby  irrevocably  designates and appoints each
Agent as the agent of such  Lender  under the Credit  Documents  and each Lender
hereby irrevocably  authorizes each Agent, as the agent for such Lender, to take
such action on its behalf under the  provisions  of the Credit  Documents and to
exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly  delegated to such
Agent by the terms of the Credit  Documents,  together with such other powers as
are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary
elsewhere  in  the  Credit  Documents,   no  Agent  shall  have  any  duties  or
responsibilities,  except those  expressly  set forth herein or therein,  or any
fiduciary  relationship with any Lender,  and no implied  covenants,  functions,
responsibilities,  duties,  obligations  or  liabilities  shall be read into the
Credit  Documents  or  otherwise  exist  against any Agent.  12(b)Delegation  of
Duties.  The Lead  Administrative  Agent may execute any of its duties under the
Credit Documents by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled
to advice of counsel  concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The Lead
Administrative  Agent shall not be responsible  for the negligence or misconduct
of  any  agents  or  attorneys-in-fact  selected  by it  with  reasonable  care.
12(c)Exculpatory  Provisions.  No  Agent  nor  any of its  respective  officers,
directors, employees, agents, counsel,  attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates shall be
(1) liable to any Lender,  any other Agent, the holder of any CPN or the Company
for any action  taken or omitted  to be taken by it or such  Person  under or in
connection with the Credit Documents  (except for its or such Person's own gross
negligence or willful  misconduct),  or (2)  responsible in any manner to any of
the Lenders,  any other Agent, the holder of any CPN or the Company for: (i) any
recitals,  statements,  representations or warranties made by the Company or any
officer thereof contained in the Credit Documents or in any certificate, report,
statement or other document  referred to or provided for in, or received by such
Agent under or in  connection  with,  the Credit  Documents  (except such as are
prepared by such Agent and,  then,  only to the extent such Agent is responsible
for verification of the accuracy and  completeness of the information  contained
therein or the facts upon which such information is based as expressly  provided
herein) or for the value, validity, effectiveness,  genuineness, enforceability,
collectability  or sufficiency of the Credit Documents or for any failure of the
Company to perform its obligations thereunder or (ii) assuring compliance of the
Credit Documents  and/or the  transactions  contemplated by the Credit Documents
with  any law or  regulation  binding  upon  such  Person,  it  being  expressly
acknowledged,   agreed  and  understood  that  each  such  Person  has  obtained
independent  advice  satisfactory  to it in all such regards.  No Agent shall be
under  any  obligation  to any  Lender  to  ascertain  or to  inquire  as to the
observance or performance  of any of the agreements  contained in, or conditions
of, the Credit Documents (other than agreements  required to be complied with by
such Agent thereunder and subject to the standards of care set forth herein with
respect thereto) or to inspect the properties,  books or records of the Company.
Each Agent shall be entitled to refrain from exercising any discretionary powers
or actions under this Agreement or any other Credit Document until it shall have
received the prior written  consent of one hundred percent (100%) of the Lenders
to such action.  12(d)Reliance  by Agent.  Each Agent shall be entitled to rely,
and shall be fully  protected in relying,  upon any note,  writing,  resolution,
notice,  consent,   certification,   affidavit,  letter,  cablegram,   telegram,
telecopy,  telex or  teletype  message,  statement,  order or other  document or
conversation  reasonably  believed  by it to be genuine  and correct and to have
been  signed,  sent or made by the proper  Person or Persons and upon advice and
statements  of legal  counsel  (including,  without  limitation,  counsel to the
Company),  independent accountants and other experts selected by such Agent. The
Lead  Administrative  Agent may deem and treat  each  Lender  designated  on the
current Commitment Schedule as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of the Credit
Documents unless a written notice of assignment, negotiation or transfer of such
Lender's  interests  hereunder and thereunder as permitted pursuant to Paragraph
14 below shall have been filed with the Lead  Administrative  Agent.  Each Agent
shall be fully  justified  in failing or refusing  to take any action  under the
Credit Documents unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the
Majority Lenders (or all Lenders,  as required under the Credit Documents) or it
shall first be indemnified to its  satisfaction  by the Lenders  against any and
all  liability  and  expense  which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or
continuing to take any action (other than liability  and/or expense  arising out
of such Agent's gross negligence or willful misconduct). Each Agent shall in all
cases be fully  protected in acting,  or in  refraining  from acting,  under the
Credit  Documents in accordance  with a request of the Majority  Lenders (or all
Lenders,  if applicable)  absent gross negligence and willful  misconduct on the
part of such Agent in the  method in which it acts or  refrains  from  acting in
accordance  therewith,  and such  request and any action taken or failure to act
pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders.  12(e)Notice of Default;
Agreement  to Advance.  No Agent shall be deemed to have  knowledge or notice of
the  occurrence of any Event of Default or Potential  Default  unless such Agent
has  received  notice  from a Lender  or the  Company  referring  to the  Credit
Documents,  describing  such Event of Default or  Potential  Default and stating
that such notice is a "notice of default".  In the event that any Agent receives
such a notice, such Agent shall give notice thereof to the Lenders and the other
Agents.  12(f)Non-Reliance  on Agent and Other  Lenders.  Each Lender  expressly
acknowledges  that no  Agent  nor  any of its  respective  officers,  directors,
employees, agents,  attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates has made any representations
or warranties to it and that no act by such Agent hereafter taken, including any
review  of the  affairs  of the  Company,  shall be  deemed  to  constitute  any
representation  or warranty by such Agent to any Lender.  Each Lender represents
to each Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon such Agent or
any other Lender or their  respective  counsel,  and based on such documents and
information  as it  has  deemed  appropriate,  made  its  own  appraisal  of and
investigation  into the  business,  operations,  property,  financial  and other
condition  and  creditworthiness  of the  Company  and made its own  decision to
extend  credit  hereunder  and  enter  into this  Agreement.  Each  Lender  also
represents that it will,  independently  and without  reliance upon any Agent or
any  other  Lender or their  respective  counsel,  and based on such  documents,
information  and  legal  advice  (including,   without  limitation,   advice  of
regulatory counsel to it) as it shall deem appropriate at the time,  continue to
make its own credit  analysis,  appraisals  and  decisions in entering  into the
Credit  Documents and taking or not taking action  thereunder,  and to make such
investigation  as it  deems  necessary  to  inform  itself  as to the  business,
operations,  property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the
Company.  Except for notices,  reports and other documents expressly required to
be furnished to the Lenders by an Agent hereunder, such Agent shall not have any
duty or  responsibility to provide any Lender with any legal advice or credit or
other information concerning the business,  operations,  property, financial and
other  condition  or  creditworthiness  of the  Company  which may come into the
possession of such Agent or any of its officers,  directors,  employees, agents,
attorneys-in-fact  or  Affiliates.  12(g)Indemnification.  The Company agrees to
indemnify,  defend and hold harmless each Agent in its capacity as such from and
against any and all claims, obligations,  penalties,  actions, suits, judgments,
costs,  disbursements,  losses,  liabilities and/or damages (including,  without
limitation,  attorneys'  fees) of any kind  whatsoever  which may at any time be
imposed on,  assessed  against or incurred by such Agent in any way (1) relating
to or arising out of the Credit  Documents or any documents  contemplated  by or
referred to therein or the transactions contemplated thereby or any action taken
or omitted to be taken by such Agent in connection with the foregoing; provided,
the Company shall not be liable for any portion of any such claims, obligations,
etc.,  arising  out  of or  resulting  from  the  gross  negligence  or  willful
misconduct of such Agent or (2) resulting from any action taken or omitted to be
taken by such Agent in accordance with written instructions given as provided in
the Credit  Documents or (3) relating to any one or more of the matters  covered
by Paragraph 12(c) above.  The Lenders agree to indemnify and hold harmless each
Agent  in its  capacity  as  such  ratably  in  accordance  with  their  Primary
Percentage  Shares to the extent required by the Company  hereunder if any Agent
is not reimbursed by the Company  hereunder and without  limiting the obligation
of the  Company to do so. To the  extent  indemnification  payments  made by the
Lenders pursuant to this Paragraph 12(g) are subsequently recovered by any Agent
from, or for the account of, the Company,  such Agent will promptly  refund such
previously  paid  indemnity  payments  to  the  Lenders.   The   indemnification
obligations of the Company and Lenders under this Paragraph  12(g) shall survive
termination of this Agreement and payment in full of the Obligations. 12(h)Agent
in Its  Individual  Capacity.  Any Agent and its  Affiliates  may make loans to,
accept  deposits  from and  generally  engage in any kind of  business  with the
Company as though such Agent were not an Agent  hereunder.  With respect to such
loans made or renewed by them and any note issued to them hereunder,  each Agent
shall have the same rights and powers  under the Credit  Documents as any Lender
thereunder  and may  exercise  the same as though it were not an Agent,  and the
terms  "Lender"  and  "Lenders"   shall  include  Agents  in  their   individual
capacities. 12(i)Successor Agents. Any Agent may resign as such under the Credit
Documents  upon ninety (90) days'  prior  written  notice to the Lenders and the
Company and the Lead Administrative  Agent shall resign in the event its Maximum
Commitment  shall be less than  $25,000,000.00.  In  addition,  in the event any
Agent  fails to  perform  its  obligations  under the  Credit  Documents  in any
material manner and fails to correct its performance  within thirty (30) days of
written  notice  of such  failure  of  performance  given by not  less  than the
Majority  Lenders,  then such Agent may be removed  upon thirty (30) days notice
given by not less than the Majority  Lenders.  If an Agent shall resign or be so
removed,  then, on or before the effective date of such  resignation or removal,
the Majority  Lenders shall appoint a successor agent  reasonably  acceptable to
the Company or, if the Majority  Lenders are unable to agree on the  appointment
of a  successor  agent,  such  Agent  shall  appoint a  successor  agent for the
Lenders,  which successor  agent shall be reasonably  acceptable to the Company,
whereupon such successor agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of
such Agent,  and the term  "Documentation  Agent,"  "Syndication  Agent,"  "Lead
Administrative Agent," "Co-Administrative  Agent," "Arranger",  "Co-Arranger" or
"Co-Agents,"  as applicable,  shall mean such successor agent effective upon its
appointment,  and  the  former  Agent's  rights,  powers  and  duties  shall  be
terminated  without  any other or further act or deed on the part of such former
Agent  or any of the  parties  to  this  Agreement  or any of the  other  Credit
Documents  or  successors  thereto.  After any  Agent's  resignation  or removal
hereunder,  the provisions of this Paragraph 12 shall inure to its benefit as to
any  actions  taken or  omitted  to be taken by it while it was Agent  under the
Credit  Documents.  12(j)Sharing  of Set-Offs.  If following the  occurrence and
during the continuance of an Event of Default any Lender (a "benefitted Lender")
shall at any time receive any payment of all or part of the Obligations  held by
it or  receive  any  collateral  in  respect  thereof  (whether  voluntarily  or
involuntarily,  by set-off or otherwise) in a greater  proportion  than any such
payment to and  collateral  received by any other Lender,  if any, in respect of
such other  Lender's  portion of the  Obligations,  or  interest  thereon,  such
benefitted Lender shall purchase for cash from the other Lenders such portion of
each such other Lender's  Obligations,  or shall provide such other Lenders with
the benefits of such collateral,  or the proceeds thereof, as shall be necessary
to cause such benefitted  Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such
collateral or proceeds ratably with each of the Lenders; provided, however, that
if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered
from such benefitted Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded,  and the purchase
price  and  benefits  returned,  to the  extent  of such  recovery  but  without
interest. The Company agrees that each Lender so purchasing a portion of another
Lender's  Obligations  may  exercise all rights of payment  (including,  without
limitation,  rights of set-off) with respect to such portion as fully as if such
Lender were the direct holder of such  portion.  13.  Miscellaneous  Provisions.
13(a)No  Assignment.  The Company may not assign its rights or obligations under
the Credit  Documents  without the prior written  consent of one hundred percent
(100%) of the Lenders.  Subject to the foregoing,  all  provisions  contained in
this  Agreement  or any  document  or  agreement  referred to herein or relating
hereto shall inure to the benefit of each Lender,  its  successors  and assigns,
and  shall  be  binding  upon  the   Company,   its   successors   and  assigns.
13(b)Amendment.  The Credit  Documents may not be amended or terms or provisions
hereof  waived  unless such  amendment or waiver is in writing and signed by the
Majority  Lenders and the  Company;  provided,  however,  that without the prior
written  consent of one hundred  percent (100%) of the Lenders,  no amendment or
waiver shall:  (1) Waive or amend any term or provision of Paragraph  4(e), 4(f)
or 4(g) above, or this Paragraph 13(b); (2) Reduce the principal of, or interest
on, the  Obligations or any amount of fees payable under this  Agreement  (other
than fees payable  pursuant to the Fee Letter),  or extend the required  payment
date of principal or interest on the  Obligations  or any fees; (3) Increase the
Aggregate Credit Limit above $2,000,000,000.00;  (4) Modify any Lender's Primary
Percentage Share or Swing Line Percentage Share except  modifications  resulting
from an increase,  permanent or temporary,  in a Lender's Maximum  Commitment or
Swing Line Commitment  made as permitted  under this  Agreement;  (5) Modify the
definition of "Majority Lenders";  (6) Include any Person other than the Lenders
signatory hereto as a "Lender" hereunder except as expressly  permitted pursuant
to  Paragraph  14(a) below;  (7) Cancel or terminate  the Guaranty or permit the
revocation  of the  Subordination  Agreement;  or (8) Extend the Maturity  Date;
provided,  however,  that nothing contained herein shall in any manner or to any
extent be deemed to  supersede  any  provision  of the  Credit  Documents  which
expressly  designates  which  Lenders are  empowered  to modify such  provision,
including,  without  limitation,  any  provision of the Credit  Documents  which
expressly  requires the consent of one hundred  percent (100%) of the Lenders to
any  modification  thereof.  No amendment or waiver  shall,  unless agreed to in
writing by the affected  Agent,  modify the rights or duties of such Agent.  The
Lead  Administrative  Agent shall provide notice and a copy of all amendments to
the Credit  Documents  to all parties to the Credit  Documents.  13(c)Cumulative
Rights; No Waiver. The rights,  powers and remedies of the Lenders hereunder are
cumulative and in addition to all rights, powers and remedies provided under any
and all agreements  between the Company and the Lenders relating hereto, at law,
in equity or  otherwise.  Any delay or failure by the  Lenders to  exercise  any
right, power or remedy shall not constitute a waiver thereof by the Lenders, and
no single or partial exercise by the Lenders of any right, power or remedy shall
preclude  any other or further  exercise  thereof or any  exercise  of any other
rights, powers or remedies. 13(d)Entire Agreement;  Severability. This Agreement
and the documents and agreements  referred to herein embody the entire agreement
and understanding  between the parties hereto and supersede all prior agreements
and  understandings  relating  to the subject  matter  hereof and  thereof.  All
waivers  by  the  Company  provided  for  in  the  Credit  Documents  have  been
specifically negotiated by the parties with full cognizance and understanding of
their rights.  If any of the  provisions of the Credit  Documents  shall be held
invalid or  unenforceable,  the Credit  Documents  shall be  construed as if not
containing such provisions, and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto
shall be construed and enforced accordingly. 13(e)Survival. All representations,
warranties, covenants and agreements herein contained on the part of the Company
shall survive the termination of this Agreement and shall be effective until the
Obligations  are paid and  performed  in full or  longer as  expressly  provided
herein. 13(f)Notices.  All notices given by any party to any of the others shall
be in writing (which may be by facsimile transmission), delivered personally, by
commercial  courier service or by depositing the same in the United States mail,
registered,  with  postage  prepaid,  addressed to such party at the address set
forth on Annex II  attached  hereto.  Any party may change the  address to which
notices  are to be sent by notice of such  change to the other  party or parties
given as provided herein.  13(g)Governing Law. This Agreement shall be deemed to
be a  contract  made  under  the laws of the  State of  California,  and for all
purposes shall be construed in accordance  with the laws of said State,  without
regard to principles of conflicts of law. 13(h)Counterparts.  This Agreement may
be executed in counterparts each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be
an original and all of which when taken  together  shall  constitute one and the
same  agreement.   14.  Additional  Lenders;   Assignments  and  Participations;
Increases  in  Availability.  14(a)Addition  of New  Lender.  (1) Subject to the
limitation  on the  Aggregate  Credit Limit set forth in the  definition of such
term,  the  Company  or any  Lender  may at any  time  propose  that one or more
financial  institutions (each, an "Applicant  Financial  Institution") become an
additional  Lender  hereunder.  At such time,  the  Company or such  Lender,  as
applicable,   shall  notify  the  other  parties  hereto,   including  the  Lead
Administrative  Agent, of the identity of such Applicant  Financial  Institution
and such Applicant Financial  Institution's  proposed Maximum Commitment and, as
applicable,  Swing Line  Commitment.  The  addition of any  Applicant  Financial
Institution shall be subject to: (i) If such Applicant Financial  Institution is
proposed for  inclusion as a Lender  hereunder  by a Lender,  the prior  written
consent of the Company and the Lead Administrative  Agent, and if such Applicant
Financial  Institution  is proposed for  inclusion as a Lender  hereunder by the
Company,  the prior written consent of the Lead  Administrative  Agent,  none of
which  consents shall be  unreasonably  withheld and which,  if given,  shall be
given in  writing  to the  other  parties  hereto  no later  than the  tenth day
following  receipt by the Company of a written request for the inclusion of such
Applicant Financial Institution as a Lender hereunder; and (ii) Delivery of each
of the items and the occurrence of each of the events  described in subparagraph
(2) below.  (2)  Assuming  delivery of the  consent of the  Company  and/or Lead
Administrative Agent as required pursuant to subparagraph (1)(i) above, the Lead
Administrative  Agent, the Company and, if such Applicant Financial  Institution
will be acquiring a portion of an existing Lender's Maximum Commitment by way of
assignment from such existing Lender, such existing Lender, shall mutually agree
on the  Adjustment  Date on which such  Applicant  Financial  Institution  shall
become a party hereto and a Lender  hereunder.  On such Adjustment Date: (i) The
Lead Administrative Agent shall deliver to the Company and each of the Lenders a
Commitment  Schedule to be effective as of such Adjustment Date,  reflecting the
inclusion of such Applicant Financial Institution as a party hereto and a Lender
hereunder.  (ii) No later than 12:30 p.m. (Los Angeles time) on such  Adjustment
Date, such Applicant Financial  Institution shall pay to the Lead Administrative
Agent  an  amount  equal  to  such  Applicant  Financial  Institution's  Primary
Percentage  Share of Primary Loans  outstanding  and, as applicable,  Swing Line
Percentage  Share  of  Swing  Loans  outstanding.  If such  Applicant  Financial
Institution  is  becoming a Lender  hereunder  as a result of an increase in the
Aggregate Credit Limit, the Lead  Administrative  Agent shall thereupon remit to
the  Lenders,  as  applicable,  their  shares of such funds.  If such  Applicant
Financial Institution is acquiring a portion of an existing Lender's outstanding
Primary Loans, the Lead Administrative Agent shall thereupon remit such funds to
the assigning Lender.  Following such Adjustment Date, fees and interest accrued
on the Obligations to but not including such Adjustment Date shall be payable to
the Lenders in accordance with their respective  Primary  Percentage  Shares and
Swing Line Percentage  Shares prior to such Adjustment Date before giving effect
to the readjustment  thereof pursuant to the Commitment Schedule provided by the
Company on such Adjustment Date. (iii) If such Applicant  Financial  Institution
is  acquiring a portion of an existing  Lender's  Maximum  Commitment  by way of
assignment  from  such  existing  Lender,  the Lead  Administrative  Agent,  the
Company,  the assigning  Lender and the Applicant  Financial  Institution  shall
execute and deliver an  Assignment  Agreement,  or if such  Applicant  Financial
Institution  is  becoming a Lender  hereunder  as a result of an increase in the
Aggregate  Credit  Limit,  the Lead  Administrative  Agent,  the Company and the
Applicant  Financial  Institution shall execute and deliver an Additional Lender
Agreement,  either of which Assignment  Agreement or Additional Lender Agreement
shall  constitute  an  amendment to this  Agreement  to the extent  necessary to
reflect  the  inclusion  of the  Applicant  Financial  Institution  as a  Lender
hereunder.  (iv)  The  Applicant  Financial  Institution  shall  pay to the Lead
Administrative   Agent  a  registration   fee  of  $3,500.00.   Subject  to  the
requirements described above, the Applicant Financial Institution shall become a
party  hereto  and a Lender  hereunder  and  shall be  entitled  to all  rights,
benefits and privileges  accorded a Lender under the Credit  Documents and shall
be  subject  to  all  obligations  of  a  Lender  under  the  Credit  Documents.
14(b)Assignments  Among  Existing  Lenders.  Any Lender may at any time agree to
assign a portion of such Lender's Maximum  Commitment to a Transferee Lender. In
such  event the  Lender  and the  Transferee  Lender  shall so  notify  the Lead
Administrative  Agent  and the  Company  of the  Adjustment  Date on which  such
assignment is to be effective.  On such  Adjustment  Date: (1) The Company shall
deliver to the Lead  Administrative  Agent and each of the Lenders a  Commitment
Schedule to be effective as of such  Adjustment  Date reflecting the assignment.
(2) The Lead  Administrative  Agent,  the Company,  the assigning Lender and the
Transferee Lender shall execute and deliver an Assignment Agreement, which shall
constitute  an  amendment to this  Agreement to the extent  necessary to reflect
such  transfer.  (3) No  later  than  12:30  p.m.  (Los  Angeles  time)  on such
Adjustment  Date,  the  Transferee  Lender shall pay to the Lead  Administrative
Agent an amount  equal to,  as  applicable,  such  Transferee  Lender's  Primary
Percentage Share of Primary Loans and Swing Line Percentage Share of Swing Loans
outstanding in excess of such Transferee  Lender's  previous Primary  Percentage
Share  and,  as  applicable,  Swing  Line  Percentage  Share  thereof.  The Lead
Administrative Agent shall thereupon remit to the transferring Lender the amount
thereof. 14(c)Minimum Loan Commitment.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained  herein,  the inclusion of any Applicant  Financial  Institution  as a
Lender  hereunder  pursuant to  Paragraph  14(a) above and the  assignment  by a
Lender of a portion of such Lender's Maximum  Commitment to a Transferee  Lender
pursuant  to   Paragraph   14(b)  above  shall  be  subject  to  the   following
restrictions:  (1) If an Applicant Financial  Institution is acquiring a portion
of an existing  Lender's  Maximum  Commitment by way of an assignment  from such
existing Lender,  then: (i) such assignment of Maximum Commitment must be in the
minimum amount of $5,000,000.00 (or if in a higher amount, in integral multiples
of $5,000,000.00 in excess thereof),  and (ii) following the consummation of the
contemplated  assignment  and  after  giving  effect  to any  other  assignments
occurring on the related  Adjustment Date, such existing Lender must continue to
hold an Maximum  Commitment of not less than  $25,000,000.00  and such Applicant
Financial   Institution  must  hold  a  Maximum  Commitment  of  not  less  than
$25,000,000.00;  (2) If an existing Lender is assigning a portion of its Maximum
Commitment to a Transferee  Lender,  such assignment of Maximum Commitment is in
the  minimum  amount of  $5,000,000.00  (or if in a higher  amount,  in integral
multiples of  $5,000,000.00  in excess  thereof) and such existing  Lender shall
continue to hold an Maximum Commitment of not less than $25,000,000.00 following
the consummation of the contemplated assignment.  There shall be no minimum hold
requirement  in the event  that an  existing  Lender is  assigning  one  hundred
percent (100%) of its Maximum  Commitment.  14(d)Sub-Participations  by Lenders.
Any  Lender  may  at  any  time  sell  participating  interests  in  any  of the
Obligations  held  by  such  Lender  and its  commitments  hereunder;  provided,
however,  that: (1) No participation  contemplated by this Paragraph 14(d) shall
relieve  such Lender from its  obligations  hereunder  or under any other Credit
Document; (2) Such Lender shall remain solely responsible for the performance of
such obligations;  (3) The Company,  the Lead Administrative Agent and the other
Lenders  shall  continue  to deal  solely  and  directly  with  such  Lender  in
connection with such Lender's rights and obligations under the Credit Documents;
(4) The  participation  agreement  between such Lender and the Person purchasing
such  participation  interest (a  "Participant")  shall  provide  that:  (i) the
participation  interest  of the  Participant  is an  undivided  interest in such
Lender's Maximum Commitment,  and (ii) the sole voting rights of the Participant
are with  respect  to those  items on which  such  Lender  is  entitled  to vote
pursuant to Paragraphs  13(b)(2) and 13(b)(7)  above;  and (5) Such Lender shall
not enter into participation agreements with more than two Participants for each
$25,000,000.00  of  Maximum   Commitment  held  by  such  Lender.   The  Company
acknowledges and agrees that each  Participant  shall be considered a Lender for
purposes of Paragraphs 4(e), 4(f), 4(g) and 5(l) above; provided,  however, that
in no event  shall any  Participant  be  entitled  to  receive  any  payment  or
compensation in excess of that to which such Participant's  selling Lender would
be entitled with respect to the participation  interest held by such Participant
if such  Lender had not sold any  participation  interest  to such  Participant.
14(e)Federal  Reserve Bank.  Notwithstanding  the provisions of Paragraphs 14(a)
and 14(b) above,  any Lender may at any time pledge or assign all or any portion
of such Lender's rights under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents to a
Federal  Reserve Bank.  14(f)Increases  in  Availability.  From time to time the
Company  and any  Lender (an  "Increasing  Lender")  may  agree,  with the prior
written consent of the Lead Administrative  Agent, to permanently or temporarily
increase such Lender's  Maximum  Commitment and Primary  Percentage  Share,  the
dollar amount of any such increase to be, subject to the Aggregate  Credit Limit
limitation, in the minimum dollar amount of $5,000,000.00 and integral multiples
of $5,000,000.00 in excess thereof.  The Company and the Increasing Lender shall
agree on the  Adjustment  Date for  said  increase  and,  if the  increase  is a
temporary rather than permanent increase,  the date on which said increase shall
terminate (the "Temporary  Increase  Termination Date"). The Lead Administrative
Agent shall deliver to the Company and each of the Lenders a Commitment Schedule
to  be  effective  as  of  such  Adjustment  Date.  On  the  Temporary  Increase
Termination  Date the  aggregate  amount  of such  Increasing  Lender's  Primary
Percentage  Share  of  outstanding  Primary  Loans  in  excess  of  its  Maximum
Commitment after giving effect to the termination of the subject increase shall,
if but only if at such Temporary Increase  Termination Date there does not exist
an  Event  of  Default,  be  payable  in  full.  If at  the  Temporary  Increase
Termination Date there exists an Event of Default, the temporary increase of the
Increasing  Lender shall continue in effect and, unless  otherwise agreed by one
hundred  percent  (100%)  of the  Lenders,  shall  be  treated  thereafter  as a
permanent   increase   in   said   Increasing   Lender's   Maximum   Commitment.
14(g)Provision of Information;  Confidentiality. The Company hereby acknowledges
and agrees that in connection with the proposed  assignment or  subparticipation
by a Lender of its  interest in the  Obligations,  such  Lender may  disclose to
prospective  assignees and Participants any and all information provided to such
Lender hereunder; provided, however, that such information shall be furnished to
such prospective assignees and Participants on a confidential basis. 14(h)Waiver
of Jury Trial.  EACH OF THE PARTIES  HERETO  WAIVES ITS  RESPECTIVE  RIGHTS TO A
TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION  BASED UPON OR  ARISING  OUT OF OR
RELATED  TO THIS  AGREEMENT,  THE OTHER  CREDTI  DOCUMENTS  OR THE  TRANSACTIONS
CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY IN ANY ACTION,  PROCEEDING OR OTHER LITIGATION OF
ANY TYPE  BROUGHT BY ANY OF THE PARTIES  AGAINST ANY OTHER  PARTY,  WHETHER WITH
RESPECT TO CONTRACT  CLAIMS,  TORT  CLAIMS,  OR  OTHERWISE.  EACH OF THE PARTIES
HERETO  AGREES THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION  SHALL BE TRIED BY A COURT
TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING,  THE PARTIES FURTHER AGREE
THAT THEIR  RESPECTIVE  RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IS WAIVED BY  OPERATION OF THIS
PARAGRAPH 14(h) AS TO ANY ACTION,  COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER PROCEEDING WHICH SEEKS,
IN WHOLE  OR IN PART,  TO  CHALLENGE  THE  VALIDITY  OR  ENFORCEABILITY  OF THIS
AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN  DOCUMENT OR ANY PROVISION  HEREOF OR THEREOF.  THIS
WAIVER SHALL <PAGE>

APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT  AMENDMENTS,  RENEWALS,  SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO
THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS.
                  
IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  caused  this
Agreement to be executed as of the day and year first above written.

                          COUNTRYWIDE HOME LOANS, INC.,
                                             a New York corporation




By
Name
Title


ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, as Lead Administrative Agent, Arranger and a
Lender


By
Name
Title


THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Co-Administrative Agent, a Co-Arranger, a
Co-Agent and a Lender




By
Name
Title


MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF
NEW YORK, as Syndication Agent, a
Co-Arranger, a Co-Agent and a
Lender




By
Name
Title


CREDIT LYONNAIS, SAN FRANCISCO BRANCH, as Documentation Agent, a
Co-Arranger, a Co-Agent and a Lender



By
Name
Title


ABN AMRO BANK, N.V., as a Co-Agent and a Lender


By
Name
Title


By
Name
Title


BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, as a
Co-Agent and a Lender Agent




By
Name
Title


BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as a Co-Agent and a Lender




By
Name
Title




<PAGE>


THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, as a Co-Agent and a Lender




By
Name
Title


DEUTSCHE BANK AG, NEW YORK AND/OR CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCHES, as a
Co-Agent and a Lender




By
Name
Title


By
Name
Title


NATIONSBANK OF TEXAS, N.A., as a Co-Agent and a Lender




By ________________________________________________________
Name ______________________________________________________
Title _____________________________________________________


BANQUE NATIONALE DE PARIS, as a Lender




By
Name
Title


By
Name
Title


CANADIAN IMPERIAL BANK OF COMMERCE, as a Lender




By
Name
Title


THE SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED, LOS ANGELES BRANCH, as a Lender


By
Name
Title


BANQUE PARIBAS, as a Lender


By
Name
Title


By
Name
Title


BANK ONE, TEXAS, N.A., as a Lender




By
Name
Title


BANK OF HAWAII, as a Lender




By
Name
Title


ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED TO as of the day and year first above written:

COUNTRYWIDE CREDIT INDUSTRIES, INC.




By ___________________________________
Name ________________________________
Title _________________________________






<PAGE>


                    SCHEDULE OF EXHIBITS TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

                                EXHIBIT DOCUMENT

                         A Form of Officer's Certificate

                              B Litigation Schedule

                       C Schedule of Existing Subsidiaries




                                Annex I: Glossary

                     Annex II: Schedule of Notice Addresses



                                     <PAGE>


                                   la-195654
                           REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

                                  By and Among

                          COUNTRYWIDE HOME LOANS, INC.


                                       and


                              ROYAL BANK OF CANADA
                    as Lead Administrative Agent and Arranger

                          THE BANK OF NEW YORK ("BNY")
                           as Co-Administrative Agent

             MORGAN GUARANTY AND TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK ("MGTC")
                              as Syndication Agent

                  CREDIT LYONNAIS, SAN FRANCISCO BRANCH ("CL")
                             as Documentation Agent


                                BNY, MGTC and CL
                                 as Co-Arrangers


                                       and

                            THE LENDERS PARTY THERETO




                                 April 15, 1998


                                     <PAGE>




                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                      Page

RECITALS 1
AGREEMENT......................................................................1
         1.       Credit Facilities............................................1
        1(a)    Primary Facility...............................................1
        1(b)    Swing Loan Facility...........................................1
         2.       Requests for Loans; Funding..................................1
        2(a)    Requests for Loans.............................................1
        2(b)    Funding of Loans..............................................1
        2(c)    Funding Method.................................................1
         3.       Payment of Principal; Prepayments............................1

        3(a)    Required Principal Payments....................................1
        3(b)    Prepayments....................................................1
         4.       Calculation and Payment of Interest; Related Provisions......1

        4(a)    Interest on Primary Loans......................................1
        4(b)    Interest on Swing Loans........................................1
        4(c)    Payment of Interest............................................1
        4(d)    Inability to Determine Rate....................................1
        4(e)    Funding Indemnification........................................1
        4(f)    Illegality; Impracticality....................................1
        4(g)    Requirements of Law; Increased Costs...........................1
        4(h)    Taxes..........................................................7
        4(i)    Buy-Down Provisions............................................8
        4(j)    Obligation of Lenders to Mitigate; Replacement of Lenders......1
         5.       Miscellaneous Lending Provisions.............................1
   5(a)    Use of Proceeds.....................................................1
        5(b)    Assumption of Funding/Purchase.................................1
        5(c)    Evidence of Indebtedness.......................................1
        5(d)    Interest and Fee Billing and Payment...........................1
        5(e)    Nature and Place of Payments...................................1
        5(f)    Post-Default Interest..........................................1
        5(g)    Computations.................................................1
        5(h)    Disbursement of Payments Received..............................1
        5(i)    Fees...........................................................1
        5(j)    Wire Transfers of Funds........................................1
        5(k)    Reduction in Aggregate Credit Limit............................1
        5(l)    Capital Requirements...........................................1
   6.       Security Agreement; Guaranty; Subordination; Additional Documents..1

        6(a)    Guaranty and Subordination Agreement...........................1
        6(b)    Further Documents..............................................1
         7.       Conditions Precedent.........................................1

        7(a)    First Loan.....................................................1
        7(b)    All Loans......................................................1
         8.       Representations and Warranties of the Company................1

        8(a)    Financial Condition............................................1
        8(b)    Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law.......................1
        8(c)    Corporate Power; Authorization; Enforceable....................1
        8(d)    No Legal Bar...................................................1
        8(e)    No Material Litigation.........................................1
        8(f)    Taxes..........................................................1
        8(g)    Investment Company Act.........................................1
        8(h)    Subsidiaries...................................................1
        8(i)    Federal Reserve Board Regulations..............................1
        8(j)    ERISA..........................................................1
        8(k)    Assets.........................................................1
         9.       Affirmative Covenants........................................1

        9(a)    Financial Statements...........................................1
        9(b)    Certificates; Reports; Other Information.......................1
        9(c)    Payment of Indebtedness........................................1
        9(d)    Maintenance of Existence and Properties........................1
        9(e)    Inspection of Property; Books and Records;....................1
        9(f)    Notices........................................................1
        9(g)    Expenses.......................................................1
        9(h)    Credit Documents...............................................1
        9(i)    Insurance......................................................1
        9(j)    CPN Program....................................................1
        9(k)    Hedging Program................................................1


         10.      Negative Covenants...........................................1

          10(a)   Liens........................................................1
          10(b)   Indebtedness.................................................1
          10(c)   Consolidation and Merger.....................................1
          10(d)   Acquisitions.................................................1
          10(e)   Payment of Dividends.........................................1
          10(f)   Purchase or Retirement of Stock..............................1
          10(g)   Investments; Advances; Receivables...........................1
          10(h)   Sale of Assets...............................................1
          10(i)   Minimum Net Worth...........................................1
          10(j)   Maximum Total Debt...........................................1
         11.      Events of Default............................................1
         12.      Agency Provisions............................................1

          12(a)    Appointment.................................................1
          12(b)    Delegation of Duties........................................1
          12(c)    Exculpatory Provisions.................................1
          12(d)    Reliance by Agent......................................1
          12(e)    Notice of Default; Agreement to Advance.....................1
          12(f)    Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders.....................1
          12(g)    Indemnification.............................................1
          12(h)    Agent in Its Individual Capacity............................1
          12(i)    Successor Agents............................................1
          12(j)    Sharing of Set-Offs.........................................1
         13.      Miscellaneous Provisions.....................................1

          13(a)   No Assignment................................................1
          13(b)   Amendment....................................................1
          13(c)   Cumulative Rights; No Waiver.................................1
          13(d)   Entire Agreement; Severability...............................1
          13(e)   Survival.....................................................1
          13(f)   Notices......................................................1
          13(g)   Governing Law................................................1
          13(h)   Counterparts.................................................1
14.   Additional   Lenders;   Assignments  and   Participations;   Increases  in
Availability;..............1
          14(a)  Addition of New Lender.....................................1
          14(b)   Assignments Among Existing Lenders........................1
          14(c)   Minimum Loan Commitment...................................1
          14(d)   Sub-Participations by Lenders.............................1
          14(e)   Federal Reserve Bank......................................1
          14(f)   Increases in Availability.................................1
          14(g)   Provision of Information; Confidentiality.................1
          14(h)   Waiver of Jury Trial......................................36





                                             AMENDMENT NUMBER FOUR
                                      COUNTRYWIDE CREDIT INDUSTRIES, INC.
                                            1987 STOCK OPTION PLAN
                                  (AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF JULY 12, 1989)



         WHEREAS, Countrywide Credit Industries, Inc. (the "Company") desires to
amend its 1987 Stock Option Plan,  amended and restated as of July 12, 1989, and
as  further  amended  (the  "Plan"),  to allow for the  transfer  of  options to
immediate family members and related entities;
NOW,  THEREFORE,  the Plan shall be amended as follows effective March 23, 1998.
1. Section 8(a) shall be amended in its entirety to read as follows:  "(a) If an
option  holder's  employment or service as a director  terminates for any reason
other than death,  permanent  disability,  retirement  or Cause (as  hereinafter
defined), the option holder may at any time within three (3) months after his or
her termination as an employee or director of the Company, exercise an option to
the  extent,  and only to the  extent,  that the option or portion  thereof  was
exercisable on the date of termination."
        
 2.       Section 8(c) shall be amended in its entirety to read as follows:
                   "(c) If an option holder dies while a director or an employee
                  of the Company or any  Subsidiary  or within  three (3) months
                  after termination as described in clause (a) of this Section 8
                  or  within  one (1) year  after  termination  as a  result  of
                  Disability  as  described in clause (b) of this Section 8, the
                  Option may be  exercised at any time within one (1) year after
                  the  Optionee's  death by the  person or  persons  to whom the
                  Optionee's rights pass by transfer or designation, as the case
                  may  be,  pursuant  to  Section  9 or 21,  or,  absent  such a
                  transfer or designation,  as the case may be, by the person or
                  persons to whom such  rights  under the  Option  shall pass by
                  will or by the laws of  descent  and  distribution;  provided,
                  however,  that an Option may be exercised  to the extent,  and
                  only to the  extent,  that the Option or portion  thereof  was
                  exercisable on the date of death or earlier termination.
          3.       New Section 8(d) shall be added to read as follows:
                  "(d)     If an  option  holder's  employment  terminates  as a
                           result of  Retirement,  the option  holder may at any
                           time within one (1) year after termination of service
                           for  Retirement,  exercise such option to the extent,
                           and only to the extent, the option or portion thereof
                           was exercisable at the date of such termination.  For
                           purpose of this Section 8(d) "Retirement"  shall mean
                           the attainment of "Early  Retirement  Age" or "Normal
                           Retirement  Age" as these  terms are  defined  in the
                           Countrywide Credit  Industries,  Inc. Defined Benefit
                           Pension Plan.

         4. Section 9 shall be amended in its entirety to read as follows:
9. "Options not  Transferable.  Options  granted under the Plan shall,  by their
terms,   ------------------------   be  nontransferable  except  pursuant  to  a
beneficiary  designation  made under Section 21 hereof or by will or by the laws
of descent and  distribution  and,  during the lifetime of the person to whom an
Option is granted,  only the grantee or the duly appointed  guardian or personal
representative of the grantee may exercise it. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in
the case of Options not intended to  constitute  Incentive  Stock  Options under
Internal  Revenue  Code  Section  422,  the  Committee  may, in its  discretion,
authorize all or a portion of the Options  granted to an Optionee to be on terms
which permit  transfer by such Optionee to (i) the spouse,  children  (including
step-children)  or  grandchildren  of the Optionee (each such individual and the
Optionee shall be referred to as an "Eligible  Group  Member"),  (ii) a trust or
trusts for the exclusive  benefit of one or more  Eligible  Group Members or for
the benefit of one or more Eligible Group Members and one or more  organizations
exempt  from  income  tax and  described  in  Code  Section  501(c)(3),  (iii) a
partnership or similar vehicle in which such Eligible Group Members are the only
partners or  participants,  or (iv) an  organization  exempt from income tax and
described  in Code  Section  501(c)(3)  in which an  Eligible  Group  Member  is
involved in either participation and/or management;  provided that (x) there may
be no consideration  for any such transfer,  (y) the instrument of transfer must
be approved by the Company's  Administrative Committee of Employee Benefits, and
(z) transferred Options shall not again be transferable other than by will or by
the laws of descent and distribution. Following transfer, any such Options shall
continue  to be  subject  to the same terms and  conditions  as were  applicable
immediately  prior to transfer.  The events of  termination  in Section 8 hereof
shall  continue to be applied with respect to the original  Optionee,  following
which the Options shall be exercisable by the transferee or beneficiary  only to
the extent,  and for the  periods,  specified  by such  Section 8." 5. The first
sentence  of  Section  10  shall  be  amended  by  inserting   ",   beneficiary,
transferee,"  after  "legatee" in the second line  thereof.  6. A new section 21
shall be added to read as follows:
"21.  Designation of  Beneficiaries.  The person granted an Option hereunder may
file  ----------------------------  with the Company a written  designation of a
beneficiary or beneficiaries under this Plan on a form and in such manner as the
Committee  prescribes  and may  from  time to time  revoke  or  change  any such
designation of beneficiary.  Any designation of beneficiary under the Plan shall
be controlling over any other disposition,  testamentary or otherwise; provided,
however,  that if the  Committee is in doubt as to the  entitlement  of any such
beneficiary  to any Option,  the Committee  may determine to recognize  only the
legal  representative  of the  Option  grantee in which  case the  Company,  the
Committee and the members  thereof  shall not be under any further  liability to
anyone."

<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Company has caused this amendment number three
to be executed by its duly authorized officer this 23rd day of March, 1998.

                                             Countrywide Credit Industries, Inc.

                                                    By:_/s/_____________________
                                                              Sandor E. Samuels
                                                               Managing Director

Attest:


__/s/__________________________
Susan Bow
Assistant Secretary






DOCUMENT.04/0+
                                            AMENDMENT NUMBER EIGHT
                                      COUNTRYWIDE CREDIT INDUSTRIES, INC.
                                            1991 STOCK OPTION PLAN



WHEREAS,  Countrywide Credit  Industries,  Inc. (the "Company") desires to amend
its 1991 Stock Option Plan, as amended (the  "Plan"),  to allow for the transfer
of options to immediate family members and related entities;
NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan shall be amended as follows,  effective March 23, 1998:
1. The first sentence of Section 7(a) shall be amended to read as follows:  "(a)
Non-transferability.  No Option granted  hereunder  shall be transferable by the
- -------------------  Optionee  to whom  granted  otherwise  than  pursuant  to a
beneficiary  designation  made under Section 14(d) hereof or by will or the laws
of descent and distribution,  and an Option may be exercised during the lifetime
of  such  Optionee  only  by  the  Optionee  or his or  her  guardian  or  legal
representative.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  in the  case of  Options  not
intended to  constitute  Incentive  Stock Options  under  Internal  Revenue Code
Section 422, the Committee may, in its discretion, authorize all or a portion of
the Options to be granted to an Optionee to be on terms which permit transfer by
such  Optionee  to  (i)  the  spouse,  children  (including   step-children)  or
grandchildren  of the Optionee  (each such  individual and the Optionee shall be
referred  to as an  "Eligible  Group  Member"),  (ii) a trust or trusts  for the
exclusive  benefit of one or more  Eligible  Group Members or for the benefit of
one or more  Eligible  Group Members and one or more  organizations  exempt from
income tax and  described  in Code Section  501(c)(3),  (iii) a  partnership  or
similar  vehicle in which such  Eligible  Group Members are the only partners or
participants,  or (iv) an  organization  exempt from income tax and described in
Code Section  501(c)(3) in which an Eligible  Group Member is involved in either
participation and/or management, provided that (x) there may be no consideration
for any such  transfer,  (y) the  instrument of transfer must be approved by the
Company's  Administrative  Committee of Employee  Benefits,  and (z) transferred
Options  shall not again be  transferable  other  than by will or by the laws of
descent and distribution. Following transfer, any such Options shall continue to
be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable immediately prior
to transfer.  The events of  termination  of  employment  in Section 7(d) hereof
shall  continue to be applied with respect to the original  Optionee,  following
which the Options shall be exercisable by the transferee or beneficiary  only to
the extent, and for the periods, specified by such Section 7(d)."
2. Section 7(d)(1) shall be amended in its entirety to read as follows:  "(1) If
an  Optionee's  employment  or service as a director  terminates  for any reason
other than death, Disability,  Retirement or Cause (as hereinafter defined), the
Optionee may at any time within three (3) months after his or her termination of
employment or service as a director,  exercise an Option to the extent, and only
to the extent, the Option or portion thereof was exercisable at the date of such
termination."  3.  Section  7(d)(4)  shall be amended in its entirety to read as
follows: "(4) If an Optionee dies while a director or an employee of the Company
or any  Subsidiary or within three (3) months after  termination as described in
clause (1) of this  Section 7(d) or within one (1) year after  termination  as a
result of Disability as described in clause (2) of this Section 7(d), the Option
may be exercised at any time within one (1) year after the  Optionee's  death by
the  person  or  persons  to whom the  Optionee's  rights  pass by  transfer  or
designation,  as the case may be, pursuant to Section 7(a) or 14(d),  or, absent
such a transfer or designation,  as the case may be, by the person or persons to
whom such rights  under the Option  shall pass by will or by the laws of descent
and  distribution;  provided,  however,  that an Option may be  exercised to the
extent, and only to the extent, that the Option or portion thereof was
                           exercisable   on  the  date  of   death  or   earlier
                           termination."
          4.       New Section 7(d)(5) shall be added to read as follows:
                   "(5)    If an  option  holder's  employment  terminates  as a
                           result of  Retirement,  the option  holder may at any
                           time within one (1) year after termination of service
                           for  Retirement,  exercise such option to the extent,
                           and only to the extent, the option or portion thereof
                           was exercisable at the date of such termination.  For
                           purposes of this Section 7(d)(5)  "Retirement"  shall
                           mean the  attainment  of  "Early  Retirement  Age" or
                           "Normal Retirement Age" as these terms are defined in
                           the  Countrywide  Credit  Industries,  Inc.,  Defined
                           Benefit Pension Plan."
         5.       New Sections 14(c) and (d) shall be added to read as follows:
                  "(c)     Effect  of  Death.  In the  event of the death of any
                           Optionee  hereunder,  the  term  "Optionee"  as  used
                           hereunder shall  thereafter be deemed to refer to the
                           transferee  or  transferees  under  Section  7(a)  or
                           beneficiary or beneficiaries  designated  pursuant to
                           Section  14(d)  hereof  or if  no  such  transfer  or
                           designation  is in  effect,  the  person  to whom the
                           Optionee's rights pass by will or applicable law, or,
                           if no such  person has such  right,  the  executor or
administrator   of  the  estate  of  such   Optionee."   "(d)   Designation   of
Beneficiaries.   An   Optionee   hereunder   may  file   with  the   Company   a
- ----------------------------   written   designation   of   a   beneficiary   or
beneficiaries  under  this Plan on a form and in such  manner  as the  Committee
prescribes and may from time to time revoke or amend any such  designation.  Any
designation  of beneficiary  under the Plan shall be controlling  over any other
disposition,  testamentary or otherwise; provided, however that if the Committee
is in doubt as to the  entitlement of any such  beneficiary  to any Option,  the
Committee  may  determine  to  recognize  only the legal  representative  of the
Optionee in which case the Company,  the Committee and the members thereof shall
not be under any further liability to anyone."
<PAGE>


                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Company  has caused  this  amendment
                  number  seven to be  executed by its duly  authorized  officer
                  this _______ day of March, 1998.

                                             Countrywide Credit Industries, Inc.



                                                 By:____________________________
                                                             Sandor E. Samuels
                                                              Managing Director

Attest:


- -------------------------------
Susan Bow
Assistant Secretary




DOCUMENT.03/0+
                                            AMENDMENT NUMBER THREE
                                      COUNTRYWIDE CREDIT INDUSTRIES, INC.
                                            1992 STOCK OPTION PLAN


         WHEREAS, Countrywide Credit Industries, Inc. (the "Company") desires to
amend its 1992 Stock  Option  Plan,  as amended  (the  "Plan"),  to add  further
provisions  to clarify the  procedure  in the Plan  allowing for the transfer of
options to immediate family members and related entities;
         NOW,  THEREFORE,  the Plan shall be amended as follows  effective March
         23, 1998: 1. The first sentence of Section 5(f) shall be amended in its
         entirety to read as follows:
                  "(f) Non-transferability. No Option granted hereunder shall be
                  transferable  by the Optionee to whom granted  otherwise  then
                  pursuant to a beneficiary designation made under Section 12(c)
                  hereof or by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and
                  an  Option  may be  exercised  during  the  lifetime  of  such
                  Optionee  only by the Optionee or his or her guardian or legal
                  representative.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of
                  Options not intended to  constitute  Incentive  Stock  Options
                  under Internal Revenue Code Section 422, the Committee may, in
                  its  discretion,  authorize all or a portion of the Options to
                  be granted to an Optionee to be on terms which permit transfer
                  by  such  Optionee  to (i)  the  spouse,  children  (including
                  step-children)  or  grandchildren  of the Optionee  (each such
                  individual  and  the  Optionee  shall  be  referred  to  as an
                  "Eligible  Group  Member"),  (ii) a trust  or  trusts  for the
                  exclusive benefit of one or more Eligible Group Members or for
                  the benefit of one or more  Eligible  Group Members and one or
                  more  organizations  exempt from income tax and  described  in
                  Code Section 501(c)(3), (iii) a partnership or similar vehicle
                  in which such Eligible  Group Members are the only partners or
                  participants,  or (iv) an organization  exempt from income tax
                  and  described in Code Section  501(c)(3) in which an Eligible
                  Group  Member  is  involved  in  either  participation  and/or
                  management;  provided  that (x) there may be no  consideration
                  for any such transfer,  (y) the instrument of transfer must be
                  approved by the Company's Administrative Committee of Employee
                  Benefits,  and (z)  transferred  Options  shall  not  again be
                  transferable  other than by will or by the laws of descent and
                  distribution.  Following  transfer,  any  such  Options  shall
                  continue  to be subject to the same  terms and  conditions  as
                  were applicable  immediately prior to transfer.  The events of
                  termination   of  employment  in  Section  5(i)  hereof  shall
                  continue to be applied with respect to the original  Optionee,
                  following  which  the  Options  shall  be  exercisable  by the
                  transferee only to the extent, and for the periods,  specified
                  by such Section 5(i)."
          2.      Section  5(i)(1)  shall be amended in its  entirety to read as
                  follows:  "(1) If an  Optionee's  employment  or  service as a
                  director   terminates   for  any  reason   other  than  death,
                  Disability,  Retirement or Cause (as hereinafter defined), the
                  Optionee  may at any time within three (3) months after his or
                  her  termination  of  employment  or  service  as a  director,
                  exercise an Option to the extent,  and only to the extent, the
                  Option or portion  thereof was exercisable at the date of such
                  termination."

3. Section 5(i)(4) shall be amended in its entirety to read as follows:  "(4) If
an Optionee  dies while an employee of the Company or any  Subsidiary  or within
three (3) months  after  termination  as described in clause (1) of this Section
5(i) or within  one (1) year  after  termination  as a result of  Disability  as
described in clause (2) of this Section 5(i), the Option may be exercised at any
time within one (1) year after the Optionee's  death by the person or persons to
whom the Optionee's rights pass by transfer or designation,  as the case may be,
pursuant to Section 5(f) or 12(c), or, absent such a transfer or designation, as
the case may be, by the person or persons to whom such  rights  under the Option
shall  pass by  will  or by the  laws of  descent  and  distribution;  provided,
however, that an Option -----------------
may be  exercised  to the  extent,  and only to the  extent,  that the Option or
portion thereof was exercisable on the date of death or earlier termination."
         
 4. New Section 5 (i)(5) shall be added to read as follows:
                  "(5)     If an Optionee's employment terminates as a result of
                           Retirement,  the  Optionee may at any time within one
                           (1) year after termination of service for Retirement,
                           exercise  such option to the extent,  and only to the
                           extent, the option or portion thereof was exercisable
                           at the date of such termination. For purposes of this
                           Section   5(i)(5)   "Retirement"   shall   mean   the
                           attainment  of  "Early  Retirement"  Age" or  "Normal
                           Retirement  Age" or these  terms are  defined  in the
                           Countrywide Credit  Industries,  Inc. Defined Benefit
                           Pension Plan."

         5.       A new Section 12(d) shall be added to read as follows:
                  "(d)     Effect  of  Death.  In the  event of the death of any
                           Optionee  hereunder,  the  term  "Optionee"  as  used
                           hereunder shall  thereafter be deemed to refer to the
                           transferee or  transferees  under Section 5(i) or the
                           beneficiary or beneficiaries  designated  pursuant to
                           Section  12(c)  hereof,  or if no  such  transfer  or
                           designation  is in  effect,  the  person  to whom the
                           Optionee's rights pass by will or applicable law, or,
                           if no such  person has such  right,  the  executor or
                           administrator of the estate of such Optionee."


<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Company has caused this first amendment to be
executed by its duly authorized officer this ____ day of March, 1998.

Countrywide Credit Industries, Inc.



By:___/s/_________________________
Sandor E. Samuels
Managing Director
Attest:


__/s/_____________________________
Susan Bow
Assistant Secretary

DOCUMENT.02/0+

              

                              AMENDMENT NUMBER FOUR
                                      COUNTRYWIDE CREDIT INDUSTRIES, INC.
                                            1993 STOCK OPTION PLAN
                                  (AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF MARCH 27, 1996)



         WHEREAS, Countrywide Credit Industries, Inc. (the "Company") desires to
amend its 1993 Stock Option Plan, amended and restated as of March 27, 1996 (the
"Plan"),  to allow for the transfer of options to immediate  family  members and
related entities;
         NOW,  THEREFORE,  the Plan shall be amended as follows  effective March
         23,  1998:  1. The first  sentence of Section  7(a) shall be amended to
         read as follows:
"(a)  Non-transferability.  No Option granted  hereunder shall be transferred by
the  -------------------  Optionee to whom granted  otherwise then pursuant to a
beneficiary  designation  made under Section 14(d) hereof or by will or the laws
of descent and distribution,  and an Option may be exercised during the lifetime
of  such  Optionee  only  by  the  Optionee  or his or  her  guardian  or  legal
representative.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  in the  case of  Options  not
intended to  constitute  Incentive  Stock Options  under  Internal  Revenue Code
Section 422, the Committee may, in its discretion, authorize all or a portion of
the Options to be granted to an Optionee to be on terms which permit transfer by
such  Optionee  to  (i)  the  spouse,  children  (including   step-children)  or
grandchildren  of the Optionee  (each such  individual and the Optionee shall be
referred  to as an  "Eligible  Group  Member"),  (ii) a trust or trusts  for the
exclusive  benefit of one or more  Eligible  Group Members or for the benefit of
one or more  Eligible  Group Members and one or more  organizations  exempt from
income tax and  described  in Code Section  501(c)(3),  (iii) a  partnership  or
similar  vehicle in which such  Eligible  Group Members are the only partners or
participants,  or (iv) an  organization  exempt from income tax and described in
Code Section  501(c)(3) in which an Eligible  Group Member is involved in either
participation and/or management, provided that (x) there may be no consideration
for any such  transfer,  (y) the  instrument of transfer must be approved by the
Company's  Administrative  Committee of Employee  Benefits,  and (z) transferred
Options  shall not again be  transferable  other  than by will or by the laws of
descent and distribution. Following transfer, any such Options shall continue to
be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable immediately prior
to transfer.  The events of  termination  of  employment  of Section 7(d) hereof
shall  continue to be applied with respect to the original  Optionee,  following
which the Options shall be exercisable by the transferee only to the extent, and
for the periods, specified by such Section 7(d)."
          2.       Section 7(d)(1) shall be added to read as follows:
                  "(1)     If an Optionee's  employment or service as a director
                           terminates   for  any  reason   other   than   death,
                           Disability,   Retirement  or  Cause  (as  hereinafter
                           defined),  the  Optionee may at any time within three
                           (3) months after his or her termination of employment
                           or service as a  director,  exercise an Option to the
                           extent,  and  only  to the  extent,  and  only to the
                           extent, the Option or portion thereof was exercisable
                           at the date of such termination."
3. Section 7(d)(4) shall be amended in its entirety to read as follows:  "(4) If
an  Optionee  dies  while  a  director  or an  employee  of the  Company  or any
Subsidiary or within three (3) months after  termination  as described in clause
(1) of this Section 7(d) or within one (1) year after termination as a result of
Disability  as described in clause (2) of this Section  7(d),  the Option may be
exercised  at any time  within  one (1) year after the  Optionee's  death by the
person or persons to whom the Optionee's rights pass by transfer or designation,
as the case may be,  pursuant  to  Section  7(a) or  14(d),  or,  absent  such a
transfer  or  designation,  as the case may be, by the person or persons to whom
such  rights  under the Option  shall pass by will or by the laws of descent and
distribution;  provided, however, that an Option may be exercised to the extent,
and only to the extent,  that the Option or portion  thereof was  exercisable on
the date of death or earlier termination."
          4.       New Section 7(d)(5) shall be added to read as follows:
                  "(5)     If an  option  holder's  employment  terminates  as a
                           result of  Retirement,  the option  holder may at any
                           time within one (1) year after termination of service
                           for  Retirement,  exercise such option to the extent,
                           and only to the extent, the option or portion thereof
                           was exercisable at the date of such termination.  For
                           purpose of this Section  7(d)(5)  "Retirement"  shall
                           mean the  attainment  of  "Early  Retirement  Age" or
                           "Normal Retirement Age" as these terms are defined in
                           the  Countrywide  Credit  Industries,   Inc.  Defined
                           Benefit Pension Plan.
         5.       New Sections 14(c) and (d) shall be added to read as follows:
                  "(c)     Effect  of  Death.  In the  event of the death of any
                           Optionee  hereunder,  the  term  "Optionee"  as  used
                           hereunder shall  thereafter be deemed to refer to the
                           transferee or  transferees  under Section 7(a) or the
                           beneficiary or beneficiaries  designated  pursuant to
                           Section  14(d)  hereof  or if  no  such  transfer  or
                           designation  is in  effect,  the  person  to whom the
                           Optionee's rights pass by will or applicable law, or,
                           if no such  person has such  right,  the  executor or
                           administrator of the estate of such Optionee."
                  
"(d)  Designation  of  Beneficiaries.  An Optionee  hereunder  may file with the
Company a
                           ----------------------------
written  designation of a beneficiary or  beneficiaries  under this Plan and may
from time to time  revoke  or amend any such  designation.  Any  designation  of
beneficiary  under the Plan  shall be  controlling  over any other  disposition,
testamentary or otherwise;  provided,  however that if the Committee is in doubt
as to the entitlement of any such  beneficiary to any Option,  the Committee may
determine to recognize  only the legal  representative  of the Optionee in which
case the Company,  the Committee and the members  thereof shall not be under any
further liability to anyone."

<PAGE>



         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Company has caused this fourth amendment to be
         executed by its duly authorized officer this 23rd day of March, 1998.

Countrywide Credit Industries, Inc.



By:_/s/________________________
Sandor E. Samuels
Managing Director

Attest:


__/s/__________________________
Susan Bow
Assistant Secretary






                                  Exhibit 11.1
                       COUNTRYWIDE CREDIT INDUSTRIES, INC.
              STATEMENT REGARDING COMPUTATION OF PER SHARE EARNINGS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                    Three Months
                                                                                    Ended May 31,
                                                                                 1998           1997
                                                                           ---------------- -----------------
                                                                           (Dollar amounts in thousands,

except per share data)
Basic


<S>                                                                             <C>               <C>    
   Net earnings applicable to common stock                                      $90,754           $69,969
                                                                           ================ =================


   Average shares outstanding                                                   110,127           106,257
                                                                           ================ =================

   Per share amount                                                               $0.64             $0.66
                                                                           ================ =================


Diluted

   Net earnings applicable to common stock                                      $90,754           $69,969
                                                                           ================ =================


   Average shares outstanding                                                   110,127           106,257
   Net effect of dilutive stock options --
     based on the treasury stock method using
     the closing market price, if higher than
     average market price.                                                        6,416             3,000
                                                                           ---------------- -----------------

       Total average shares                                                     116,543           109,257
                                                                           ================ =================

   Per share amount                                                               $0.78             $0.64
                                                                           ================ =================


</TABLE>



              COUNTRYWIDE CREDIT INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
      EXHIBIT 12.1 - COMPUTATION OF THE RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
                          (Dollar amounts in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


The  following  table sets forth the ratio of earnings  to fixed  charges of the
Company for the three months ended May 31, 1998 and 1997 and for the five fiscal
years ended  February 28, 1998 computed by dividing net fixed charges  (interest
expense on all debt plus the interest element  (one-third) of operating  leases)
into earnings (income before income taxes and fixed charges).

                                 Three Months Ended
                                       May 31,                       Fiscal Years Ended February 29(28),
                               ------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  1998         1997          1998         1997          1996         1995         1994
                               ------------ ------------ ------------- ------------ ------------- ------------ ------------

<S>                              <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>     
Net earnings                     $90,754      $69,969     $257,358      $257,358     $195,720       $ 88,407     $179,460
Income tax expense                58,023       44,734      164,540       164,540      130,480        58,938       119,640
Interest charges                 168,420       81,834      316,705       316,705      281,573        205,464      219,898
Interest portion of rental
  expense                          3,107        2,161        7,420         7,420        6,803          7,379        6,372
                               ------------ ------------ ------------- ------------ ------------- ------------ ------------

Earnings available to cover
  fixed charges                 $320,304     $198,698     $746,023      $746,023     $614,576       $360,188     $525,370
                               ============ ============ ============= ============ ============= ============ ============

Fixed charges
  Interest charges              $168,420      $81,834     $316,705      $316,705     $281,573       $205,464     $219,898
  Interest portion of rental
    expense                        3,107        2,161        7,420         7,420        6,803          7,379        6,372
                               ------------ ------------ ------------- ------------ ------------- ------------ ------------

      Total fixed charges       $171,527      $83,995     $324,125      $324,125     $288,376      $212,843      $226,270
                               ============ ============ ============= ============ ============= ============ ============

Ratio of earnings to fixed
  charges                           1.87         2.37         2.30          2.13         1.69          2.32         2.76
                               ============ ============ ============= ============ ============= ============ ============

</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                                                    5
<MULTIPLIER>                                                 1,000
       
<S>                                                          <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                                                3-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                                            FEB-28-1999
<PERIOD-END>                                                 May-31-1998
<CASH>                                                       24,805
<SECURITIES>                                                 0
<RECEIVABLES>                                                0
<ALLOWANCES>                                                 0
<INVENTORY>                                                  0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                             0
<PP&E>                                                       382,706
<DEPRECIATION>                                               142,622
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                               13,621,695
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                                        0
<BONDS>                                                      4,684,500
                                        0
                                                  0
<COMMON>                                                     5,530
<OTHER-SE>                                                   2,205,946
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                                 13,621,695
<SALES>                                                      0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                             450,265
<CGS>                                                        0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                                301,488
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                             0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                             0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                           0
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                              148,777
<INCOME-TAX>                                                 58,023
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                          90,754
<DISCONTINUED>                                               0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                              0
<CHANGES>                                                    0
<NET-INCOME>                                                 90,754
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                                0.82
<EPS-DILUTED>                                                0.78
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission